Operations Committee Meeting Business Paper

OPERATIONS COMMITTEE MEETING

BUSINESS PAPER

7.00PM TUESDAY 4 FEBRUARY 2014

Waverley Council PO Box 9 Bondi Junction NSW 1355 DX 12006 Bondi Junction Tel. 9369 8000 E-mail: [email protected]

Delegations of Waverley Operations Committee Committee Delegations

On 10 December 2013, Waverley Council delegated to the Waverley Operations Committee the authority to determine any matter other than:

1. Those activities designated under S377(1) of the Local Government Act which are as follows: (a) The appointment of a general manager, (b) The making of a rate, (c) A determination under section 549 as to the levying of a rate, (d) The making of a charge, (e) The fixing of a fee, (f) The borrowing of money, (g) The voting of money for expenditure on its works, services or operations, (h) The compulsory acquisition, purchase, sale, exchange or surrender of any land or other property (but not including the sale of items of plant or equipment), (i) The acceptance of tenders which are required under this Act to be invited by the council, (j) The adoption of an operational plan under section 405, (k) The adoption of a financial statement included in an annual financial report, (l) A decision to classify or reclassify public land under Division 1 of Part 2 of Chapter 6 of the Act, (m) The fixing of an amount or rate for the carrying out by the council of work on private land, (n) The decision to carry out work on private land for an amount that is less than the amount or rate fixed by the council for the carrying out of any such work, (o) The review of a determination made by the council, and not by a delegate of the council, of an application for approval or an application that may be reviewed under section 82A of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979, (p) The power of the council to authorise the use of reasonable force for the purpose of gaining entry to premises under section 194, (q) A decision under section 356 to contribute money or otherwise grant financial assistance to persons, (r) A decision under section 234 to grant leave of absence to the holder of a civic office, (s) The making of an application, or the giving of a notice, to the Governor or Minister, (t) This power of delegation, (u) Any function under this or any other Act that is expressly required to be exercised by resolution of the council.

2. The adoption of a Community Strategic Plan, Resourcing Strategy and Delivery Program as defined under Sections 402, 403, and 404 of the Local Government Act.

3. The determination of urgent matters raised in the Committee without prior notice.

Committee decisions will be made by majority vote of the quorum present.

The Committee’s Minutes will be confirmed at the following committee meeting in line with the provisions of Clause 266 of the Local Government Regulation 2005 which are:

(1) Each committee of a council must ensure that full and accurate minutes of the proceedings of its meetings are kept.

(2) As soon as the minutes of an earlier meeting of a committee of the council have been confirmed at a later meeting of the committee, the person presiding at the later meeting must sign the minutes of the earlier meeting. Operations Committee Meeting Tuesday, 4 February 2014

AGENDA

WAVERLEY OPERATIONS COMMITTEE MEETING

A meeting of the WAVERLEY OPERATIONS COMMITTEE will be held at Waverley Council Chambers, Bondi Road, Bondi Junction at:

7.00pm, Tuesday, 4 February 2014

PRAYER AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF INDIGENOUS HERITAGE

The Mayor will read the following Opening Prayer and Acknowledgement of Indigenous Heritage:

“God,we pray for wisdom to govern with justice and equity. That we may see clearly and speak the truth and that we work together in harmony and mutual respect. May our actions demonstrate courage and leadership so that in all our works thy will be done. Amen.

Waverley Council respectfully acknowledges our Indigenous heritage and recognises the ongoing Aboriginal traditional custodianship of the land which forms our Local Government Area.”

1. Apologies/Granting of Leave of Absence

2. Declarations of Pecuniary and Non-Pecuniary Interests

3. Addresses to Council by Members of the Public

Page 1 Operations Committee Meeting Tuesday, 4 February 2014

4. Confirmation of the Minutes

There are no minutes of the Operations Committee to confirm.

5. Officers Reports Requiring Determination

OCRD.1/14 Bronte Stormwater Investigation Report ...... 3

OCRD.2/14 Conservation Areas Heritage Studies and Inventory Sheets ...... 10

OCRD.3/14 Bondi Junction Complete Streets Project ...... 160

OCRD.4/14 Nib Waverley Library Award for Literature Update ...... 266

OCRD.5/14 Implications of repealing decision that residents of buildings constructed after 30 June 2002 are not eligible for parking permits ...... 273

6. Officers Reports for Information

OCFI.1/14 Investment Portfolio Report – November 2013 ...... 276

OCFI.2/14 Flag Protocol ...... 291

OCFI.3/14 2013 Annual Customer Service Report ...... 316

OCFI.4/14 Waverley Pavilion (Margaret Whitlam Recreation Centre) - Report on the Centre's First Year of Operation 2012-2013 ...... 325

Page 2 4 February 2014

Officer’s Report Requiring Determination OCRD.1/14

Subject: Bronte Stormwater Investigation Trim File No.: A13/0301 Author: Beth Kasumovic, Environmental Services

Recommendation:

That Council:

1. Conduct a long-term water quality investigation at Bronte to provide more comprehensive and reliable results of the main pollutants in Bronte, their potential sources and seasonal trends;

2. Continue to partner with Streamwatch to measure water quality of Bronte Creek;

3. Ensure Council staff can quickly respond to stormwater pollution incidents with a clear protocol of action;

4. Continue to inspect businesses (through the Council’s Compliance Division) to ensure that they are following proper environmental practices; and,

5. Implement a community engagement and education program following the results of further study, to raise awareness of stormwater pollution. This may include tailored actions for specific target audiences such as residents, local businesses, developers, contractors, and/or industry.

1. Executive Summary

The purpose of this report is to summarise findings from an in-house study that investigated the water quality of stormwater entering Bronte Beach. The purpose of the investigation was to proactively respond to numerous pollution incidents that have been logged in the Bronte stormwater system.

This report highlights the main contributions to stormwater pollution in Bronte Gully identified from this short-term stormwater quality investigation.

2. Introduction/Background

Under Council's Environment Action Plan 3, we are committed to reducing stormwater pollution as part of water quality targets in our Local Government Area.

To help our understanding of potential stormwater pollution, Council undertook a stormwater quality investigation in the Bronte catchment, between the months of July and October 2013. The goals of the investigation were to characterise the stormwater quality conditions within the catchment and to identify any pollutants of concern. The stormwater quality investigation included the following four components:

1. Collection of stormwater samples at three sites within the catchment for chemical analysis at an accredited laboratory.

Page 1 3 4 February 2014

2. Collection of sediment samples from Bronte Creek for chemical analysis at an accredited laboratory. 3. Partnership with Streamwatch to monitor a selection of water quality parameters in Bronte Creek every fortnight. 4. Council's quick investigative response to unusual observations in Bronte Creek reported by Council and residents.

Area of Study

The Bronte catchment is an urban stormwater catchment located within Waverley Municipality in the eastern suburbs of Sydney. The catchment has an area of about 108 hectares and is generally occupied by a mix of low to high density residential housing, schools and few small businesses and restaurants. There are no industrial sites within the catchment. Bronte Gully itself comprises natural lands as well as fill material (non- native soils brought in to fill in depressions or to build landscape). In general, stormwater in the Bronte catchment drains through a series of pipes eastward to Bronte Beach (Figure 1).

culvert

Figure 1. The red line is the boundary of the Bronte catchment area. Stormwater that falls within this boundary drains to the culvert at the north end of Bronte Beach.

Potential Pollutants

Numerous pollutants from urban areas are discharged via the stormwater system into waterways and onto Bronte Beach. A significant proportion of the stormwater pollutant load results from illegal discharges and/or through poor site controls and management practices. In isolation, pollutants may have little effect on water quality, but the cumulative effect may be insidious, having an adverse long-term impact on the environment and public health.

Page 2

4 4 February 2014

Because of the land use in the Bronte area, there are several potential contaminants that may enter the stormwater system, including:  rubbish such as cigarette butts, cans, paper or plastic bags.  soaps and detergents.  paint that contains volatile organic compounds and metals.  light weight fuel components (benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene and xylenes).  natural material such as leaves, garden clippings or animal droppings.  fertilisers (nitrogen and phosphorus) in excessive concentrations.  pesticides and herbicides.  oils and grease resulting from unkempt grease traps or illegal dumping.  heavy metals leaching from fill material in the Gully.  sediment in high concentrations from soil erosion and runoff from building sites and unsealed roads.

Additionally, potential contaminants in the sediment of Bronte Creek may include:

 chemicals that bind to sediment including polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (typically found in asphalt and other construction materials), heavy metals, and heavy petroleum hydrocarbons.

Methodology

Stormwater samples were collected from three sites within the Bronte Catchment (refer Figure 2). Site 1 is at the top of Bronte Creek, site 2 is at the bottom of Bronte Creek, and site 3 is located at a pit which accesses the stormwater pipe below ground.

Sediment samples were collected from the sediment that accumulates at the base of the waterfall.

The stormwater and sediment samples were collected on two occasions by an Environmental Officer following appropriate sampling guidelines. The samples were then submitted to accredited laboratories for analysis. The samples were analysed for a selection of parameters to address the potential contaminants listed above.

Page 3

5 4 February 2014

Site 1 Site 2

Site 3

Figure 2: Approximate stormwater sample locations.

Limited stormwater chemistry data was also obtained through the Streamwatch program, where stormwater samples were collected from two locations within Bronte Creek every fortnight.

Additionally, an Environmental Officer investigated stormwater incidents in Bronte Creek (reported to Council by Councillors and residents). As part of our incident response program, the Environmental Officer provided a thorough investigation to identify the pollutant, its source if possible, and a course of action to remedy the problem.

3. Discussion

The main results of the stormwater investigation include:

 Measured concentrations of the majority of parameters in stormwater and sediment met the ANZECC guidelines for recreational water use (2000). These guidelines are employed as a guide only because stormwater is not being used for recreational purposes. Where concentrations exceed guideline levels, it is considered a warning only, not an actual threat to public health.

 Only concentrations of Enterococci and Ammonia in stormwater exceed the ANZECC guidelines for recreational water use (2000). However, the actual concentrations of these parameters at Bronte Beach would be much less due to ocean dilution and therefore these results are not considered a threat to human health or the environment.

Page 4

6 4 February 2014

 The water quality data is limited as it describes stormwater conditions on two separate dates only. However, the data is supported by results from the incident reports and the Streamwatch program, which gives a more complete picture of the main contributors to stormwater pollution in Bronte. See below for main trends observed.

Water Chemistry Results

The main trends regarding stormwater and sediment quality include:

 Zinc appears to be the only metal that is continually present in the water samples. Although it wasn't high enough to indicate the presence of zinc-oxide paint. Metals can originate from other sources, such as fill material.

 Enterococci counts are consistently present in the Bronte catchment at all three locations, which implies the presence of faecal coliforms. This may originate from a small constant sewerage leak or animal faeces entering the stormwater system upstream.

 High Ammonia concentration in sample Bronte 1 (13/10/2013) could be a result of any number of sources such as sewerage, animal droppings, fertiliser or decay of organic matter. However, because the Enterococci count was relatively high in that sample as well, it is suspected to originate from degradation of animal faces or sewerage.

 High concentrations of oil and grease, sediment and Enteroccoci were reported in sample Bronte 3 (16/07/13). This sample location drains the small business area in Bronte and may represent an isolated case of illegal trade waste dumping. This result stresses the importance of routine inspections of businesses in the area.

 There does not appear to be any potential concerns regarding sediment quality at the base of Bronte waterfalls.

Sewer Leak Investigation Results

A sewer leak investigation was conducted to identify whether the source of Enterococci in the stormwater system could be attributed to a sewer leak.

The study was conducted between the months of July and November 2013 and followed the 'Primary Program' procedures outlined in a similar investigation undertaken by Manly Council.

Eleven stormwater outlets along the coastal areas between Bronte and Bondi were examined on three occasions during dry weather conditions and prime flushing hours (between 8 and 10 am). An Environmental Officer measured stormwater flow rate, pre- screened stormwater samples for Ammonia, and submitted any sample that tested positive for ammonia to an accredited laboratory for Enterococci analysis.

Main findings of this study include:

 Ammonia was detected in the Bronte area only. Of the samples submitted, half reported the presence of Enterococci bacteria, however the concentrations are too low to indicate a fresh sewer leak according to the Sydney Water threshold of 2,300 CFU of Enterococci/100mL.

Page 5

7 4 February 2014

 The outlet at the top of Bronte Creek has a continuous baseflow of approximately 5L/s which implies that there is a high dilution factor even during "dry weather conditions". As a result, it is difficult to detect a fresh sewer leak at this location using the Sydney Water threshold of 2,300 CFU of Enterococci/100mL.

 Ammonia levels are quite variable and as the test kit used in the study was not sensitive at low concentrations (less than 0.5mg/L), it's possible that false negatives were reported in the study. That is, that ammonia was in the sample but not detected with the equipment used.

These findings indicate that Enterococci bacteria is present in Bronte catchment often enough to be a concern. The source of Enterococci bacteria requires further investigation.

4. Conclusion

In conclusion, there appears to be ongoing water quality issues at Bronte Beach; the main concern being the presence of Enterococci bacteria.

To ensure effective management of the ongoing water quality issues at Bronte Beach, a long term water quality monitoring investigation is recommended. This additional research will provide more comprehensive and reliable results of the main pollutants in Bronte, their potential sources and seasonal trends.

Future research should include:

1. Continue to test for Ammonia as an indicator of Enterococci contamination. Testing should be done on a regular basis and during dry weather conditions to identify a sewer leak. Additionally, testing for Faecal Coliforms is recommended to identify fresh sewer leaks.

2. Continue to partner with Streamwatch. Partnerships with groups like Streamwatch are advantageous as they offer a presence at the Creek where unusual observations can be reported to Council. By keeping an open communication system with this group along with residents, visitors, and people working in Bronte Park, it is likely that more stormwater pollution incidents could be spotted and addressed by Council.

3. Develop a stormwater pollution incident response plan to ensure effective quick response and a clear protocol of action.

4. Characterise the stormwater quality following rain events, as stormwater quality often gets progressively worse in response to increasing levels of rainfall. Since it is notoriously difficult and sometimes dangerous to collect stormwater samples following a rain event, it may be worthwhile installing a passive water quality monitoring device that remains in position and monitors a few key parameters. A key location for one of these devices would be at the outlet to Bronte Creek (site 1).

5. Integrate an environmental performance checklist within Council's Compliance Division annual business inspection checklist.

Page 6

8 4 February 2014

6. Implement a community engagement and education program following the results of further study, to raise awareness of stormwater pollution. This may include tailored actions for specific target audiences such as residents, local businesses, developers, contractors, and/or industry.

5. Relationship to Waverley Together 3 & Delivery Program 2013-17

The relationship to Waverley Together 3 and Delivery Program 2013-17 is as follows:

Direction: E5 The waterways and beaches are clean and free of pollutants

Strategy: E5a Minimise pollutants in stormwater discharged into waterways E5b Minimise discharge of untreated wastewater and sewage overflows into receiving waterways

Deliverable: E5a Water quality at key coastal sites is regularly monitored E5a Targeted community environmental education and awareness program on stormwater pollution prevention undertaken E5a Inspections of LGA to ensure compliance with the Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997 undertaken E5b Partnerships with external organizations to promote water quality improvement programs

6. Financial impact statement/Timeframe/Consultation

 Financial

The cost of a 12 month water quality monitoring and education program is $20,000. This program is one of the various projects within Environmental Action Plan 3 that has been integrated within the Long Term Financial Plan. It is recommended that Council fund this program through the Environmental Action Plan budget for 2014/15.

. Consultation

The Council departments that have been consulted regarding this program include: Public Works and Services; Planning and Environmental Services; and, Corporate and Technical Services. Additionally, external organizations including: Sydney Water, Streamwatch, and Beachwatch have been consulted.

. Timeframe

This program will run for 12 months to account for seasonal variation of stormwater quality conditions in the Bronte area.

7. Attachment/s:

Nil

Page 7

9 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

Officers’ Report Requiring Determination OCRD.2/14

Subject: Conservation Areas Heritage Studies and Inventory Sheets Trim File No.: A14/0029 Author: Kate Higgins and Fleur Mellor, Senior Strategic Planners - Heritage

Recommendation: That:

1. Council endorse the Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study and the Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study.

2. Council place the Yenda Avenue and Watkins Street heritage studies on Council’s website for general information.

3. Council endorse the inventory sheets for the following Urban Conservation Areas: Botany Street, Brown Street, Busby Parade, Collingwood Avenue, Evans Street, Imperial Avenue, Palmerston Avenue, Yenda Avenue, Woodstock Street, and Watkins Street.

4. Council place the inventory sheets for the Botany Street, Brown Street, Busby Parade, Collingwood Avenue, Evans Street, Imperial Avenue, Palmerston Avenue, Yenda Avenue, Woodstock Street, and Watkins Street Urban Conservation Areas on Council’s website for general information.

5. The inventory sheets for the Botany Street, Brown Street, Busby Parade, Collingwood Avenue, Evans Street, Imperial Avenue, Palmerston Avenue, Yenda Avenue, Woodstock Street, and Watkins Street Urban Conservation Areas be provided to the NSW Heritage Division for incorporation into the NSW State Heritage Inventory database.

6. The recommendations of the heritage studies for the Yenda Avenue and Watkins Street Urban Conservation Areas be considered as part of a review of the heritage controls of Waverley Development Control Plan 2012.

7. The heritage studies and inventory sheets be prepared for the Blenheim Street, Bondi Beach, Brighton Boulevard, Charing Cross, Grafton Street, Mill Hill, and Queens Park Urban Conservation Areas, and that these be reported back to Council at a future date.

1. Executive Summary

The purpose of this report is to present to Council two recently completed heritage studies and ten recently completed inventory sheets prepared for a number of Urban Conservation Areas within the Waverley Local Government Area.

Page 1 10 Ordinary Council Meeting 4 February 2014

It is proposed that the heritage studies and inventory sheets be placed on Council’s website for information, and that the inventory sheets be forwarded to the NSW Heritage Division for incorporation into the NSW State Heritage Inventory.

2. Introduction/Background

The purpose of the heritage studies and inventory sheets is to provide information for property owners, for those wishing to develop their properties, and for planners assessing the impacts of proposed development. The information clearly states why the areas have been made conservation areas and have been given special protection in Council’s planning provisions. The heritage studies and inventory sheets help to reduce costs for applicants as they provide base information for the preparation of heritage impact statements and as such this work does not have to be undertaken by the applicant.

Waverley Council has 17 Urban Conservation Areas. The heritage significance of many of these conservation areas has been assessed; however a number of the areas did not have inventory sheets which state the heritage significance of the area. Heritage inventory sheets have therefore been prepared for the Botany Street, Brown Street, Busby Parade, Collingwood Avenue, Evans Street, Imperial Avenue, Palmerston Avenue, Yenda Avenue, Watkins Street and Woodstock Street Urban Conservation Areas.

While some of the urban conservation areas have inventory sheets included within existing heritage studies none of the 17 conservation areas have heritage inventory sheets in the standard State Heritage Inventory format, nor are the inventory sheets included in the State Heritage Inventory database managed by the NSW Heritage Division, Office of Environment and Heritage. The NSW State Heritage Inventory is a database of heritage items on statutory lists in NSW. It provides information for property owners, applicants for development approval, researchers, and so on. It is the usual practice in NSW for Councils to provide the NSW Heritage Division with inventory sheets in the State Heritage Inventory format for uploading to the inventory database. Waverley Council has provided inventory sheets for its heritage items but not yet for its conservation areas.

Heritage studies provide a good understanding of the heritage significance of the area and the background information from which heritage inventory sheets were prepared and make recommendations for how the heritage values of areas can be managed. Heritage studies can also reduce the costs for owners of properties within urban conservation areas as heritage impact statements can reference the study rather than needing costly original research.

An understanding of the significance of an area is important for property owners and for Council assessment planners as it provides the basis for decisions about development in the area. Background heritage studies are also useful for matters which reach the Land and Environment Court as they provide more detail than is possible on a heritage inventory sheet.

Page 2

11 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

An appreciation of the heritage significance of a conservation area has the potential to create positive feelings for the conservation area and to encourage property owners to conserve the heritage values of their properties.

A number of urban conservation areas have been studied and assessed as part of existing heritage studies, as set out in the table below.

Urban Conservation area Heritage Study C3 Botany Street Bondi Junction Heritage Assessment 2004 C5 Brown Street Waverley Heritage Policy 2007 C6 Busby Parade Waverley Heritage Policy 2007 C8 Collingwood Avenue Waverley Heritage Policy 2007 C9 Evans Street Waverley Heritage Policy 2007 C11 Imperial Avenue Waverley Heritage Policy 2007 C12 Mill Hill Bondi Junction Heritage Assessment 2004 C13 Palmerston Avenue Waverley Heritage Policy 2007

3. Discussion

The Yenda Avenue and Watkins Street Urban Conservation Areas are not included within previous heritage studies and therefore studies have been undertaken of these Urban Conservation Areas. The purpose of these studies is:

 to provide a clear understanding of the heritage significance of each of the heritage conservation areas;  to guide development outcomes in the heritage conservation areas so as to conserve the heritage values of these areas; and,  provide a basis for future discussions with residents about the heritage values of their area and how best to conserve these values.

The heritage studies have been undertaken in accordance with NSW Heritage Division guidelines and with regard to the principles of the Australia ICOMOS Burra Charter. Historical research was undertaken as well as an investigation of the character of the areas. A map of the places within each of the conservation areas which contribute or detract from its significance, or have a neutral impact, has also been prepared. The studies conclude with a series of recommendations for managing the heritage values of the area. It is proposed that these recommendations be used as basis for future consultation with the community and Council about possible changes to the existing heritage controls of Waverley Development Control Plan 2012.

Heritage inventory sheets have been prepared for ten of Waverley Council’s Urban Conservation Areas based on background information as set out in the table below. The inventory sheets have been prepared using the NSW State Heritage Inventory standard format.

Conservation Area Heritage Study C3 Botany Street Bondi Junction Heritage Assessment 2004 C5 Brown Street Waverley Heritage Policy 2007 C6 Busby Parade Waverley Heritage Policy 2007 C8 Collingwood Avenue Waverley Heritage Policy 2007

Page 3 12 Ordinary Council Meeting 4 February 2014

C9 Evans Street Waverley Heritage Policy 2007 C11 Imperial Avenue Waverley Heritage Policy 2007 C13 Palmerston Avenue Waverley Heritage Policy 2007 C15 Watkins Street Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study C16 Woodstock Street Existing general background heritage studies with additional research. C17 Yenda Avenue Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study, the Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study and the inventory sheets for the Botany Street, Brown Street, Busby Parade, Collingwood Avenue, Evans Street, Imperial Avenue, Palmerston Avenue, Yenda Avenue, Woodstock Street, and Watkins Street Urban Conservation Areas, are attached.

Proposed Future Projects

It is proposed to undertake future heritage investigations and to prepare inventory sheets for the following urban conservation areas:

 C1 Blenheim Street  C2 Bondi Beach  C4 Brighton Boulevard  C7 Charing Cross  C10 Grafton Street  C12 Mill Hill  C14 Queens Park

Recommendations and some analysis of the extension made to the Bondi Beach Urban Conservation Area are included within the Waverley Heritage Policy 2007 however the original extent of the conservation area has yet to be studied in detail.

Once the heritage studies for all the urban conservation areas are completed it is proposed to review the heritage controls in Waverley Development Control Plan 2012. This review will include consultation with the community.

The projects above would be reported back to Council at a future date.

4. Conclusion

That Council endorse:

 the two recently completed heritage studies for the Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area and Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area  the ten completed inventory sheets prepared for a number of Urban Conservation Areas within the Waverley Local Government Area  the placement of the heritage studies and inventory sheets on Council’s website for information  the forwarding of the inventory sheets to the NSW Heritage Division for incorporation into the NSW State Heritage Inventory.

That Council note:

Page 4

13 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

 the commencement of heritage studies and complementary inventory sheets for the Bondi Beach Urban Conservation Area, Brighton Boulevard Urban Conservation Area and Grafton Street Urban Conservation Area.  The commencement of heritage inventory sheets for the Blenheim Street, Charing Cross, Mill Hill and Queens Park Urban Conservation Areas.

5. Relationship to Waverley Together 3 & Delivery Program 2013-17

The relationship to Waverley Together 3 and Delivery Program 2013-17 is as follows:

Direction: L4 The unique physical qualities and strong sense of identity of Waverley’s villages is respected and celebrated. L5 Buildings are well designed, safe and accessible and the new is balanced with the old. Strategy: L4a Use planning and heritage policies and controls to protect and improve the unique built environment. L5b Protect and maintain heritage significant buildings while ensuring they are fit for use. Deliverable:Part H (Heritage) of Waverley DCP reviewed as part of Waverley Planning Review. An ongoing public education campaign on heritage and good design including annual Heritage and Urban Design Awards.

6. Financial impact statement/Timeframe/Consultation

 Financial There are no financial impacts as the work has been undertaken in-house by Council’s Strategic Planner – Heritage who was appointed on the 19 July 2013.

The heritage studies and inventory sheets for the remaining urban conservation areas will be undertaken by Council’s Strategic Planner – Heritage.

 Delivery Program/Operational Plan

The heritage studies and heritage inventory sheets which have recently been prepared foster Council's broad long term Vision for the organisation which the Council believes will assist the community in achieving their long term aspirations as set out in Waverley Together 3. In particular it relates to the following vision statements: - we can express our essential selves through our traditions, our arts, our cultures and our lifestyles - the architectural landscape is cared for and developed at a human scale and design is sensitive to the natural, historical and social contexts - as a local community we have the courage to take a leading place in achieving the environmental aims of a global society

 Timeframe

Upon endorsement by Council the Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area and Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area heritage studies, and complementary inventory sheets, will be placed on the Council website. The inventory sheets will also be forwarded to the NSW Heritage Division for placement on the NSW State Heritage Inventory.

Upon endorsement by Council the heritage inventory sheets for the Botany Street, Brown Street, Busby Parade, Collingwood Avenue, Evans Street, Imperial Avenue, Palmerston Avenue, and Woodstock Street Urban Conservation Areas will be placed on the Council

Page 5 14 Ordinary Council Meeting 4 February 2014 website. The inventory sheets will also be forwarded to the NSW Heritage Division for placement on the NSW State Heritage Inventory.

The inventory sheets for the Blenheim Street, Bondi Beach, Brighton Boulevard, Charing Cross, Grafton Street, Mill Hill and Queens Park Urban Conservation Areas will be completed by the end 2014.

 Consultation

The historical findings of the Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area have been presented to the Queens Park Precinct Committee and to the Waverley Historical Society.

Further consultation will be carried out as part of a future review of the heritage controls of the Waverley Development Control Plan 2012.

7. Attachment/s:

 Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study  Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study  Inventory sheets for the following urban conservation areas: o Botany Street; o Brown Street; o Busby Parade; o Collingwood Avenue; o Evans Street; o Imperial Avenue; o Palmerston Avenue; o Yenda Avenue;, o Woodstock Street; and, o Watkins Street.

Page 6

Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

DRAFT 16 October 2013

CONTENTS 1 0 INTRODUCTION ...... 1 1.1 Purpose of Study ...... 1 1.2 Study Area ...... 1 1.3 Background ...... 2 1.4 Methodology ...... 2 1.5 Limitations ...... 3 1.6 Study Author ...... 3 1.7 References ...... 3 2 0 HISTORICAL DEVELOPMENT ...... 4 2.1 Aboriginal Occupation ...... 4 2.2 Settlement ...... 4 2.2.1 Prior to Residential Development ...... 4 2.2.2 Subdivision ...... 7 2.2.3 Walter Bartrop ...... 10 2.2.4 Residential Development ...... 11 2.2.5 Inter-War Years ...... 16 3 0 CHARACTER OF THE AREA ...... 17 3.1 Subdivision Pattern ...... 18 3.2 Public Domain ...... 19 3.2 Built Form ...... 22 4.0 COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS ...... 27 4.1 Waverley Local Government Area ...... 27 4.2 Sydney Metropolitan Area ...... 28 5.0 ASSESSMENT OF HERITAGE SIGNIFICANCE ...... 28 5.1 Cultural Significance ...... 28 5.2 Assessment Methodology ...... 28 5.3 Assessment of Heritage Significance ...... 29 5.4 Statement of Significance ...... 31 5.5 Gradings of Significance ...... 31 6.0 RECOMMENDATIONS ...... 32

17 Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

1 0 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Purpose of Study The purpose of the Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study is to:  investigate and assess the heritage significance of the area;  make recommendations for its conservation; and,  provide a basis for potential future discussions with residents about the heritage values of their area and how to conserve these values.

1.2 Study Area Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area is located in the suburb of Queen’s Park, to the south of Bondi Junction, to the west of Charing Cross, and to the north of Queen’s Park (Figure 1).

Figure 1: Location Map. Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area is shown with a red outline. Source: Google Maps, annotations by author.

The conservation area is located in the area immediately around Yenda Avenue, with Blenheim Lane bounding the area on the west and Arnold Street on the south. The area is to the west of Bronte Road and to the north of Queen’s Park Road. The area is know locally as Blenheim Gully.

18 Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Figure 2: Detail Location Map. Yenda Urban Conservation Area is shown with a red outline. Source: SIX Maps, annotation by author.

1.3 Background A heritage study undertaken in 1993, Waverley Heritage Study, recommended that the area around Yenda Avenue be made a heritage conservation area. The area was nominated in Schedule 3 of the Study as “Area 6”. The description of the area given in the Study is: The whole of Yenda Avenue is an exceptionally good grouping of 1920s and 1930s Bungalows. It may possibly have been an old quarry, developed later than the surrounding area (near Queens Park). It remains a good local example of a typical Inter-War streetscape, enhanced by its enclosure by sandstone cliffs.1 The Heritage Conservation Area was formally created in 1996 by Waverley Local Environmental Plan 1996. A heritage conservation area is an area in which the historical origins and relationships between various elements create a sense of place that is worth keeping. Heritage areas reveal many different aspects of our cultural history. They show how Australians have responded physically, emotionally, socially and architecturally to the environment and how places have been variously occupied, used, ignored, refined, degraded or associated with Australian society over time.2

1.4 Methodology Research was undertaken using readily available documentary evidence.

1 Perumal Murphy Wu, Waverley Heritage Study. Volume 2. Built Heritage Report, 1993, p21 2 Heritage Office, Conservation Areas, 1996, p 3

19 Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Site visits were undertaken in August 2013. Unless otherwise noted, all photographs were taken by Kate Higgins during the site visit. The heritage significance of the conservation area has been assessed in accordance with the NSW Heritage Division guideline Assessing Heritage Significance, NSW Heritage Office, 2001. This report complies with the principles established by the The Burra Charter: The Australia ICOMOS Charter for Places of Cultural Significance, Australia ICOMOS, 1999. The heritage inventory sheet for the conservation area has been prepared using the NSW Heritage Division State Heritage Inventory template data sheet.

1.5 Limitations This study does not include an investigation or assessment of European or Aboriginal archaeology. Refer to the Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Study for a general discussion of Aboriginal occupation of the area prior to European settlement. Research was generally limited to material held by Waverley Council. Property title searches were not undertaken. A comparative analysis with similar conservation areas in NSW was limited. Limited time was available for the study. Individual properties were not visited. This has limited an understanding of the landform, particularly with regard to early quarrying.

1.6 Study Author The study has been prepared by Kate Higgins, B. Science (Architecture), B. Architecture, Master Heritage Conservation.

1.7 References Books Richard Apperley, Robert Irvine and Peter Reynolds, A Pictorial Guide to Identifying Australian Architecture. Styles and Terms from 1788 to the Present, Angus and Robertson, 1994 Graeme Butler, The Californian Bungalow in Australia, Melbourne, Lothian, 1992 B.T. Dowd, The History of the Waverley Municipal District, Municipality of Waverley, 1959 Jill Roe (ed), Twentieth Century Sydney. Studies in Urban and Social History, Hale and Iremonger, 1980. Studies Perumal Murphy Wu, Waverley Heritage Study. Volume 2. Built Heritage Report, 1993 Robertson and Hindmarsh, Housing in New South Wales Between the Wars. Volume 1, National Trust of Australia (NSW), 1996.

20 Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Kate Higgins, Sydney Metropolitan Conservation Areas: An Investigation, 2011 Council records Council development application files Council Building Register files Waverley Council Rate and Valuation Book 1920 for the Lawson Ward, (held by Waverley Library) Valuation Books from the Department of Valuer General for 1925 and 1928 (held by Waverley Library) Council building card indexes (yellow drawers) Waverley Local Studies drawer files for Yenda Avenue, Arnold Street, and Quarries Collection of digital copies of Deposited Plans. Collection of digital copies of Building Register drawings. Other Assessing Heritage Significance, NSW Heritage Office, 2001 Conservation Areas, Heritage Office and Department of Urban Affairs and Planning, 1996 Sands Sydney Directory for the years 1928, 1929, 1930 and 1931 The Burra Charter: The Australia ICOMOS Charter for Places of Cultural Significance, Australia ICOMOS, 1999.

2 0 HISTORICAL DEVELOPMENT

2.1 Aboriginal Occupation The arrival of the British in 1788 led to local Aboriginal people losing control of their lands and to the death of many local Aboriginals through disease. This had a dramatic impact on traditional Aboriginal communities and their relationship to the land. The Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area is located in a sandstone rock gully fed by a small creek so is likely to have been an area used by the local Aboriginal people due to its access to water and shelter.

2.2 Settlement

2.2.1 Prior to Residential Development While areas of the Waverley Municipality closer to Old South Head Road and the beaches were settled and occupied by villages and industries early in the European history of the area, the Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area remained vacant land for a considerable time. This is evident on a Parish Map dating from about 1830 showing the land held by Barnett Levy near present day Bondi Junction and that held by William Roberts at Bondi Beach, as well as the land set aside for Sydney’s water supply (now Centennial Park), however the study area is shown as vacant land (Figure 3).

21 Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Figure 3: Alexandria. Map of the Parish of Alexandria, c.1830. The location of the Yenda Urban Conservation Area is indicated with a red star. NSW Land and Property Information. Annotation by author.

The land which comprises the present day Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area was purchased by Abraham Quinsey (or Quincey) on 23 November 1849 for fifteen pounds.3 The area is close to Birrell Street and Tea Gardens (now Bondi Junction) and to Charing Cross but nevertheless remained undeveloped. The Parish Map of 1900 shows the extent of Quinsey’s land (Figure 4). The lack of development of the Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area was likely due to the undesirability of the land when more easily developed sites were available. A sketch of the area made in 1879 by Major W.L..Johnson shows the land was a swampy area surrounding a stream and located between steep cliffs to the east and a rocky slope to the west (Figure 5).4 The stream would have run through the present day conservation area.

3 B.T. Dowd, The History of the Waverley Municipal District, Municipality of Waverley, 1959, p40 4 B.T. Dowd, The History of the Waverley Municipal District, Municipality of Waverley, 1959, p38

22 Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Figure 4: Parish of Alexandria. County of Cumberland. Metropolitan Land District Eastern Division NSW”, 15 May 1900. The approximate location of the Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area has been indicated in red. Source: NSW Land and Property Information

Figure 5: Sketch of locations between Birrell Street and Charing Cross by Major W.L. Johnson, 1879. The approximate location of the Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area is indicated in red. Source: The History of the Waverley Municipal District, p 38. Annotations by author.

23 Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Towards the end of the nineteenth century much of the land around the present day Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation area had begun to be subdivided into small allotments for residential development. However, Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation area still remained vacant, the Queens Park area at this time being described as a kind of “no-man’s land between Waverley and Randwick”.5

Figure 6: Plan of the Borough of Waverley, S Pollitzer, 1887. The approximate location of the Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area is indicated by a red star. Source: National Library of Australia

While the difficult nature of the land that now forms the Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area discouraged development, it may have been suitable for quarrying of local sandstone. This use may have contributed to the delay in the residential development of the area as the land may have been utilised for a quarry or an access road to a quarry.6

2.2.2 Subdivision The Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area is located in Blenheim Gully. A map of the contours of the area (Figure 7) illustrates the nature of the landform, with cliffs to the east and a steep slope to the west. The north-south section of Yenda Avenue occupies the lowest point of the gully in the location of the original stream.

5 "RE-MAKE QUEENS PARK." Evening News (Sydney, NSW : 1869 - 1931) 3 Jun 1922, p1 6 Documentary evidence of a quarry has not been found at the time of the writing of this report. Colin Brady, Waverley Council Heritage Advisor, has stated that he has seen evidence of earlier quarrying in the conservation area.

24 Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Figure 7: Contour Map of the Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area and its immediate surrounds. The approximate location of the conservation area is shown in red. Source: Waverley Council digital maps. Annotation by author.

The land which comprises the current Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area was subdivided into housing allotments in 1926.7 The subdivision area also included land between Arnold Street and Queens Park Road (then Victoria Street) however this land is not within the boundaries of the present day conservation area. A prominent local builder Walter Bartrop appears to have been involved in the subdivision as his signature appears on the Deposited Plan along with that of L.W Beagley, Waverley Council Town Clerk (Figure 8).8 Yenda Avenue was created by this subdivision as well as an extension to Arnold Street. Both roads were dedicated to Council. The naming of Yenda Avenue is consistent with an Inter-War fashion of calling newly created streets “Avenues”.9

7 DP 13797, 8 March 1926 8 It is not clear of Beagley signed the deposited Plan in his role as Town Clerk or as a fellow developer with Bartrop. Beagley was elected Secretary of the Master Builders Association in 1929 (see Construction and Local Government Journal, 2 January 1929). Bartrop was also active in the Master Builders Association. 9 Robertson and Hindmarsh, Housing in New South Wales Between the Wars, National trust of Australia (NSW), p 212

25 Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Figure 8: Subdivision Plan, DP13797, which created the allotments of the present day Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation. Lots 1 to 10 are not within the conservation area. Source: Waverley Council digital collection of Deposited Plans.

The Yenda Avenue subdivision was generally designed in accordance with Waverley Council regulations of 1920 which required a minimum allotment size of 3,500 square feet (12.86 perches or 325 m2) and a minimum frontage of 35 feet (10.7 metres) for double fronted dwellings. The minimum depth was required to be 100 feet (30.5

26 Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

metres) with a requirement that the width of the property be increased if the depth was reduced.10 The regulations were able to be made by Council under the auspices of the Local Government Act 1919, the provisions of which assisted Council in its control of subdivisions and the laying out of new streets. This must have been a concern of Council for some time as Council had decided in 1903 that no new subdivisions would be approved until the streets and lanes were laid out to the satisfaction of Council.11 A Buildings and Subdivision Board was set up by Council to administer provisions of the Act.12 The size of the Yenda Avenue allotments is typical of the smaller block sizes following the Federation period, and reflects increased land and building costs following WW1 and the intended lower middle class purchasers of the Yenda Avenue properties. The original subdivision pattern remains with the exception of Nos. 2 and 4 Yenda Avenue where the original allotment has been subdivided so that each semi-detached dwelling sits on its own allotment (DP 1027880).

2.2.3 Walter Bartrop The subdivision appears to have been a speculative development undertaken by a local builder Walter Bartrop who was active in the Eastern Suburbs in the Inter-War years. Bartrop, who lived in Randwick, was a member of the Masters Builders Association and later became President of its Eastern Suburbs Branch.13 It was not uncommon for builders to undertake small speculative developments and Waverley Council Building Register files show that Bartrop was the builder for all of the cottages in Yenda Avenue and for one of the cottages on the northern side of Arnold Street. It may be that Council records are not complete and Bartrop built all the cottages in the conservation area. Refer to the table in Section 2.2.3 below for the house plans and front elevations submitted by Bartrop to Council. Bartrop may have known the area well as a Walter “Barthropp” is shown as living at “Yanco” Victoria Street (now Queen’s Park Road), Waverley, in 1920.14 Bartrop appears to have bought the land, subdivided and then built the houses as Council valuation books show that many of the properties were originally owned by Bartrop but were later sold. 15 An examination of the improved capital value of the land in the valuation books, and of Sands Sydney Directory for 1928, 1929, and 1930 shows that that all the houses except one were built between 1926 and 1928. The Construction and Local Government Journal reported that Bartrop was busy builder in the eastern suburbs, including: a cottage in Yenda Avenue and cottage and

10 B.T. Dowd, The History of the Waverley Municipal District, Municipality of Waverley, 1959, p81 11 B.T. Dowd, The History of the Waverley Municipal District, Municipality of Waverley, 1959, p77 12 Student thesis – check title 13 Information from various issues of the Construction and Local Government Journal between 1926 and 1929. 14 Waverley Council Rate and Valuation Book 1920, p120. No street number is given in the Rate Book, but the property is shown as the first in the street (prior to the Yenda Avenue subdivision) and would likely have been located at the present day No.90 Queen’s Park Road. 15 Department of Valuer General Valuation List 1925

27 Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

garage in Imperial Avenue,16 a cottage in Yenda Avenue and Arnold Street,17 two cottages in Yenda Avenue, and a cottage in Hewlett Street Waverley.18

2.2.4 Residential Development At the time the houses in Yenda Avenue were constructed, the NSW building regulation known as Ordinance 71 set requirements for matters such as subdivision, setbacks from boundaries, minimum standards for ceiling heights, the size of habitable rooms, and site coverage. Other matters were also addressed. A bathroom was required to be provided in every dwelling, the laundry was required to be separate from the kitchen and a 3 foot (900mm) passage way was required along one boundary in order to access the rear yard. These regulations reflect the “ideal of the separate house on the suburban block (which) became enshrined in law in the Housing Act of 1912 promoted by the first Labor government elected in New South Wales. That ‘every man shall be furnished with a home fit for a civilised being to sleep in’ was an important element of Labor policy but the legislation dictated that those homes should be freestanding and surrounded by a garden.”19 The table below shows the original cottages built by Bartrop for which Council records have been able to be found. The images are taken from the drawings submitted by Bartrop to Council. The quality of the drawings clearly indicates that they were not prepared by an architect.

Elevation Plan

1 Yenda Ave

16 "Advertising." Construction and Local Government Journal,15 Dec 1926, p 10 17 "Advertising." Construction and Local Government Journal, 23 Jun 1926, p 9. 18 "Advertising." Construction and Local Government Journal, 13 Oct 1926:,p8. 19 Robertson and Hindmarsh, Housing in New South Wales Between the Wars. Volume 1, National Trust of Australia (NSW), 1996, p 2

28 Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Elevation Plan

2 and 4 Yenda Ave

3 Yenda Ave

29 Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Elevation Plan

6 Yenda Ave

8 Yenda Ave

30 Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Elevation Plan

10 Yenda Ave

22 Arnold Street

The house designs are typical of modest housing of the Inter-War period. The designs were influenced by single storey bungalows popular in California in the early years of the twentieth century which, by the outbreak of WW1, was the standard housing design for the Californian suburbs. By the early 1920s, speculative builders had embraced elements of the Inter-War California Bungalow idiom, and bungalows reigned supreme in the suburbs until the Great Depression.20 A key feature of suburban bungalow design was its simplicity and “suitability for the ordinary

20 Richard Apperley, Robert Irvine and Peter Reynolds, A Pictorial Guide to Identifying Australian Architecture. Styles and Terms from 1788 to the Present, Angus and Robertson, 1994, p206

31 Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

person”.21 The houses were not large, consisting of only two bedrooms, living room, dining room, small kitchen, and laundry is located in the back verandah. The houses display a remarkable similarity in design being variations on a standard. A photograph looking south-east across the area in 1927 shows its character soon after the area was developed (Figure 9).

Figure 9: A view south-east across the recently completed Yenda Avenue development. A garage can be seen at the rear of No. 6 Yenda Avenue. The only garage recorded in Council’s Building Register for the development. Source: Daily Telegraph, 2 December 1927, p3

Figure 10: 1943 aerial photograph Source: SIX Maps The Yenda Avenue Conservation Area was developed at a time when private motor vehicles were becoming more popular but were unaffordable for most people and garages were generally only built as part of more expensive developments. In the later years of the Inter-War period, garages became standard practice in suburban development.

21 Graeme Butler, The Californian Bungalow in Australia, Melbourne, Lothian, 1992, p27

32 Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Street tree plantings along the northern side of Yenda Avenue can be seen in the 1943 aerial photograph as well as the addition of garages to some properties. A search of Sands Sydney Directory shows the first occupants of the houses in the conservation area and the house names. These are set out in the table below. Address House name Occupant Occupied Occupied Occupied in 1928 in 1929 in 1930 Yenda Ave 1 Yenda ‘Resthaven’ T. O’Neill Yes Yes Yes 3 Yenda Alexander Bell Yes Yes Yes 5 Yenda ‘Mendoza’ S. Francis Yes Yes Yes 7 Yenda ‘Brixton’ Frederick Filmer No Yes Yes 2 Yenda ‘Leacourt’ Frank Fegarty in 1928 No Yes Yes Victor Blanch in 1929 4 Yenda ‘Felice’ Charles Bain No Yes Yes 6 Yenda ‘Quipolly’ G.E. Gardner Yes Yes Yes 8 Yenda ‘Knilford’ T.C. Knilands Yes Yes Yes 10 Yenda Mrs A. Robins Yes Yes Yes 12 Yenda ‘Ratcliff’ Herbert Radcliff No Yes Yes Arnold Street (North side) 24 Arnold ‘Julack’ A.J. Lancaster No No Yes 22 Arnold ‘Tel-el-kebir’ Ernest Harper Yes Yes Yes 20 Arnold ‘Ellebina’ J. Vinson Yes Yes Yes 18 Arnold ‘Yugilbar’ W.T. Moxton Yes Yes Yes A comparison of the names in Sands Sydney Directory with the property owners in Council rate and valuation books shows that some of the houses appear to have been investment properties for rental. The occupations of some of the residents are shown in Sands Sydney Directory, including a carpenter (F. Filmer), train driver (T. O’Neill), motor cab proprietor (G. Gardner – owning the only house with a garage in the original development) and a carrier (W. Moxton). The occupations indicate the target demographic for the speculative development as lower middle class.

2.2.5 Inter-War Years The Inter-War years saw considerable growth in the Municipality of Waverley. The large tracts of land which had been vacant in 1918 had been subdivided and built upon”.22 In the 1920s Waverley Municipality was the most intensely urbanised area in the eastern suburbs, averaging 23 persons per acre (9.4 people per hectare) by 1929, compared with 18.7 people per acre (7.6 per hectare) in 1921. By comparison, in 1929 Vaucluse had 8.6 people per acre (3.5 per hectare), Woollahra (excluding Paddington) had 17.7 people per acre (7 per hectare), and Randwick had 8.3 people per acre (3.4 per hectare).23 The 1920s were boom years for housing development in the metropolitan area with peak activity occurring in 1926, 1927, and 1928. The rapid growth in housing during the 1920s is reflected in the 23 per cent increase in Waverley Council’s rate

22 Max Kelly, “Pleasure and Profit: The Eastern Suburbs Comes of Age 1919 – 1929” pp 1–19, in Jill Roe (ed), Twentieth Century Sydney. Studies in Urban and Social History, Hale and Iremonger, 1980, p 13 23 Max Kelly, “Pleasure and Profit: The Eastern Suburbs Comes of Age 1919 – 1929” pp 1–19, in Jill Roe (ed), Twentieth Century Sydney. Studies in Urban and Social History, Hale and Iremonger, 1980, p 4.

33 Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

assessments during the decade.24 Bartrop’s Yenda Avenue subdivision and speculative development was one of the many housing developments which contributed to the boom years. The background to the boom years is described by Max Kelly: The real estate boom of the 1920s was the result of a complex of factors. It was a boom fed by acute postwar accommodation shortages, by the demands of returning diggers, by the promised glories of garden suburbs living, by the rise in the availability of capital on relatively easy terms, by the progress of transport and other services and, importantly, by the multi- coloured visions sketched in exotic detail by real estate agents, big and small. But behind all this lay that one factor common to all boom periods in capitalist societies – the desire to take profit.25 And the speculators and developers did make a profit, Walter Beagley, Waverley Council Town Clerk, stating in 1926 that from 1923 to 1926 land values in the Municipality had risen an average of 37 per cent.26 The following table, based on 1911, 1921 and 1933 Census data, illustrates the dramatic increase in the number of dwellings in the Inter-War Years, especially the number of flats. The high percentage of people renting their homes is also evident, reflecting the large number of flats the majority of which were rented.

Population Number of dwellings Owned Rented Increase Houses Flats Total Increase 1911 19,831 4,211 1921 36,797 86% 6761 647 7,799 46% 33% 65% 1933 55,902 52% 9306 4380 13,686 75% 26% 72% The ready availability of public transport and the availability of water and electricity for new subdivisions also encouraged development. The Yenda Avenue development was within walking distance of the trams travelling along Oxford Street and Bronte Road which provided frequent and relatively cheap transport to and from the city. The Yenda Avenue development is part of a larger picture of development in Sydney in the Inter-War years: Housing in the period between 1918 and 1942 is of great cultural significance in that it helped to determine the financial and political structure of Australian society as well as the physical shape of Australian cities and towns.27

3 0 CHARACTER OF THE AREA The Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area is located in a residential area close to the open space of Queens Park and Charing Cross retail strip

24 Max Kelly, “Pleasure and Profit: The Eastern Suburbs Comes of Age 1919 – 1929” pp 1–19, in Jill Roe (ed), Twentieth Century Sydney. Studies in Urban and Social History, Hale and Iremonger, 1980, p 5. 25 Max Kelly, “Pleasure and Profit: The Eastern Suburbs Comes of Age 1919 – 1929” pp 1–19, in Jill Roe (ed), Twentieth Century Sydney. Studies in Urban and Social History, Hale and Iremonger, 1980, p 8 26 "SOUTH HEAD CEMETERY." The Sydney Morning Herald, 8 July 1926, p 15 27 Robertson and Hindmarsh, Housing in New South Wales Between the Wars, National Trust of Australia (NSW), p.v

34 Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Figure 11: Aerial photograph. The Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area is outlined in red Source: SIX Maps October 2013.

3.1 Subdivision Pattern The Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area has a regular subdivision pattern of rectangular allotments of similar size. The 1926 subdivision created Yenda Avenue as an “L” shaped dead-end street which provides access to most of the allotments in the conservation area. The subdivision also created an extension to Arnold Street. The subdivision pattern is superimposed onto a steeply sided gully. This has necessitated modifications to the landform to accommodate residential development, and for the houses to respond to ground level changes. The allotments at the eastern and western ends of Yenda Avenue and the two allotments at the eastern end of Arnold Street are set much higher than the street level. As a result, the front facade of the dwelling on each allotment does not directly face the street.

Figure 12: Sandstone retaining walls at the Figure 13: Retaining walls at the end of eastern end of Yenda Avenue. Nos 7 and Arnold Street. No. 24 Arnold Street is set 12 Yenda Avenue are set above the walls. above the walls.

35 Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

3.2 Streetscape Yenda Avenue and Arnold Street are both 15 metres (50 foot) wide with concrete footpaths, kerbs and gutters, and grassed verges. Mature street trees (jacarandas, eucalyptus and bottlebrush) line both Yenda Avenue and Arnold Street, and these, together with the front gardens, contribute greatly to the leafy character of the area. The front fences are low brickwork with brick piers and a steel pipe rail spanning between the piers. The brickwork often has a recessed panel featuring a painted rough cast cement render finish. Rough faces sandstone retaining walls and base walls are a prominent feature in the area. A brick stairway connects the western end of Yenda Avenue to Blenheim Lane, which provides access to the streets leading to Bondi Junction.

Figure 14: Yenda Avenue looking north.

Figure 15: Yenda Avenue looking south.

36 Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Figure 16: Yenda Avenue looking east.

Figure 17: Yenda Avenue looking west.

37 Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Figure 18: Stair at the western end of Yenda Avenue. The stair provides access to Blenheim Lane.

Figure 19: Brickwork of the stair. Nos 1, 2 and 4 Yenda Avenue face the stair. The sandstone wall of Blenheim Lane can be seen behind.

Figure 20: Blenheim Lane and its sandstone retaining wall.

38 Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Figure 21: Sandstone retaining wall at the eastern end of Yenda Avenue.

Figure 22: Footpath garden at the corner of Yenda Avenue.

3.2 Built Form The houses in the Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area generally display a uniformity of architectural style, form, scale, material, details and colour, and this contributes greatly to the visual harmony of the area. The houses have a consistent front setback of 4.5 metres (14 feet) and one of the side walls of each house is at least 900mm (3 feet) from the side boundary. The houses in the conservation area generally display the features of a much simplified version of the American California Bungalow style. The houses are typically double fronted single storey bungalows with verandahs. One large gable spans the whole house, with a smaller gable over the front projecting room. The gable ends face the street and have a vertical timber batten detail. The rafter ends are exposed under the side eaves and the projecting gable eaves are timber lined. Short sturdy columns support the veranda roof. The houses have dark purple/brown “liver” coloured face brickwork on the front facades with face brickwork “commons” used for the side and rear facades. Rough

39 Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study faced sandstone is used as a base for the brick walls above. The brick window linols and sills are rendered and painted. The front facades feature decorative timber casement windows with the frames set out on the face the wall. These windows originally had their own small flat roof and a decorative timber apron below. Geometric leadlight glazing was originally used in these windows. The windows on the utilitarian side facades are timber double hung windows. The timber joinery elements are painted. The terracotta tile roofs are low pitched, with a gable to the main facade and a hipped roof form at the rear. A skillion roof covered the laundry and back verandah. Car parking structures are not typical of the area with few houses having a driveway or car parking area. All the houses and front fences have undergone changes to a varying degree.

Figure 23: No.1 Yenda Avenue retains its original form, materials and details. This house makes an important contribution to the conservation area due to its intactness and prominent position.

Figure 24: No.3 Yenda Avenue.

40 Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Figure 25: No.7 Yenda Avenue.

Figure 26: No.4 Yenda Avenue.

41 Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Figure 27: No.8 Yenda Avenue. Note the masonry front fence.

Figure 28: The roofscape of the conservation area features terracotta tiles gable and hipped roofs.

Many of the changes that have occurred over time have detracted from the character of the conservation area. The most notable changes are where additional storeys have been added above the existing ground floor, notably No 6 Yenda Avenue which has had a storey added and has been rendered and painted; No 22 Arnold Street which has had a first floor added (DA274/2006); and No. 24 Arnold Street which has an additional storey and has been rendered and painted (DA443/2005). In some cases, the additional storey has resulted in the loss of the simple geometric from of the original house, although historic details and similar materials have been used. Other houses have retained their original form and scale but their original face brick work has been rendered and painted, such as No. 18 Arnold Street, No. 4 Yenda Avenue and No. 5 Yenda Avenue.

42 Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Figure 29: No.24 Arnold Street.

Figure 30: No.22 Arnold Street.

Figure 31: No.18 Arnold Street.

43 Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Figure 32: No.6 Yenda Avenue.

4.0 COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS The comparative analysis has been undertaken with regard to conservation areas within the Waverley Local Government Area, and with regard to conservation areas within the Sydney metropolitan region.

4.1 Waverley Local Government Area There are seventeen urban conservation areas in the Waverley local government area. The Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area is compared to these areas on the basis of the area’s key historical period of development. The key historical period of each conservation area has been determined where possible from Waverley Heritage Assessment, 2007 (Meyers and Brady) and Bondi Junction Heritage Assessment, 2004 (Meyers and Brady). Urban conservation area Key historical period/s of development Blenheim Victorian and Federation Bondi Beach Inter-War (flats) Botany Victorian and Federation and Inter-War Brighton Boulevard Inter-War (flats) Brown Street Federation and Inter-War Busby Parade Victorian and Federation and Inter-War Charing Cross Federation Collingwood Street Federation and Inter-War Evans Street Victorian Grafton Street Victorian Imperial Avenue Federation and Inter-War Mill Hill Victorian and Federation Palmerston Avenue Inter-War (flats) Queens Park Victorian and Federation Watkins Street Federation Woodstock Victorian and Federation Yenda Avenue Inter-War (houses) The Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area is one of three Inter-War conservation areas in the Waverley Local Government Area, and a further five urban conservation areas contain Inter-War buildings along with buildings of other historic architectural periods. The Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area is the only area which is entirely comprised of houses of the Inter-War period.

44 Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

4.2 Sydney Metropolitan Area The Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area is one of a large number of Inter-War heritage conservation areas in the Sydney metropolitan area, comprising approximately 17% of all conservation areas. There are more Inter-War conservation areas than conservation areas of any other historical architectural period. An approximate further 45% of conservation areas contain buildings from a mix of architectural periods which includes the Inter-War period.28 The Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area is not rare in the Sydney metropolitan region.

5.0 ASSESSMENT OF HERITAGE SIGNIFICANCE

5.1 Cultural Significance Cultural significance is synonymous with ‘heritage significance’. It is the terminology used by The Burra Charter: The Australia ICOMOS Charter for Places of Cultural Significance 1999 (ICOMOS Burra Charter) which defines cultural significance as the aesthetic, historic, scientific, social or spiritual values of a place for past, present or future generations. Cultural significance is embodied in the place itself, its fabric, setting, use, associations, meanings, records, related places and related objects. The assessment of heritage significance of the Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area relies on an understanding and analysis of documentary and physical evidence.

28 Kate Higgins, Sydney Metropolitan Conservation Areas: An Investigation, 2011, p 19

45 Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Criterion (e) An item has potential to yield information that will contribute to an understanding of NSW’s cultural or natural history (or the cultural or natural history of the local area). Criterion (f) An item possesses uncommon, rare or endangered aspects of NSW’s cultural or natural history (or the cultural or natural history of the local area). Criterion (g) An item is important in demonstrating the principal characteristics of a class of NSW’s cultural or natural places; or cultural or natural environments (or a class of the local area’s cultural or natural places; or cultural or natural environments).

5.3 Assessment of Heritage Significance Criterion (a) An item is important in the course, or pattern, of NSW’s cultural or natural history (or the cultural or natural history of the local area). The Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area is a relatively intact and cohesive Inter-War speculative subdivision and residential development undertaken by a local builder, William Bartrop, between 1926 and 1927 in the boom years of the Inter-War period. The development demonstrates greater State and local government control of building development following the introduction of various Local Government Acts, Ordinance 71, and Waverley Municipal Council building regulations, in the early twentieth century, which sought to improve urban and residential amenity. The Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area demonstrates the suburban development of Waverley Local Government Area in the early twentieth century, and in particular the historical development of the area near Queens Park. Much of the area near Queens Park had already been developed by of the Inter-War period and the steep gully of the Yenda Avenue area was likely to have remained undeveloped until 1926 due to its difficult topography. The Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area is associated with residential development undertaken for the lower middle classes during the Inter-War years. The restrained California Bungalow design of the houses in the area demonstrates the influence of America on Australia during the Inter- War years, albeit in a conservative manner in the case of the houses in the Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area. Criterion (b) An item has strong or special association with the life or works of a person, or group of persons, of importance in NSW’s cultural or natural history (or the cultural or natural history of the local area). This criterion is not satisfied. The Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area has an association with William Bartrop, local builder. However, based on the existing research, it has not been able to be demonstrated that Bartrop is an important historical figure in Waverley.

46 Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Criterion (c) An item is important in demonstrating aesthetic characteristics and/or a high degree of creative or technical achievement in NSW (or the local area). The Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area demonstrates aesthetic characteristics typical of small scale suburban development undertaken for the lower middle class in the Inter-War period. The housing is unpretentious and modest in scale and the individual buildings are representative of single storey double fronted California Bungalows typical of the period. The bungalows have the “liver” facebrick walls, terracotta tiled gable roofs, timber joinery and leadlight windows, fashionable at the time. The decorative features are confined to the front facade, with the side and rear facades being utilitarian in character. The front facade was enlivened with a verandah and set of casement windows, both elements being set under their own flat roofs. Rough faced sandstone blocks are used for retaining walls and as the base coursing for the external brick walls. Garages are not characteristic of the original development. The area has a visual consistency due to the similarity in house design (most by W. Bartrop), scale, siting, the use of a limited palette of materials, low front fences, and the restriction of decorative design elements to the front facade. The conservation area is located in a shaded gully and this, together with the mature street tree plantings (eucalypts, jacarandas and bottle brush) and front gardens, gives the area an attractive cool, green and leafy character. The subdivision includes a brick and concrete stair leading from Yenda Avenue to Blenheim Lane. The stairs also provide access to three dwellings. The stair is an attractive and unusual feature in the public domain and makes an important contribution to the character of the area. Criterion (d) An item has strong or special association with a particular community or cultural group in NSW (or the local area) for social, cultural or spiritual reasons. This criterion has not been able to be evaluated. However the area has been a conservation area since 1996 and this does imply a continuing level of community regard for the area. Criterion (e) An item has potential to yield information that will contribute to an understanding of NSW’s cultural or natural history (or the cultural or natural history of the local area). The area has potential to yield information about quarrying in the area. Criterion (f) An item possesses uncommon, rare or endangered aspects of NSW’s cultural or natural history (or the cultural or natural history of the local area). The Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area is rare in the Waverley Local Government Area as it is the only Inter-War residential area of single storey California bungalows. There are two other Inter-War conservation areas however these contain residential flat buildings.

47 Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

The Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area is not rare within the Sydney metropolitan area. Criterion (g) An item is important in demonstrating the principal characteristics of a class of NSW’s cultural or natural places; or cultural or natural environments (or a class of the local area’s cultural or natural places; or cultural or natural environments). The Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area is typical of suburban development comprising Inter-War California bungalows.

5.4 Statement of Significance The Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area is significant as an attractive, relatively intact and consistent Inter-War speculative subdivision and residential development undertaken by a local builder, William Bartrop, between 1926 and 1927. The restrained California Bungalow style of housing in the Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area is significant as being represenative of modest housing developed for the lower middle class in the Inter-War period. The development demonstrates greater State and local governance of development following the introduction of various Local Government Acts, Ordinance 71, and Waverley Municipal Council building regulations. The Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area is significant as it illustrates the later stages of historical development of the area near Queens Park. Much of the surrounding area had already been developed by the Inter-War period and the steep gully of the Yenda Avenue area was likely to have remained undeveloped until 1926 due to its difficult topography. The streetscape of the conservation area is significant for its distinctive aesthetic characteristics arising from its location in a shaded gully, the mature street tree plantings (eucalypts, jacarandas and bottle brush), and the front gardens, which give the area an attractive cool, green and leafy character.

5.5 Gradings of Significance Different components of a place make a different contribution to its heritage significance. The buildings in the Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area have been graded with regard to their level of contribution to the significance of the conservation area.  Contributory buildings are those which make an important contribution to the heritage significance and character of the conservation area.  Neutral buildings are those  Intrusive buildings are

48 Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Figure 33: Contributory items map.

6.0 RECOMMENDATIONS 1. Contributory buildings and their original features should be retained, any unsympathetic elements should be removed and original features restored. 2. Neutral buildings may be replaced or altered, so that the property is made compatible with the significance of the area. 3. Intrusive buildings should be replaced or altered so that the property is made compatible with the significance of the area. 4. The existing subdivision pattern should be retained. 5. The pattern of a single free-standing house on each allotment should remain, with the exception of Nos. 2 – 4 which should remain a pair of semi-detached dwellings. 6. Existing front setbacks should be retained. 7. The pattern of small front gardens and larger back yards with a side passage to the back yard should remain. 8. Original garden elements should be retained and restored. 9. Original front fences should be retained and repaired. Unsympathetic fences should be replaced. New fences should reflect the design, material, finishes and scale of original fences in the streetscape. 10. The original building form should be retained for the main body of the house, although attics may be constructed within the existing roof and dormers added.

49 Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

11. Original external architectural details should be retained, repaired, and/or reinstated, especially with regard to the front facade. 12. Extensions to an existing house should be compatible with the character of the existing house. Contemporary design is acceptable. 13. In order to retain the single storey character of the area, additional floors should not be constructed above the original ground floor, except in the case of attics made within the existing roof space. Additions should preferably be single storey and set behind the original house volume or where the topography allows, under existing houses. Small two storey pavilion style additions may be acceptable in some circumstances. In order to allow additional floor area in a single storey or small pavilion form, consideration should be given to increasing the allowable site coverage. In some circumstances, generally where there is little visibility from the street, attic extensions could be considered. 14. The original roof form over the main body of the house should be retained. 15. Original external finishes should be retained and reinstated. Original facebrick and sandstone walls should not be rendered and/or painted. Roof tiles should be terracotta tiles to match the originals. 16. Parking structures should be set to the side and behind and the main body of the house. 17. Sandstone walls should be retained and repaired. 18. The street tree plantings should be retained. 19. The steps from Yenda Avenue to Blenheim Lane should be retained and any repairs undertaken in a careful and sympathetic manner. 20. A heritage impact statement should be prepared for proposed work in the area.

Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

DRAFT December 2013

51 Contents 1 0 INTRODUCTION ...... 1 1.1 Purpose of Study ...... 1 1.2 Study Area ...... 1 1.3 Background ...... 2 1.4 Methodology ...... 3 1.5 Limitations ...... 3 1.6 Study Author ...... 3 1.7 References ...... 3 2 0 HISTORICAL DEVELOPMENT ...... 4 2.1 Aboriginal occupation ...... 4 2.2 Settlement ...... 4 2.2.1 Prior to Residential Development ...... 4 2.2.2 Early Development Along the South Head Road ...... 5 2.2.3 The Anglesea Estate ...... 5 2.2.4 Re-Subdivision and Development ...... 8 2.2.5 Thomas Longworth ...... 17 2.2.6 Street Improvements ...... 18 2.2.7 Waverley in the Federation years ...... 19 3 0 CHARACTER OF THE AREA ...... 20 3.1 Context ...... 20 3.2 Subdivision pattern and allotment layout ...... 20 3.3 Streetscape ...... 21 3.4 Buildings ...... 24 3.4.1 Federation Period Style ...... 24 3.4.2 Terrace Houses ...... 26 3.4.3 Semi-detached Houses ...... 31 3.4.4 No. 1 Watkins Street ...... 35 3.4.5 Integrity ...... 36 4.0 COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS ...... 37 4.1 Waverley Local Government Area ...... 37 4.2 Sydney Metropolitan Area ...... 37 5.0 ASSESSMENT OF HERITAGE SIGNIFICANCE ...... 38 5.1 Cultural Significance ...... 38 5.2 Assessment Methodology ...... 38 5.3 Assessment of Heritage Significance ...... 39 5.4 Statement of Significance ...... 40 5.5 Gradings of Significance ...... 41 6.0 RECOMMENDATIONS ...... 42

52 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

1 0 INTRODUCTION

1.1 Purpose of Study The purpose of the Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study is to:  investigate and assess the heritage significance of the area;  make recommendations for its conservation; and,  provide a basis for potential future discussions with residents about the heritage values of their area and how to conserve these values.

1.2 Study Area Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area is located in the suburb of Bondi to the south of Old South Head Road. Watkins Street is terminated by Anglesea Street at its eastern end and by Flood Street at its western end. (Figure 1).

Figure 1: Location Map. Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area is shown with a red outline. Source: Google Maps, annotations by author.

The conservation area encompasses the houses on both sides of Watkins Street. The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area adjoins the Woodstock Street Urban Conservation Area which is located immediately to the west. The Flood Street Landscape Conservation Area runs along Flood Street. (Figure 2) The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area contains a large number of heritage items, Nos 1, 3 and 5 Watkins Street being the only properties which are not heritage items.

53 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Figure 2: Detail Location Map. The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area is shaded red.

1.3 Background A heritage conservation area is an area in which the historical origins and relationships between various elements create a sense of place that is worth keeping. Heritage areas reveal many different aspects of our cultural history. They show how Australians have responded physically, emotionally, socially and architecturally to the environment and how places have been variously occupied, used, ignored, refined, degraded or associated with Australian society over time.1 A heritage study undertaken in 1993, Waverley Heritage Study, recommended that the area around Watkins Street be made a heritage conservation area and provided the following background history: (The 1890s) was a period of transition in architecture. The economic downturn (of the 1890s) saw a move away from the excessive ostentation of the Late Victorian period. People had also tired of the standard Victorian designs and began experimenting with new styles...In Sydney the quality of bricks improved greatly, making stucco renderings unnecessary. Red face brick became popular. Marseille terra cotta tiles were introduced and also enjoyed demand.

1 Heritage Office, Conservation Areas, 1996, p 3

54 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

A high proportion of buildings built in this period survive in reasonable condition. They give a quite good account of most of the major trends... 2-40 Watkins Street is both a conventional terrace and a distinctly transitional example. The distinguishing feature is the exposed red brick. In all other respects it is like its Late Victorian predecessors.2 The Watkins Street Heritage Conservation Area was formally created in 1996 by Waverley Local Environmental Plan 1996.

1.4 Methodology Research was undertaken using readily available documentary evidence. Site visits were undertaken in September and October 2013. Unless otherwise noted, all photographs were taken by Kate Higgins during these visits. The heritage significance of the conservation area has been assessed in accordance with NSW Heritage Division guideline Assessing Heritage Significance, NSW Heritage Office, 2001. This report complies with the principles established by the The Burra Charter: The Australia ICOMOS Charter for Places of Cultural Significance 2013. The heritage inventory sheet for the conservation area has been prepared using the NSW Heritage Division State Heritage Inventory data sheet template.

1.5 Limitations This study does not include an investigation or assessment of European or Aboriginal archaeology. Refer to the 1993 Waverley Heritage Study for a general discussion of Aboriginal occupation of the area prior to European settlement. Research was generally limited to material and books held by Waverley Council and that readily available on the web. A limited property title search was undertaken.

1.6 Study Author The study has been prepared by Kate Higgins, B. Science (Architecture), B. Architecture, Master Heritage Conservation.

1.7 References Books Richard Apperley, Robert Irvine and Peter Reynolds, A Pictorial Guide to Identifying Australian Architecture. Styles and Terms from 1788 to the Present, Angus and Robertson, 1994 B.T. Dowd, The History of the Waverley Municipal District, Municipality of Waverley, 1959 Ian Evans, The Federation House, The Flannel Flower Press, 1999. Trevor Howells, Towards The Dawn, Sydney, Hale and Iremonger, 1989

2 Perumal Murphy Wu, Waverley Heritage Study. Volume 2. Built Heritage Report, 1993, pp 13 -14

55 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Studies Perumal Murphy Wu, Waverley Heritage Study. Volume 2. Built Heritage Report, 1993 Kate Higgins, Sydney Metropolitan Conservation Areas: An Investigation, 2011 Council records Council development application files. Council Building Register files. Waverley Local Studies research (vertical) file for Watkins Street. Council held digital copies of Deposited Plans. Other Assessing Heritage Significance, NSW Heritage Office, 2001 Conservation Areas, Heritage Office and Department of Urban Affairs and Planning, 1996 Sands Sydney Directory for the years 1909, 1910, 1911 and 1913. The Burra Charter: The Australia ICOMOS Charter for Places of Cultural Significance 2013. Trove (for newspapers) Australian Dictionary of Biography

2 0 HISTORICAL DEVELOPMENT

2.1 Aboriginal occupation There can be little doubt that Aboriginal people made use of the abundant fresh water available at Bondi, Tamarama and Bronte and that they fished and collected seafood from these waters and shores. The arrival of the British in 1788 led to local Aboriginal people losing control of their lands and to the death of many local Aboriginals through disease. This had a dramatic impact on traditional Aboriginal communities and their relationship to the land.

2.2 Settlement

2.2.1 Prior to Residential Development While areas of the Waverley Municipality closer to New South Head Road and the beaches were settled and occupied early in the European history of the area, the Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area remained unoccupied at this time. A Parish Map dating from about 1830 shows early land grants in the area, including the land held by Barnett Levy near present day Bondi Junction, and that held by William Roberts at Bondi Beach. The land set aside for Sydney’s water supply (now Centennial Park) is also evident. The land within the present day Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area was still in the ownership of the Crown at this time (Figure 3).

56 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Figure 3: Alexandria. Map of the Parish of Alexandria, c.1830. The approximate location of the Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area is indicated with a red star. Source: NSW Land and Property Information. Annotation by author.

2.2.2 Early Development Along the South Head Road In 1811, work gangs supervised by Major Druitt constructed the South Head Road the basic carriageway skirting the sand drifts and lagoons between Bondi Beach and Rose Bay. The remoteness of the lands to the east of Sydney Town and the poor condition of the road prior to the 1820’s saw little settlement, and early land grants focused on the harbour slopes north of the road (Figure 3). After the reconstruction of South Head Road in the 1820s, the road became popular as an excursion route out of the town. Most carriages terminated at the Belle Vue lookout, now Bellevue Hill Park, rather than descend to the sandy valley which formed the hinterland to Bondi Beach. The improved roadway, ocean and harbour vistas, a fashion for Marine Villas and opportunities generated by passing traffic, saw the beginnings of construction along the ridge line route of the South Head Road and in the valleys below through the 1820’s. Barnett Levy’s Waverley House of 1827 repeated the two storey form and pattern of Robert Coopers Juniper Hall c.1825 further to the west and of villas nestled into the shoreline of Watsons Bay below the South Head lighthouse. Despite the frequent default of early land owners including Levey and John Piper, the economic depression in 1829, and the introduction of purchase grants in 1831, some development did occur in the 1830s in the area near the South Head Road east of Waverley House, including stone and timber cottages and an inn.

2.2.3 The Anglesea Estate The land which incorporates the present day Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area is located on land purchased by Michael Woolley for 161 pounds on 2 February

57 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

1839.3 The land, Portion 321, comprising 11¼ acres (4.6 hectares), extended south from Old South Head Road to the later line of Bondi Road (at that time called Waverley Street). The Parish Map of 1900 shows the extent of Woolley’s land (Figure 4). Michael Woolley was an ironmonger in the business trading as T and M Woolley whose premises were located in George Street, Sydney.4 On the 27 February 1839, Woolley purchased two additional portions of land along Bondi Road, Portion 323, 14½ acres (5.9 hectares), and Portion 324, 13½ acres (5.5 hectares). These portions encompass present day Penkivil and Ocean Streets and are also shown on the 1900 Parish Map (see Figure 4).5

Figure 4: Parish of Alexandria. County of Cumberland. Metropolitan Land District Eastern Division NSW”, 15 May 1900. The approximate location of the Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area has been outlined in red. Source: NSW Land and Property Information

The association of the name Anglesea with the immediate setting of Watkins Street is recorded as early as February 1855 in advertisements in the Sydney Morning Herald where reference is made to the “Anglesea Estate”. 6 The extent of this estate has not been determined, but may have been the 11¼ acres of Woolley’s land. The “Anglesea Estate” this time was the early semi-rural estate rather than the later Anglesea Estate subdivision.

3 B.T. Dowd, The History of the Waverley Municipal District, Municipality of Waverley, 1959, p 26 4 B.T. Dowd, The History of the Waverley Municipal District, Municipality of Waverley, 1959, p 27 5 B.T. Dowd, The History of the Waverley Municipal District, Municipality of Waverley, 1959, p 27, and Parish of Alexandria Map Sheet 9, 1969. 6 Sydney Morning Herald, 7 February 1855.

58 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Anglesea Villa is mentioned in an advertisement in the Sydney Morning Herald of February 1858, with Mr McRoberts noted as being the resident at this time.7 The villa was then advertised To Let in June 1858 being described as a newly erected commodious cottage of eight rooms with extensive views of the ocean (Figure 5).8

Figure 5: To Let advertisement for the Anglesea Estate Source: Sydney Morning Herald, 17 June 1858

Anglesea Villa was located on land bounded by New Street, Orr Street, and Old South Head Road, and immediately to the north of the later subdivision known as the “Anglesea Estate” (Figure 5).9 The area of land where Anglesea Villa was located was subdivided as the “Williams’ Estate” in 1900.10 Anglesea Villa appears to have remained until replaced by a residential flat building during the late twentieth century. The subdivision of the Anglesea Estate was undertaken sometime prior to 1859 as allotments 47 and 48 of the Anglesea Estate were advertised for the sale at this time (Figure 6).11 The Estate subdivision is shown in Figure 7.

Figure 6: Advertisement of the sale of Lots 47 and 48 of the Anglesea Estate. Source: Sydney Morning Herald, 16 May 1859

7 Sydney Morning Herald, 17 February 1858 8 Sydney Morning Herald, 16 May 1859. Additional evidence is provided a subdivision plan titled Extension of Waverley Crescent for sale by Brewster and Trebeck which has the date 1868 on the plan. 9 B.T. Dowd, The History of the Waverley Municipal District, Municipality of Waverley, 1959, p 26 10 B.T. Dowd, The History of the Waverley Municipal District, Municipality of Waverley, 1959, p 26. J. Williams, who resided at (and possibly owned) Anglesea Villa was a commissioner of the South Head Road Trust. 11 Sydney Morning Herald, 16 May 1859

59 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

The Anglesea Estate subdivision created Anglesea Street and Orr Street (formerly Mitchell Street).12 An old house variously referred to as “Wairoa”, “Mrs Schofields House”, and “Bondi House”, was located on the north-western corner of the subdivision near the intersection of Flood and Orr Streets. A local identity known as “Scotch Mary” lived in a cottage at the southern end of the subdivision near Bondi Road and ran a flock of goats. She had some local fame in the 1880s as a medicine women and concocted medicines of goats’ milk and herbs.13 The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area was originally part of the Anglesea Estate, and encompassed Lots 16, 17, 18, 19, 60, 61, 62 and 63 of the Estate (Figure 7).

Figure 7: Plan of the Borough of Waverley, S Pollitzer, 1887. The location of the Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area is outlined in red. Source: National Library of Australia

2.2.4 Re-Subdivision and Development The character of the area around the present day Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area in the later years of the nineteenth century is evident in the Metropolitan Detail Series Map of 1891, which shows scattered free standing houses and assorted out buildings, the size of the houses varying from substantial homes to modest cottages. No buildings are shown on land which comprises the present day Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area (Figure 8).

12 B.T. Dowd, The History of the Waverley Municipal District, Municipality of Waverley, 1959, p 26 13 B.T. Dowd, The History of the Waverley Municipal District, Municipality of Waverley, 1959, p 27

60 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Figure 8: Sydney Metropolitan Detail Series, Waverley Sheet 17, 1891, NSW Surveyor- General’s Office. The location of the Watkins Street Urban Conservation area is indicated with a red outline. Source: NSW State Library On the 5 April 1895, the land comprising the present day Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area was bought by Reverend James Woolnough, Reverend George Lane, and John Corbett. Woolnough and Lane were both, at different times, presidents of the Conference of the Methodist Church in Australia. Woolnough acquired sole ownership of the land in January 1906 following the deaths of Lane and Corbett.14

Figure 9: Land purchased by Reverend James Woolnough, Reverend George Lane, and John Corbett in 1895. The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area comprises allotments 16, 17, 18, 19, 60, 61, 62 and 63. The approximate location of the Watkins Street Urban Conservation area is indicated with a red outline. Source: Extract of Certificate of Title Vol. 1159 Fol. 28

14 Certificate of Title Vol 1159 Fol. 28

61 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

In August 1906, Woolnough sold the allotments which form the Conservation Area (allotments 16 to 19 and 60 to 63) along with his other allotments, to Maurice Neustadt, Bondi manufacturing agent. Neustadt re-sold allotments 16 to 19 and 60 to 63 three months later, on the 28 November 1906, to Thomas Longworth.15 A Raine and Horne auction notice for an auction to be held on the 8 December 1906, Portion of Schofield’s Estate Bondi - Close to Waverley Park and Bellevue Hill Tram, (Figure 10) indicates that Neustadt had subdivided the land into thirteen allotments facing Flood and Anglesea Streets with the intention of putting up the lots for sale. However it appears that Longworth purchased the land prior to the auction and the auction did not proceed.

Figure 10: Auction notice for the 8 December 1906 Source: Waverley Council Local Studies Library collection of subdivision

Thomas Longworth formally subdivided the land in 1908 creating Watkins Street, which was dedicated as a public road on 11 July 1908 (Figure 11).16 Watkins Street was made a straight road 66 feet (20 metres) wide running east-west. The width may have been a requirement of Council as the design of roads in new subdivision estates was a concern of Waverley Council, Council having decided in 1903 that no new subdivisions would be approved until the streets and lanes were laid out and made to the satisfaction of Council.17 Also, in 1906 local councils were given power to regulate road design, under Section 7.3 of the Local Government Act 1906. It is likely that Watkins Street was named for Robert George Watkins who was Mayor of Waverley from 1906 to 1910.

15 Certificate of Title Vol. 1729 Fol. 144 16 Certificate of Title Vol. 1729 Fol. 144 17 B.T. Dowd, The History of the Waverley Municipal District, Municipality of Waverley, 1959, p 77

62 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Figure 11: Land purchased by Thomas Longworth in 1906 showing the Watkins Street road dedication of 1908. Source: Extract of Certificate of Title Vol. 1729 Fol. 124

Figure 12: The long piece of land on the northern side of Watkins Street created as part of the 1908 subdivision. Source: Extract of Certificate of Title Vol. 1897 Fol. 55

Figure 13: The long piece of land on the southern side of Watkins Street created as part of the 1908 subdivision. Source: Extract of Certificate of Title Vol. 1897 Fol. 56

63 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Figure 14: The land on the northern side of Watkins Street sold to Susan Cohen in 1908. Source: Memorandum of transfer 520305

Figure 15: Longworth’s land on the northern side of Watkins Street remaining after an allotment was sold to Susan Cohen in 1908. Source: Vol 2140 Fol. 93 21 April 1911

The subdivision resulted in two long pieces of land facing Watkins Street, thus maximising the development potential of the land by allowing houses to be built facing the newly created street (figures 12 and 13). Longworth did not further subdivide the land into individual housing allotments. Instead, he retained the land as two large pieces of land on either side of Watkins Street, with the exception of an allotment of land at the western end of Watkins Street (No. 1 Watkins Street) which Longworth sold to Susan Cohen in 1908 for 566 pounds (Figures 14 and 15).18 The making of Watkins Street resulted in the eventual creation of twenty-nine allotments on the land rather than the thirteen envisaged by Neustadt’s proposed subdivision, thus maximising the development potential of the land. Thomas Longthworth built a row of terrace houses along the south side of Watkins Street and a series of larger semi-detached two storey terraces along the northern side of the street. Construction of the buildings may have started prior to Longworth formally subdividing the land and dedicating the road as new houses are advertised to let in the Sydney Morning Herald on 15 July 1908 (Figure 16) indicating that the houses may have been under construction in 1907. Terrace houses are again offered to let in October 1908 (Figure 17). That 1907 was the year in which construction started on the houses in Watkins Street is supported by an advertisement placed in The Sydney Morning Herald on 27 June 1907 by H. Lonsgworth for ‘rubble work’

18 Memorandum of Transfer 520305, dated 4 August 1908.

64 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study tenders for ten houses in Flood Street (Watkins Street not known at this time). This is not long after the purchase of the land by Thomas Longworth in November 1906. The construction for the houses in Watkins Street occurred progressively in the short time span between1907 to 1909. The terraces on the southern side of Watkins Street appear to have been constructed in groups of ten. The front section of all the terraces matched, however the rear section of each group of ten terraces differed slightly with as can be clearly seen on the 1943 aerial photograph (Figure 18) where the roofs of the rear building wings on Nos. 2 to 20 are set below the main roof, while the roofs of the rear wings of the terraces at Nos. 22 to 40 are set into the main roof. It may be that the rear wings of Nos. 2 to 20 were single storey while the rear wings of the other group, Nos 22 to 40, were double storey. The houses were offered for rent and also for sale, although none were sold, perhaps because they were offered as a group rather than individually (Figures 16, 17 and 18).

Figure 16: Advertisement of houses for let in Watkins Street. Source: The Sydney Morning Herald 3 October 1908

Figure 17: Advertisement of houses for let in Watkins Street. Source: The Sydney Morning Herald 18 September 1909

Figure 18: Advertisement of houses for sale in Watkins Street. Source: The Sydney Morning Herald 18 August 1909

A search of Sands Sydney Directory reveals that some of the houses in Watkins Street were occupied by 1909, and all of the houses by 1910. This supports the construction date of the buildings in Watkins Street being 1907 and 1909. Thomas Longworth constructed a row of two storey terrace houses along the southern side of Watkins Street and a row of two storey semi-detached dwellings along the northern side of Watkins Street. The original houses were face brickwork with a verandah across the front elevation.

65 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

The table below show the occupants listed in Sands Sydney Directory for the years 1909, 1910 and 1913.19 House House name Occupant Occupied Occupied Occupied no. in 1909 in 1910 in 1913 North side 1 Sueville E Henry Cohen Yes Yes Yes 3 Ingrid Mrs Elanor Robyns Yes Yes Yes 5 Jackinta William Draper Yes Yes Yes 7 Kariad Mrs Jane Bull Yes Yes Yes 9 Latona Theodore Paling Yes Yes Yes 11 Marevo A Carter No Yes Yes 13 Nevada James Ross No Yes Yes 15 Olina J H Noonan No Yes Yes 17 Poppea W Baker No Yes Yes South side 2 Oithona R.F. Such No Yes Yes 4 Paula G. S Hotson Yes Yes Yes 6 Quinta Ignatius Farrelly Yes Yes Yes 8 Ramer Peter Morgan Yes Yes Yes 10 Satilla Arthur Saunders Yes Yes Yes 12 Thalia Mrs E Hetherington No Yes Yes 14 Uldra J Graham No Yes Yes 16 Valette Mrs Fanny Dobble No Yes Yes 18 Wingah J M Raine No Yes Yes 20 Xantha H Ford No Yes Yes 22 Yacona S M Larnock No Yes Yes 24 Zulette P.G Powell Yes Yes Yes 26 Andric R Boyls No Yes Yes 28 Mrs Z Marks No No Yes 30 Camilla G Griffin No Yes Yes 32 Devonia Mrs E J Hoddardt No Yes Yes 34 Embla R Knapp No Yes Yes 36 Fantee Mrs T Steel No Yes Yes 38 Gitana A W Carslisle No Yes Yes 40 Hortense James Wykes No Yes Yes

Figure 19: House numbers in Watkins Street. Source: SIX Maps

19 Sands Sydney Directory of 1911 has the same occupants as the Directory of 1910 with the exception of No. 6 Watkins Street which has a different tenant.

66 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

The land on the southern side of Watkins Street was further subdivided in 1924 and transferred to a number of Thomas Longworth’s sons.20 This subdivision created four equal allotments, each with five terrace houses (Figure 20). The land on the northern side of Watkins Street was transferred by Thomas Longworth to two of his sons and a son-in-law in 1918 and they subdivided and sold the land in 1931.21

Figure 20: The four allotments created on the southern side of Watkins Street in 1924. Each contained five terrace houses. Source: Extract of Certificate of Title Vol. 3663 Fol. 241 The land which comprises the present day Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area remained within the ownership of the Longworth family for 50 years up until the 1950s (with the exception of an allotment at the corner of Watkins and Flood Streets (No. 1 Watkins Street) which had been sold to Susan Cohen in 1908). An aerial photograph of 1943 shows that the character of the area at this time appears to be similar to that when the houses were first constructed (Figure 21).

Figure 21: 1943 aerial photograph. The location of the Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area is outline in red. Note the lack of street tree plantings. Source: SIX Maps

20 Waverley Town Clerk’s Certificate of Subdivision, 9 August 1924 21 Certificate of Title Vol 2140 Fol 93.

67 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

In the late 1950s the Longworth family began to subdivide the land. On the southern side of Watkins Street the land was subdivided so that each terrace house sat upon its own allotment and could therefore be sold as an individual dwelling. The allotments on the southern side of Watkins Street were subdivided and, with the exception of only a few allotments, each property was sold between 1957 and 1960.22 As an example, No. 32 Watkins Street was sold by Harold Longworth (son of Thomas Longworth) to Jack Hann, factory manager, for 1,635 pounds in 1958.23 The subdivision of the land on which the terrace houses were situated created roughly equal lots each with an area of about 4 ¼ perches (114 m2), frontages of about 15 feet (3 metres) and depths of about 51 feet (15.5 metres). The front fences shown as 9 inch (270 mm) stone walls. A rear service passageway was created behind Nos 32 to 40 Watkins Street (shaded blue in Figure 23). The arrangement of the terraces in 1958 can be seen in Figures 22 and 23.

Figure 22: The arrangement of the Figure 23: The arrangement of the terrace terrace houses 1958. (Nos. 12 to 20 houses c.1959. (Nos. 32 to 40 Watkins Street) Watkins Street) Source: Extract of Certificate of Title Vol. 7779 Source: Plan of Subdivision of land in Fol. 87 Certificate of Title Vol. 3663 Fol. 238 The current subdivision pattern for the semi-detached houses on the northern side of Watkins Street was created by a 1958 subdivision and this subdivision pattern remains (Figures 24 and 25).24

Figure 24: Eight allotments created along the northern side of Watkins Street. Source: Extract of Deposited Plan 442730 dated 16 January 1958

22 See Certificate of Titles: Vol 3663 Fol 238, Vol 3663 Fol 239, Vol 3663 Fol 240, and Vol 3663 Fol 241. 23 Certificate of Title Vol. 7779 Fol. 87 24 Deposited Plan 442730.

68 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Figure 25: Arrangement of the semi-detached houses on the allotments created on the northern side of Watkins Street by the 1958 subdivision. Source: Deposited Plan 442730

2.2.5 Thomas Longworth The following information about Thomas Longworth, the businessman who developed what is now the Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area, is taken from the Australian Dictionary of Biography. William Longworth (1846-1928) and Thomas Longworth (1857-1927), mine managers and industrial entrepreneurs, were the eldest and third sons of Thomas Longworth, coalminer, and his wife Rose...... Thomas Longworth senior.... under contract to the Australian Agricultural Co., migrated to New South Wales ...on 28 December 1849. Thomas (junior) was born on 5 April 1857 at Newcastle...and as a boy worked with his.... father in coal-mines around Newcastle. In 1878 the family opened a small coal-mine at Rixs Creek, near Singleton. At All Saints Anglican Church, Singleton, Thomas married Frances Nowlan on 14 April 1884. The death of Thomas senior and thirteen other miners in a roof collapse on 30 September profoundly influenced the brothers and forged them into a close working relationship. They combined with their brother-in-law W. W. Robinson and (Sir) Albert Gould, both Singleton solicitors, and another local collier Dr Richard Reed, to produce coal suitable for the railways and installed extensive coking ovens at Rixs Creek. Finding insufficient outlet for coking coal, the partners in 1890 engaged an authority on copper mining and smelting who drew their attention to the Great Cobar copper mine, idle since 1889. They began negotiations to operate the mine on tribute and with the addition of A. A. Dangar formed the Great Cobar Mining Syndicate in 1894. Thomas Longworth moved to Cobar to take charge of operations, while William managed the Singleton Coal & Coke Co.

69 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

With copper prices low, Thomas introduced coke-fired blast furnaces, fitted with crucible water jackets, that lowered the reduction cost of the rich ores, which had a high gold content. By 1898 five blast furnaces were in use and electric lighting was installed in the works. Next year, improved furnaces using a hot blast were operating. The main shaft was deepened and connected to other workings by cross-cutting. With the price of copper at £70 a ton by 1899 of which £15 was paid as tribute, the syndicate purchased the mine outright in 1900. At Lithgow, under William's direction, a refinery and electrolytic plant with an associated colliery were opened. By the electrolytic method he extracted gold worth over £20 a ton, leaving pure copper. From 1900 William and Thomas alternated as manager at Cobar. They persuaded the railway commissioners to supply water trains from Warren during the worst seven months of the 1902 drought to prevent closure of the mine and the dismissal of 600 men, and to reduce freight rates when copper prices fell in 1903. After rebuffing approaches from the Mount Lyell Mining and Railway Co. Ltd, in 1906 the syndicate sold to an English firm, Great Cobar Ltd, all their mines, smelters, refineries, collieries and coke works for £1,006,000 of which £800,000 was paid in cash to the six principals. The same members of the syndicate founded Australian Woollen Mills Ltd at Marrickville in 1908, with William as a director and Thomas chairman in 1908-27. Under the latter's direction the factory expanded and contained the most efficient machinery available internationally. By early 1914 judicious management had made it possible to double the plant for carding, combing and spinning operations. During World War I the mill produced enormous quantities of khaki for the Australian Imperial Force as well as adequate supplies of khaki knitting wools for regimental comforts' funds. By 1927 A.W.M. operated 200 looms, employed 700 persons and manufactured only high-grade worsted serges. The brothers also operated a brickworks, potteries and timber-mills at Thornton and had pastoral interests; William bred racehorses at Dulwich, near Nundah. As 'W. T. Nowlan' they jointly owned and raced such winners as Blue Metal (Summer Cup 1899 and 1900, and Australian Cup 1902) and Satin Bird (Epsom Handicap 1917). Thomas moved to Lithgow in 1902 but in 1905 bought a mansion, Woollahra House, Point Piper, from the Cooper estate and built a steam yacht, Cobar, for use on Sydney Harbour. He died at Woollahra on 5 February 1927 and was buried in the Anglican section of South Head cemetery. Predeceased by his wife, he was survived by seven sons, and two daughters. His children inherited his estate, valued for probate at £305,582.25

2.2.6 Street Improvements In 1977 Waverley Council undertook street improvement works, stating in a letter to residents that it “has been noted by Council that the cottages in Watkins Street are being renovated by their owners and these renovations are enhancing the appearance of the street”, and also, that the street improvement works will “further increase the aesthetic appeal and general environment of the street”.26

25 John Atchison, 'Longworth, Thomas (1857–1927)', Australian Dictionary of Biography, National Centre of Biography, Australian National University, http://adb.anu.edu.au/biography/longworth-thomas- 7764/text12523, accessed 25 September 2013 26 Letter from A.C.Johnson, Waverley Council Town Clerk, to Watkins Street residents. Waverley Local Studies Library Vertical File for Watkins Street.

70 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

The improvement work realigned the wide straight carriageway into a narrower sinuous curve and created areas for passive recreation and community interaction on a grassed verge. Tree planting was undertaken to reduce the visual dominance of the roadway and to create “a parkland setting bordered by the picturesque cottages”.27 The works required existing street trees to be relocated in order to provide “unobstructed community activity areas”.28 The Mayor of Waverley, Ernie Page, held a meeting in Watkins Street on 16 April 1978 with residents, senior Council staff, and lecturers and student of The University of New South Wales Town Planning Department, to discuss the recently completed street improvements.29 The works have resulted in a visually un-cohesive mixture of street planting and the envisaged play areas are not useable as such due to their small size and topography.

Figure 26: Watkins Street Proposed Street Improvement Works by Waverly Municipal Council. 14 July 1977. Source: Waverley Local Studies Library Vertical File for Watkins Street.

2.2.7 Waverley in the Federation years Waverley was originally comprised of small house holdings and minor rural and industrial undertakings, with later growth being the result of development of larger estates.30 In 1901 Waverley had 2,538 houses and a population of 12,342.31 In 1907 Waverly Municipality had 3,160 dwellings housing a population of 15,480.32 By 1909

27 Letter from A.C. Johnson, Waverley Council Town Clerk, to Watkins Street residents. Waverley Local Studies Library Vertical File for Watkins Street. 28 Waverley Municipal Council, Watkins Street Proposed Street Improvement Works by Waverly Municipal Council. 14 July 1977 29 Notice from A.C. Johnson, Waverley Council Town Clerk, 12 April 1978. Waverley Local Studies Library Vertical File for Watkins Street. 30 B.T. Dowd, The History of the Waverley Municipal District, Municipality of Waverley, 1959, p 86 31 B.T. Dowd, The History of the Waverley Municipal District, Municipality of Waverley, 1959, p 77 32 B.T. Dowd, The History of the Waverley Municipal District, Municipality of Waverley, 1959, p 78

71 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Waverley and a population of 18,540 living in 4,100 occupied dwellings, a 30% increase in dwellings since 1907. The growth in the number of dwellings had been encouraged by the subdivision of the early large estates and by the attractiveness of the area, not least due to a regular tram service to the city and other areas of employment. Watkins Street was close to the trams which ran along Bondi Road and to Bondi Junction, the local shopping village. The Watkins Street speculative development was a continuation of development near Bondi Junction, and is adjacent to the Woodstock Urban Conservation Area which was developed earlier. Small speculative developments such as that undertaken in Watkins Street were not uncommon, and continued development practices from the Victorian period in providing housing considered suitable for workers and the lower middle class.

3 0 CHARACTER OF THE AREA

3.1 Context The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area is set within a residential area characterised by a variety of housing types, scales, styles and dates.

Figure 27: Aerial photograph of the Watkins Street context. Note the variety of building types. Source: SIX maps.

3.2 Subdivision pattern and allotment layout The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area has a regular subdivision pattern of rectangular shaped allotments.

72 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

On the northern side of the street are five equal allotments upon which sit two storey semi-detached houses, and an allotment located on the corner of Flood Street that has a single storey detached house. The five equal allotments have a width of about 9.5 metres and a depth of about 16 metres. The area of each allotment is about 145 sq. metres. The semi-detached terraces have a small front garden in the street setback and a private garden running along one of the long sides of the allotment. There is not the possibility of a rear garden as the houses extend to the rear boundary. The allotments on the southern side of Watkins Street are occupied by a row of twenty terrace houses. Each allotment has a width of about 4.4 metres and a depth of about 27 metres. The area of each allotment is about 107.5 sq. metres. The terraces have a 1.2 metre setback for a front garden and a rear courtyard area created by the stepping in of the original rear service wing. The depth of the allotment for the four terraces at the eastern end of Watkins Street is reduced by 1.2 metres as a right of way has been created behind these allotments. The subdivision created Watkins Street, a straight street running east-west, with a width of 20 metres (66 feet). Watkins Street runs between Flood Street to the west and Anglesea Street to the east.

Figure 28: Aerial view of Watkins Street Source: SIX maps

3.3 Streetscape The Watkins Street streetscape is characterised by a multi-curved road, a mixture of street tree plantings, and a wide grassed area at the eastern and western ends of the street. The vista at either end of the street is terminated by housing.

73 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Watkins Street slopes gently to the east from Flood Street down to Anglesea Street. The terraces and semi-detached houses step down the hill in pairs. The footpath, kerb and gutter are concrete.

Figure 29: Looking east along Watkins Street

Figure 30: Looking west along Watkins Street

74 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Figure 31: The row of terraces which forms the southern side of Watkins Street – looking east from near Flood Street.

Figure 32: The row of terraces which forms the southern side of Watkins Street – looking west from Anglesea Street.

75 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Figure 33: A widened grassed verge has been created by curving the road.

3.4 Buildings The houses in the Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area display a uniformity of architectural style, form, scale, material, details and colour, which contributes greatly to the visual harmony of the area. This uniformity is the result of the short period of their construction, the building materials that were readily available, and the use of a consistent design.

3.4.1 Federation Period Style The houses in the Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area were built in the Federation period (1890 – 1914). Architecture in Australia during this time had a range of stylistic influences, although domestic architecture of the period was largely influenced by the Queen Anne style fashionable in Great Britain.33 The Federation style house was typically single storey and free-standing with a large spreading roof, exuberant detail and natural materials. The roof was complicated by an asymmetrical floor plan, and often featured projecting gables, decorative terracotta ridge cappings, and picturesque chimneys. The roof usually extended in an unbroken line across the verandah and was typically covered with terracotta roofing tiles imported from Marseille, France. The houses in the conservation area are Federation style buildings that, like many buildings built at this time, also have architectural elements typical of the earlier Victorian period. The use of elements from the earlier Victoria period in combination with the new architectural features fashionable in the Federation period, was not uncommon. Slate roofs are seen on Federation houses as well as cast iron lace work. In the case of the houses in Watkins Street, cast iron decorative lacework was used on the front verandahs and the houses have cast iron palisade front fences, even

33 Richard Apperley, Robert Irvine and Peter Reynolds, A Pictorial Guide to Identifying Australian Architecture. Styles and Terms from 1788 to the Present, Angus and Robertson, 1994, p132

76 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

though at the time the houses in Watkins Street were constructed, cast iron architectural elements had come to be considered as old fashioned.34 It may be that, being no longer fashionable, the Victorian cast iron architectural elements were cheaper than their new Federation style counterparts, or that the popular new Federation joinery elements were in short supply. A key difference between earlier Victorian housing and housing built during the Federation period is the use of face brickwork for the external walls rather than the walls being rendered and painted. High quality bricks had become readily available due to the importation of brick making machines which replaced the old hand making method. The quality of the bricks was such that they did not need to be rendered, thus saving considerably on building costs. The typical bricks for front facades were warm coloured red face brick walls, with brown commons often used for the side and rear walls, particularly on less expensive housing.

Figure 34: A newspaper article on the demand for bricks. Source: Sunday Times, 25 June 1905

Marseille roof tiles were another new fashionable material and the tiles were imported into Australia in large numbers, Wunderlich was one of the largest importers and sellers and from 1889 up until 1914 (when shipping was interrupted by WW1), more

34 Richard Apperley, Robert Irvine and Peter Reynolds, A Pictorial Guide to Identifying Australian Architecture. Styles and Terms from 1788 to the Present, Angus and Robertson, 1994, p108

77 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

than 75,000,000 million tiles had been imported through Wunderlich’s Neutral Bay Wharf. Wunderlich enthusiastically promoted Marseille tiles: The artistic trend of domestic architecture gives the architect great scope for picturesque outlines in his designs, and the quaint gables, chimney stacks and skyline of the modern home is greatly enhanced by the use of terracotta roofing tiles and accessories. There is a restful charm about the villa roofed with Wunderlich Marseille tiles. The deep shadows of its overhanging eaves and gables breathe that feeling o repose only assured under a roof which is sound and weatherproof Marseille tiles...are rich in colour, strong, reliable, or hard surface, absorption or moisture reduced to a minimum, and they are perfect insulators and keep the building warm in Winter and cool in Summer. ....Our tiles are imperishable and withstand climatic change35

Figure 35: Advertisement for Marseille tiles. Source: Sydney Morning Herald, 5 October 1907

3.4.2 Terrace Houses The terrace houses on the south side of Watkins Street are two storeys high with steeply pitched roofs and a verandah stretching between the party walls. The decorative detail is restricted to the front facade of the terraces. The terraces almost certainly were built in rows of ten, as the design of the rear section of the terraces is different for each group of ten terraces. The rear wings of the terraces at Nos. 2 – 20 Watkins Street appear to have been single storey with the roof set below the main roof over the front section of the terrace. The rear wing of the terraces at Nos. 22 – 40 Watkins Street appear to have been two storey with the roof set into the main roof over the front section of the terrace. (Refer to the 1943 aerial photograph in Figure 21. Also development application DA220/2006 for No. 14 Watkins Street which states that the rear wing was single storey at the time of the application.) It has not been able to be determined if the verandah of the terraces originally had a single large double hung window or a pair of French doors. All the terraces except one currently have French doors, however all the doors are of a slightly different

35 Wunderlich, Our Work, p 37, from The Federation House, Ian Evans, The Flannel Flower Press, 1999.

78 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study design, indicating that they may not be original. The verandah doors may have had shutters or half shutters. Typical Federation details include:  the main roof of the front section of the terrace extends to encompass the verandah in an unbroken line  tile roof (originally terracotta)  the front walls of the terraces being tuck pointed red face brickwork, with the side walls being face brick commons  decorative rendered elements of the stepping party walls  a pair of tall front windows with painted and rendered sills and triple row of header bricks forming a slightly arched opening  double timber hung windows  timber front door with two rectangular timber panels at the base, a central glazed square panel, and at the top, two square glazed panels (the original glass may have been coloured)  fanlight above the entry door  triple row of header bricks forming a slightly arched door opening  timber lining boards forming the ceiling of the verandah  ornamental timber verandah valance (used in combination with cast iron lacework)  terracotta chimney pots  exposed rafter ends

Elements typical of the Victorian period include:  terrace form (and most likely the floor plan)  decorative cast iron balustrades, and verandah fringes  cast iron palisade fence

Figure 36: Nos.2 and 4 Watkins Street. These buildings make an important contribution to the conservation area because of their intactness and prominent position.

79 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Figure 37: The terraces step down the hill in pairs. Changes such as dormer windows, enclosure of verandahs, and painted face brickwork are clearly evident.

Figure 38: The rear and end facade of No. 40 Watkins Street. Provides a good understanding of the form of the original terraces.

Figure 39: No. 18 Watkins Street showing the original lacework and verandah detailing.

80 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Figure 40: No.6 Watkins Street showing the original palisade fence set into a sandstone base, and gate. Also evident is the face brickwork front wall, and pair of tall narrow front windows.

Figure 41: No.6 Watkins Street showing the original tessellated verandah floor tiles and the bullnose slate edge The rendered and painted window sills and wall are also evident, together with the original terracotta ventilator.

81 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Figure 42: Detail of the verandah showing the lacework and timber mouldings.

Figure 43: Detail of the party wall showing decorative rendered elements and he stepping of the wall.

82 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Figure 44: No.4 Watkins Street showing the original front door.

3.4.3 Semi-detached Houses Four pairs of two storey semi-detached houses stand on the northern side of Watkins Street. The single-storeyed, semi-detached houses are a transitional form between the terrace house and the free-standing dwelling. They exploit the economies of a party wall between two adjoining houses and a continuous roof structure over both occupancies. But by setting back the house’s walls from the side boundaries the design allows access from the front garden to the back yard and provides light and air to rooms facing the side of the house. Most semi-detached houses were speculatively built and aimed towards the low income end of the housing market.36 Typical Federation details evident on the semi-detached houses include:  simplicity of the decorative detail  the main roof covering the front section of the terrace extending across to encompass the verandah  hipped and tiled roof (originally terracotta) both semis sitting under a single large roof  brick chimneys with decorative rendered tops and bases  the front walls of the terraces being tuck pointed red face brickwork, with the side walls being face brick commons  triple row of header bricks forming the slightly arched door and window openings the dark colour of the bricks providing a decorative contrast the red face brick walls  a pair of tall front windows with painted and rendered sills

36 Richard Apperley, “A Controlled Near-Chaos”, Trevor Howells and Michael Nicholson, Towards The Dawn, Hale and Iremonger, 1989, p 24

83 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

 timber front door with three long narrow rectangular timber panels surmounted by a glazed horizontal panel (the original glass may have been coloured)  fanlight above the entry door  a timber verandah post, timber valence, timber boarding as the verandah ceiling, exposed rafter ends  terracotta chimney pots Elements typical of the Victorian period include:  decorative cast iron balustrades, and verandah fringes  cast iron palisade fence

Figure 45: Nos. 15 and 17 Watkins Street.

Figure 46: Nos. 11 and 13 Watkins Street. The face brickwork has been painted.

84 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Figure 47: Nos. 7 and 9 Watkins Street.

Figure 48: Nos. 3 and 5 Watkins Street.

Figure 49: No. 3 Watkins Street. A bay window has been added and a two storey extension at the side. The roof has been changed to accommodate the addition.

85 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Figure 50: Verandah detail.

Figure 51: No. 11 Watkins Street. The original palisade fence set in a sandstone base, and verandah floor and entry path finish are evident.

Figure 52: Front windows. Note thedark coloured brick arch above the window.

86 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

Figure 53: Front door.

Figure 54: Front facade detail.

Figure 55: Car parking located in the gap between the buildings.

3.4.4 No. 1 Watkins Street No. 1 Watkins Street is a free-standing single storey modest Federation bungalow with a short projecting front wing which gives the house an asymmetrical plan. The

87 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

steeply pitched roof is tiled with decorative ridge tiles, and the walls of the house are painted. The front wing has a street facing gable while the verandah across the main body of the house is terminated by the front wing. A modern garage has been built at the side of the house.

Figure 56: No. 1 Watkins Street.

3.4.5 Integrity All the houses in the conservation area have undergone some degree of change, particularly at the rear. Some of the semi-detached houses have a garage or car space in the original side garden. Many of the terraces appear to have had an extension at the side and all the terraces appear to have had changes to the original rear section of the building. The building most adversely affected by unsympathetic changes is No. 3 Watkins Street which has a large side extension under an encompassing roof, and a bay window added to the ground floor facade. The most visible changes are additions, new garages, and the replacement of original details and materials on the visible facades. Changes include:  painting of original face brick walls  enclosure of the first floor verandah  replacement of the original terracotta tile roofs with tiles of a different material and shape  replacement of original verandah floor tiles  painting of sandstone  original front fences replaced eg with tall brick fences  front gardens hard paved  dormer windows to the front roof plain of the terraces. The dormers display a variety of styles and forms  door/window to the verandahs of the terrace houses

88 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

4.0 COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS The comparative analysis is undertaken with regard to conservation areas within the Waverley Local Government Area, and in a general way, with regard to conservation areas within the Sydney metropolitan region.

4.1 Waverley Local Government Area There are seventeen urban conservation areas in the Waverley local government area. The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area is compared to these areas with regard to the key historical period of development for each area. The key historical periods of the conservation areas has been determined from Waverley Heritage Assessment, 2007 (Meyers and Brady) and Bondi Junction Heritage Assessment, 2004 (Meyers and Brady). Urban conservation area Key historical period/s of development Blenheim Victorian and Federation Bondi Beach Inter-War (flats) Botany Victorian and Federation and Inter-War Brighton Boulevard Inter-War (flats) Brown Street Federation and Inter-War Busby Parade Victorian and Federation and Inter-War Charing Cross Federation Collingwood Street Federation and Inter-War Evans Street Victorian Grafton Street Victorian Imperial Avenue Federation and Inter-War Mill Hill Victorian and Federation Palmerston Avenue Inter-War (flats) Queens Park Victorian and Federation Watkins Street Federation Woodstock Victorian and Federation Yenda Avenue Inter-War (houses) The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area is one of two wholly Federation period conservation areas in the Waverley Local Government Area. Nine other urban conservation areas contain Federation period buildings along with buildings of other historic architectural periods.

4.2 Sydney Metropolitan Area The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area is one of a large number of Inter-War heritage conservation areas in the Sydney metropolitan area, the percentage of Inter- War heritage conservation areas comprising approximately 17% of all conservation areas. There are more Inter-War conservation areas than any other type of conservation area (with regard to the period of development). An approximate further 45% of the total of all conservation areas are areas with mixed architectural periods that include Inter-War buildings.37 The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area is not rare in the Sydney metropolitan region.

37 Kate Higgins, Sydney Metropolitan Conservation Areas: An Investigation, 1911, p 19

89 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

5.0 ASSESSMENT OF HERITAGE SIGNIFICANCE

5.1 Cultural Significance Cultural significance is synonymous with ‘heritage significance’. It is the terminology used by The Burra Charter: The Australia ICOMOS Charter for Places of Cultural Significance 2013 (Burra Charter) which defines cultural significance as the aesthetic, historic, scientific, social or spiritual values of a place for past, present or future generations. Cultural significance is embodied in the place itself, its fabric, setting, use, associations, meanings, records, related places and related objects. The assessment of heritage significance relies on an understanding and analysis of documentary and physical evidence of the Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area.

5.2 Assessment Methodology The NSW Heritage Division has established guidelines for the assessment of cultural significance of places and for the statement of significance for the place. The guidelines incorporate the five types of cultural heritage values identified in the ICOMOS Burra Charter into a specifically structured framework which is currently accepted as the required format by heritage authorities in New South Wales. The guidelines are set out in the NSW Heritage Branch publication, Assessing Heritage Significance, which proposes seven criteria for the assessment of heritage significance. The seven detailed assessment criteria are: Criterion (a) An item is important in the course, or pattern, of NSW’s cultural or natural history (or the cultural or natural history of the local area). Criterion (b) An item has strong or special association with the life or works of a person, or group of persons, of importance in NSW’s cultural or natural history (or the cultural or natural history of the local area). Criterion (c) An item is important in demonstrating aesthetic characteristics and/or a high degree of creative or technical achievement in NSW (or the local area). Criterion (d) An item has strong or special association with a particular community or cultural group in NSW (or the local area) for social, cultural or spiritual reasons. Criterion (e) An item has potential to yield information that will contribute to an understanding of NSW’s cultural or natural history (or the cultural or natural history of the local area). Criterion (f) An item possesses uncommon, rare or endangered aspects of NSW’s cultural or natural history (or the cultural or natural history of the local area). Criterion (g) An item is important in demonstrating the principal characteristics of a class of NSW’s cultural or natural places; or cultural or natural environments (or a class of the local area’s cultural or natural places; or cultural or natural environments).

90 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

5.3 Assessment of Heritage Significance Criterion (a) An item is important in the course, or pattern, of NSW’s cultural or natural history (or the cultural or natural history of the local area). The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area is a relatively intact and cohesive Federation subdivision and residential development undertaken between 1907 and 1909. The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area demonstrates the ongoing development of the area near Bondi Junction in the early twentieth century. The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area demonstrates suburban residential development undertaken for the working and lower middle classes during the early years of the twentieth century. The area demonstrates the history of land subdivision and re- subdivision in Waverley as land became more valuable and desirable for housing, continuing the pattern of development established in the Victorian period. The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area demonstrates the Victorian characteristic of maximising the development potential of land through the use of the terrace house form, and also the concern for providing greater residential amenity as is evident in the semi- detached housing common in the Federation period. The face brickwork of the buildings in the conservation area illustrates the new brick making technology introduced into Australia at the turn of the twentieth century which ensured bricks of high quality could be produced at a cost effective price. Criterion (b) An item has strong or special association with the life or works of a person, or group of persons, of importance in NSW’s cultural or natural history (or the cultural or natural history of the local area). This criterion is not satisfied. The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area has an association with William Longworth and the Longworth family. However, there is insufficient evidence to demonstrate that this association is important to the history of the Waverley area. Criterion (c) An item is important in demonstrating aesthetic characteristics and/or a high degree of creative or technical achievement in NSW (or the local area). The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area is an attractive collection of relatively intact Federation houses displaying features of the earlier Victorian period. The area has a visual cohesiveness due to the similarity of house form, scale, siting, materials, detailing, and decorative elements on the front facade. The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area is visually pleasing due to the consistent character of the buildings and to the front gardens and some of the mature street tree plantings.

91 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area demonstrates the primary importance of the front facade and front garden in the design. Criterion (d) An item has strong or special association with a particular community or cultural group in NSW (or the local area) for social, cultural or spiritual reasons. This criterion has not been able to be evaluated. Listing as a conservation area in Waverley Council’s local environmental plan since 1996 does however imply a continuing level of community regard for the area. Criterion (e) An item has potential to yield information that will contribute to an understanding of NSW’s cultural or natural history (or the cultural or natural history of the local area). This criterion is not satisfied. Criterion (f) An item possesses uncommon, rare or endangered aspects of NSW’s cultural or natural history (or the cultural or natural history of the local area). The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area is rare in the Waverley Local Government Area as it is one of only two conservation areas wholly comprised of buildings of the Federation period. However there are several conservation areas which contain houses from the Federation period including terrace housing similar to that of Watkins Street. The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area is not rare within the Sydney metropolitan area. Criterion (g) An item is important in demonstrating the principal characteristics of a class of NSW’s cultural or natural places; or cultural or natural environments (or a class of the local area’s cultural or natural places; or cultural or natural environments). The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area is typical of suburban development comprising Federation period buildings which also incorporate architectural elements of the Victorian period.

5.4 Statement of Significance The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area illustrates the historical development of the area near Bondi Junction in the early years of the twentieth century as land was subdivided and re-subdivided and the present day streets created. The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area demonstrates the characteristic of maximising the development potential of land through the use of the terrace house form more typical of the Victorian period, and also the increasing concern for providing greater residential amenity as is evident in the semi-detached housing common in the Federation period. The houses illustrate housing developments undertaken for the working and lower middle classes during the early years of the twentieth century.

92 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area is an attractive and visually consistent streetscape with a collection of relatively intact modest Federation houses displaying features of the earlier Victorian period.

5.5 Gradings of Significance Different components of a place make a different contribution to its heritage significance. The significance of the buildings in the Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area has been graded with regard to the level of contribution each building makes to the significance of the conservation area.  Contributory buildings are those which make an important contribution to the heritage significance and character of the conservation area.  Neutral buildings are those  Intrusive buildings are All the properties within the Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area are contributory buildings.

Figure 57: Contributory items map.

93 DRAFT Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study

6.0 RECOMMENDATIONS 1. Contributory buildings and their original features should be retained and any unsympathetic elements removed. 2. The existing subdivision pattern should be retained. 3. Existing front setbacks should be retained. A soft soil area with garden plantings should be located at the street frontage. 4. The main body of the dwellings, including the main roof, should be retained. Where the original form of the main section of the building (as presented to the street) has been lost, it should be reinstated. 5. The main body of the dwelling should remain the dominant element on the site, and the front facade the dominant visual feature. New additions need to be carefully designed to be not visible from the street or to be visually recessive. In some cases it may be appropriate for additions to match the existing building, in other cases a simple contemporary design may be a better option. 6. Dormer windows are acceptable in the front roof plane but should be traditional in design and proportions. 7. Original front fences should be retained, repaired and, reconstructed. 8. Original external architectural details on the front facades and on any side facades visible from the street, should be retained, repaired and reconstructed as appropriate. Many original details remain on houses in the street. The details which are original to the group should be determined and used for the purpose of reconstruction. Missing elements should generally be replaced with the same material as the original detail. 9. Face brickwork and sandstone are not to be rendered or painted. 10. Where possible, paint should be carefully removed from originally unpainted sandstone elements. 11. Original external finishes should be retained and reinstated where appropriate. Roof tiles should be terracotta tiles to match the originals. 12. The consistency of colour is also important. Colours should be traditional and should highlight architectural features in a way similar to the original. Home owners should be encouraged when repainting their houses to choose colours similar to the original face brickwork and sandstone, with the cast iron lace work a contrasting colour. The timber windows would traditionally have been a light cream/off-white. 13. Garages can be built to the sides of the semi-detached houses. The garages should have flat roofs and be rendered and painted. The roof of the garage may serve as an outdoor terrace area so long as the balustrade is a simple open design. The height of the garage should be kept to a minimum. The wall of the garage should not extend up to form a parapet for the terrace. 14. A new landscape scheme should be prepared for the street in consultation with property owners. Consideration should be given to straightening the road and new street tree plantings. 15. On-site parking is not to be allowed in the front gardens of the terrace houses. 16. A heritage impact statement should be required for proposed work.

94 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

ITEM DETAILS Name of Item Botany Street Urban Conservation Area

Other Name/s Former Name/s Item type Conservation Area

http://www.legislation.nsw.gov.au/map/8050_COM_HER_001A_005_20120508.pdf?id=7ce7f996- 3116-c700-e9e3-cc0967d4e4e8 Item group Residential buildings (private). Urban Area. Item category Cottage, House, Terrace. Streetscape. Subdivision - vernacular Area, Group, or Botany Street Urban Conservation Area Collection Name Street number

Street name Includes properties in Adams Lane, Allens Parade, Birrell Street, Botany Street, Botany Place, Council Street, Ebley Street, Hollywood Avenue, James Street, Llandaff Street, Porter Street, Waverley Street Suburb/town Bondi Junction Bondi Junction Bondi Junction

Local Government Waverley Council Area/s Property various description Location - Lat/long Longitude

Location - AMG Zone MGA Easting 338,424.045288866 Northing 6,248,131.57585124 Zone 56 (GDA 94) Owner Multiple

Current use residential

Former Use residential

Statement of significance

Level of Significance National State Local

DESCRIPTION Designer various

Builder/ maker various

Physical The urban form of the Botany Street Heritage Conservation Area is result of late 19th and early 20th Description Century subdivision of remaining open lands to the eastern periphery of Bondi Junction. The building streetscape is diverse and although buildings are not consistent to adjoining developments, they form a cohesive streetscape combining a variety of styles, materials and distribution of buildings along the street.

The range and compatible residential types from 1890's to 1940's records the consolidation of open lands about Bondi Junction following the establishment of regular tram services. The conservation

1 95 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

area includes representative examples of varied styles from Victorian filigree through the Inter War Art Deco. The area retains notable streetscapes, characterised by the width of road easements and the quality of residential groupings.

The Conservation Area includes notable listed buildings, including the Porter Terraces, the Congregational Church (1-3 Botany Street) and the Italianate Community Health Centre in 26 Llandaff Street.

Physical condition and Archaeological potential

Construction years Start year Finish year Circa

Modifications and dates

Further comments

HISTORY Historical notes Subdivision of lands originally part of Barnett Levy's Waverley Estate of 1827.

THEMES National 4 Building settlements, towns and cities. historical theme

State Towns, suburbs and villages: activities associated with creating, planning and managing urban historical theme functions, landscapes and lifestyles in towns, suburbs and villages; Land tenure: activities and processes for identifying forms of ownership and occupancy of land and water.

APPLICATION OF CRITERIA Historical significance SHR criteria (a)

Historical association significance SHR criteria (b)

Aesthetic significance SHR criteria (c)

Social significance SHR criteria (d)

Technical/Research significance SHR criteria (e)

2 96 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

Rarity SHR criteria (f)

Representativeness SHR criteria (g)

Integrity

HERITAGE LISTINGS Heritage listing/s Waverley Local Environmental Plan 2012 Schedule 5, Item C3

INFORMATION SOURCES Include conservation and/or management plans and other heritage studies. Type Author/Client Title Year Repository Heritage Annette Green and Dawson Bondi Junction Heritage Study 1987 Waverley Council study brown Heritage Perumal Murphy Waverley Heritage Study 1990 Waverley Council study Heritage Colin Brady and Ines Meyer Bondi Junction Heritage 2004 Waverley Council study Assessment

RECOMMENDATIONS Recommendations The contained nature of the conservation area lends itself to conservation whilst maintaining development opportunities that are compatible with the amenity and significance of existing buildings. The conservation and enhancement of buildings of architectural significance to be undertaken. Infill development to be compatible with the character of the area. Statements of heritage impacts are to be prepared for proposed development in the conservation area.

SOURCE OF THIS INFORMATION Name of study or Year of study report or report Item number in study or report Author of study or report Inspected by Rosanne Paskin

NSW Heritage Manual guidelines used? Yes No

This form Colin Brady and Kate Higgins Date Dec 2013 completed by

3 97 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

IMAGES - 1 per page

Image caption 27 Allens Parade

Image year Image by Image copyright holder

Image indicative of Conservation Area

4 98 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

IMAGES - 1 per page

Image caption 2 – 4 Botany Street

Image year Image by Image copyright holder

Image indicative of Conservation Area

5 99 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

ITEM DETAILS Name of Item Brown Street Urban Conservation Area

Other Name/s Former Name/s Item type Conservation Area

http://www.legislation.nsw.gov.au/map/8050_COM_HER_004B_005_20120508.pdf?id=f0b05ae7- cfae-c8e3-b7db-ba0705ad09eb Item group Residential buildings

Item category Free-standing residences and residential flat buildings

Area, Group, or Brown Street Urban Conservation Area Collection Name Street number All addresses

Street name

Suburb/town Bronte Postcode 2024

Local Government Waverley Council Area/s Property description Location - Lat/long Latitude Longitude

Location - AMG Zone MGA Easting Northing Zone 56 (GDA 94) Owner Multiple

Current use Residential

Former Use

Statement of The Brown Street Urban Conservation Area has historic and aesthetic significance as a cohesive and significance well detailed streetscape. The streetscape retains notable examples of the Inter War style residences, as well as Federation and Inter War Californian Bungalow style residences. The area contains well preserved residences retaining both the original form and detail. The state of detail, consistent style and contribution to the streetscape provide local significance. Level of Significance National State Local

DESCRIPTION Designer

Builder/ maker

Physical The residences in Brown Street, Bronte, comprise single storey Federation Bungalow and Inter War Description California Bungalow style residences, as well as Inter War residential flat buildings. Most of the weatherboard cottages in Brown Street, Bronte, were built between 1910 and 1925 comprise freestanding, single storey weatherboard residences constructed in simple Federation Bungalow and California Bungalow styles. The residences at 13, 15, 19, 22 and 24 Brown Street are of similar design having hipped roof forms with an asymmetrically placed projecting gable extending over a tapered bay

1 100 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

frontage and enclosing one end of an otherwise open verandah. The Inter War residences include notable examples as the residences at 19a, 21 and 23 Brown Street. While 19a Brown Street is of Inter War Art Deco style, the dual occupancy developments at 21 and 23 Brown Street are influenced by the Arts and Crafts and English Bungalow styles.

Physical condition and Archaeological potential

Construction years Start year Finish year Circa

Modifications and dates

Further comments

HISTORY Historical notes

THEMES National 4. Building settlements and towns historical theme

State historical theme

APPLICATION OF CRITERIA Historical significance SHR criteria (a) Historical association significance SHR criteria (b) Aesthetic significance SHR criteria (c) Social significance SHR criteria (d) Technical/Research significance SHR criteria (e) Rarity SHR criteria (f)

2 101 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

Representativeness SHR criteria (g) Integrity

HERITAGE LISTINGS Heritage listing/s Waverley Local Environmental Plan 1996 (Amendment No. 33)

Waverley Local Environmental Plan 2012, Schedule 5 Conservation Area C6

INFORMATION SOURCES Include conservation and/or management plans and other heritage studies. Type Author/Client Title Year Repository Heritage Perumal Murphy Waverley Heritage Study 1990 Waverley Council Study Heritage Ines Meyer and Colin Brady Waverley Heritage Assessment 2007 Waverley Council Study

RECOMMENDATIONS Recommendations

SOURCE OF THIS INFORMATION Name of study or Waverley Heritage Assessment Year of study 2007 report or report Item number in 3 study or report Author of study or Ines Meyer and Colin Brady report Inspected by

NSW Heritage Manual guidelines used? Yes No

This form Colin Brady & Kate Higgins Date Dec 2013 completed by

3 102 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

IMAGES

Image caption No. 1 Brown Street

Image year 2004 Image by Meyer + Brady Image copyright Waverley Council holder

Image indicative of Conservation Area

4 103 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

IMAGES - 1 per page

Image caption No. 10 brown Street

Image year 2004 Image by Meyer + Brady Image copyright Waverley Council holder

Image indicative of Conservation Area

5 104 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

IMAGES - 1 per page

Image caption No. 24 Brown Street

Image year 2004 Image by Meyer + Brady Image copyright Waverley Council holder

Image indicative of Conservation Area

6 105 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

ITEM DETAILS Name of Item Busby Parade Urban Conservation Area

Other Name/s Former Name/s Item type Conservation Area

http://www.legislation.nsw.gov.au/map/8050_COM_HER_004B_005_20120508.pdf?id=f0b05ae7- cfae-c8e3-b7db-ba0705ad09eb Item group Residential buildings (private)

Item category Semi-detached and free-standing residences Streetscape Area, Group, or Busby Parade Urban Conservation Area Collection Name Street number All addresses

Street name Busby Parade

Suburb/town Bronte Postcode 2024

Local Government Waverley Council Area/s Property description Location - Lat/long Latitude Longitude

Location - AMG Zone MGA Easting Northing Zone 56 (GDA 94) Owner Multiple

Current use Residential

Former Use

Statement of Busby Street is of streetscape significance as a cohesive example of the late 19th Century significance subdivisions, which accompanied expansion of Waverley beyond core village areas and transport thoroughfares of initial settlement. Busby Street is of local, historic and aesthetic significance.

Level of Significance National State Local

DESCRIPTION Designer Various

Builder/ maker Various

Physical Busby Street is a wide street of limited length extending east west across the south-facing slope of the Description main hill to the west of Waverley Cemetery. Ledged into the prevailing slope the street exhibits an asymmetric quality due to the elevation of residences to the north side and sets down of those to the south. Residences are of freestanding and semi detached forms, predominantly from the late 19th to Inter War period of the 20th Century and largely of two-storey form. Notable examples include sandstone semi detached and freestanding residences testifying to local quarrying associated with the nearby Cemetery. Planting to the street verge and within properties is varied and compliments the building forms of hipped and gable roofed construction.

1 106 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

Physical condition and Archaeological potential

Construction years Start year Finish year Circa

Modifications and dates

Further comments

HISTORY Historical notes

THEMES National 4. Building settlements and towns historical theme

APPLICATION OF CRITERIA Historical significance SHR criteria (a)

Historical association significance SHR criteria (b)

Aesthetic significance SHR criteria (c)

Social significance SHR criteria (d)

Technical/Research significance SHR criteria (e)

2 107 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

Rarity SHR criteria (f)

Representativeness SHR criteria (g)

Integrity

HERITAGE LISTINGS Heritage listing/s Waverley Local Environmental Plan 1996 (Amendment No. 33)

Waverley Local Environmental Plan 2012, Schedule 5 Conservation Area C6

RECOMMENDATIONS Recommendations Statements of heritage impacts are to be prepared for proposed development in the conservation area. The conservation and enhancement of buildings of architectural significance to be undertaken. Infill development to be compatible with the character of the area. To retain the scale, outlook and streetscape character of the setting, it is recommended that any new development be of a freestanding form having side boundary setbacks and height limited to that of existing two storey buildings and roof forms tapered back from outer wall lines. To maintain view sharing, any new development should retain the palisaded form of the streetscape with new works set into the slope on the lower side of the street. With the exception of fence line and at grade driveways, no development should occur forward of existing building lines to the street frontage. Fences should be of low height, utilising sandstone or face brick related to the finishes of existing fencing.

SOURCE OF THIS INFORMATION Name of study or Year of study report or report Item number in study or report Author of study or report Inspected by

NSW Heritage Manual guidelines used? Yes No

This form Colin Brady and Kate Higgins Date Dec 2013

3 108 NSW State Heritage Inventory form completed by

4 109 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

IMAGES - 1 per page

Image caption Busby Street streetscape

Image year 2004 Image by Meyer + Brady Image copyright Waverley Council holder

Image indicative of Conservation Area

5 110 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

ITEM DETAILS Name of Item Collingwood Street Urban Conservation Area

Other Name/s Former Name/s Item type Conservation Area

http://www.legislation.nsw.gov.au/map/8050_COM_HER_004B_005_20120508.pdf?id=f0b05ae7- cfae-c8e3-b7db-ba0705ad09eb Item group Residential buildings (private)

Item category Free-standing residences

Area, Group, or Collingwood Street Urban Conservation Area Collection Name Street number All addresses

Street name Collingwood Street

Suburb/town Bronte Postcode 2024

Local Government Waverley Council Area/s Property description Location - Lat/long Latitude Longitude

Location - AMG Zone MGA Easting Northing Zone 56 (GDA 94) Owner Multiple

Current use Residential

Former Use

Statement of Collingwood Street is of streetscape significance as a cohesive example of the early 20th Century significance subdivisions and residential forms. The residences at 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8 Collingwood Street and the sandstone fence in front of number 2 Collingwood Street are all contributing to the high local heritage significance of the area. The area is also of aesthetic, natural and historic significance. Level of Significance National State Local

DESCRIPTION Designer Various

Builder/ maker Various

Physical The conservation area includes the southern end of Collingwood Street, a cul-de-sac accessed from Description Trafalgar Street. The wide carriageway and verge of Collingwood Street provide open settings for a consistent group of eight freestanding, single storey cottages, including Federation style weatherboard cottage (8 Collingwood Street) and brick Inter War bungalow styles (numbers 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 Collingwood Street). The short cul-de-sac terminates at the upper edge of the former quarry and a quarry face is also located between 2 and 4 Collingwood Street.

Physical condition

1 111 NSW State Heritage Inventory form and Archaeological potential

Construction years Start year Finish year Circa

Modifications and dates

Further comments

HISTORY Historical notes The southern extent of Collingwood Street in Bronte emerged from the consolidation of early 20th Century suburban expansion about former quarry workings along the ridgeline north of Waverley Cemetery.

THEMES National 4. Building settlements and towns historical theme

APPLICATION OF CRITERIA Historical significance SHR criteria (a)

Historical association significance SHR criteria (b)

Aesthetic significance SHR criteria (c)

Social significance SHR criteria (d)

Technical/Research significance SHR criteria (e)

2 112 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

Rarity SHR criteria (f)

Representativeness SHR criteria (g)

Integrity

HERITAGE LISTINGS Heritage listing/s Waverley Local Environmental Plan 1996 (Amendment No. 33)

Waverley Local Environmental Plan 2012, Schedule 5 Conservation Area C6

RECOMMENDATIONS Recommendations Statements of heritage impacts are to be prepared for proposed development in the conservation area. The objectives for the proposed Collingwood Street heritage urban conservation area are to provide for the conservation and enhancement of buildings of architectural significance and to allow for sympathetic alterations and additions. The quarry face between numbers 2 and 4 Collingwood Street and the sandstone fence/wall in front of number 2 Collingwood Street should be preserved.

SOURCE OF THIS INFORMATION Name of study or Year of study report or report Item number in study or report Author of study or report Inspected by

NSW Heritage Manual guidelines used? Yes No

This form Colin Brady and Kate Higgins Date Dec 2013 completed by

3 113 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

IMAGES

Image caption Collingwood Street streetscape

Image year 2007 Image by Meyer + Brady Image copyright Waverley Council holder

Image indicative of Conservation Area

4 114 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

ITEM DETAILS Name of Item Evans Street Urban Conservation Area

Other Name/s Former Name/s Item type Conservation Area

http://www.legislation.nsw.gov.au/map/8050_COM_HER_004B_005_20120508.pdf?id=f0b05ae7- cfae-c8e3-b7db-ba0705ad09eb Item group Residential buildings (private)

Item category Free-standing residences. streetscape

Area, Group, or Evans Street Urban Conservation Area Collection Name Street number All addresses

Street name Evans Street

Suburb/town Bronte Postcode 2024

Local Government Waverley Council Area/s Property description Location - Lat/long Latitude Longitude

Location - AMG Zone MGA Easting Northing Zone 56 (GDA 94) Owner Multiple

Current use Residential

Former Use

Statement of Evans Street in Bronte marks the north/south route between Gardyne and Macpherson streets and is significance constructed in the early Victorian period. The street provides a significant streetscape of Victorian cottages and villas influenced by the Victorian Italianate and Gothic styles. The combination of Gothic and Italianate detailing reflects the influence of the Victorian Romantic Movement and the area is of local, historic, architectural and aesthetic significance. Level of Significance National State Local

DESCRIPTION Designer

Builder/ maker

Physical The Victorian architecture was essentially about confidence, material progress and prosperity. Evans Description Street is a north/south facing street, which connects Gardyne and Macpherson streets. Consistent construction during the Victorian period has provided a streetscape of freestanding single storey Victorian cottages and villas, constructed in rendered masonry with usually high pitched roof forms. Some residences with its street facing gable and decorative finial are influenced by the Victorian Gothic style and canted window bays while other residences are influenced by the Victorian Italianate style. Most of these residences are constructed with stucco wall finishes and prominent chimneys with moulded render capping which continues the predominant Victorian Italianate detailing.

1 115 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

The Victorian residences are set within ample sites and landscaped surrounds. The air of spaciousness is enhanced by detailed iron palisade fencing, a wide street carriageway, and mature avenue planting. Physical condition and Archaeological potential

Construction years Start year Finish year Circa

Modifications and dates

Further comments

THEMES National 4. Building settlements and towns historical theme

APPLICATION OF CRITERIA Historical significance SHR criteria (a)

Historical association significance SHR criteria (b)

Aesthetic significance SHR criteria (c)

Social significance SHR criteria (d)

2 116 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

Technical/Research significance SHR criteria (e)

Rarity SHR criteria (f)

Representativeness SHR criteria (g)

Integrity

HERITAGE LISTINGS Heritage listing/s Waverley Local Environmental Plan 1996 (Amendment No. 33)

Waverley Local Environmental Plan 2012, Schedule 5 Conservation Area C6

RECOMMENDATIONS Recommendations A Statement of heritage impacts is to be prepared for proposed development in the conservation area. All residences contributing to the heritage urban conservation area be conserved in a cohesive relationship. All new works should maintain the scale, detail and alignment of existing built forms and landscaping relative to the street. New works should be of a secondary nature and generally visually screened from the street. The single storey Victorian residences should retain existing bulk and height to the street frontage with any upward addition, being restricted to rear areas of the residences and/or provided within existing roof voids and related localised projections of roof slopes not facing the street. All roof additions are to retain and enhance existing traditional roof detailing in particular chimneys, ridge and barge detailing. Development applications for dual occupancy development should not be approved unless provided within the established volumes of existing residences and utilising existing single vehicle entries. No subdivision of existing sites should be approved without provision of compatible infill development in conjunction with the application for subdivision. Existing traditional iron palisade fencing should be maintained in conjunction with established planting. No masonry or other screen walling or fencing should be introduced to the street frontages. Vehicle entries and parking should closely follow the established pattern of fencing and any new vehicle entry should be of single width only. The current roof cladding is predominantly of tile or slate. The replacement of roofing material, with the exception of verandah roofing, should be of appropriate profile colour and flashing. Thick edged concrete ‘slate’ tiles should not be used in the Evans Street heritage urban conservation area.

3 117 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

SOURCE OF THIS INFORMATION Name of study or Year of study report or report Item number in study or report Author of study or report Inspected by

NSW Heritage Manual guidelines used? Yes No

This form Colin Brady, and Kate Higgins Date Dec 2013 completed by

4 118 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

IMAGES

Image caption Evans Street streetscape

Image year 2007 Image by Meyer + Brady Image copyright Waverley Council holder

Image indicative of Conservation Area

5 119 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

IMAGES - 1 per page

Image caption 26 Evans Street

Image year 2007 Image by Meyer + Brady Image copyright Waverley Council holder

Image indicative of Conservation Area

6 120 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

IMAGES - 1 per page

Image caption 30 Evans Street

Image year 2007 Image by Meyer + Brady Image copyright Waverley Council holder

Image indicative of Conservation Area

7 121 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

IMAGES - 1 per page

Image caption 40 Evans Street

Image year 2007 Image by Meyer + Brady Image copyright Waverley Council holder

Image indicative of Conservation Area

8 122 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

ITEM DETAILS Name of Item Imperial Avenue Urban Conservation Area

Other Name/s Former Name/s Item type Conservation Area

http://www.legislation.nsw.gov.au/map/8050_COM_HER_004A_005_20120508.pdf?id=a778746f- a69d-670c-c2cc-98b221244fd8 Item group Residential buildings (private)

Item category Free-standing and semi-detached residences, residential flat buildings Streetscape Area, Group, or Imperial Avenue Urban Conservation Area Collection Name Street number All addresses

Street name

Suburb/town Bondi Postcode 2026

Local Government Waverley Council Area/s Property description Location - Lat/long Latitude Longitude

Location - AMG Zone MGA Easting Northing Zone 56 (GDA 94) Owner Multiple

Current use Residential

Former Use

Statement of The character of Imperial Avenue was formed by development patterns which laid down over the last significance century. Imperial Avenue provides a streetscape of considerable aesthetic quality and is also of local and aesthetic significance.

Level of Significance National State Local

DESCRIPTION Designer Various

Builder/ maker Various

Physical The Imperial Avenue urban conservation area is bounded by Edward Street in the north, Denham Description Street in the east, Castlefield Lane in the south and Imperial Avenue in the east. The character of Imperial Avenue has been formed by the development patterns laid down over the last century. The remaining earliest housing types date from 1907 to 1915, and demonstrate characteristics of the Federation style which is an important period of development for the area. Residences range from one and two storey detached Federation houses to single-storey semi detached Federation style residences. Development between 1915 and 1940 includes detached houses and Inter War residential flat buildings. Residences built between 1960 and 1970 were mostly three storey residential flat buildings on amalgamated sites.

1 123 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

The Imperial Avenue heritage urban conservation area is characterised by freestanding and semi detached late Federation and Inter War residences as well as Inter War residential flat buildings. These residential flat buildings were of common street front alignment and formed a cohesive group. The varied forms of residences are linked by response to the sloping topography and street frontage, the later enhanced by sandstone detailing and established avenue planting. Extensive on site planting provides background treelines to many residences, while the general quality of established planting is pervading the setting. Planted species reflect the maritime location of the area with sandy soils and high sun exposure. The residences provide consistent street setback and are further enhanced by cohesive use of sandstone retaining walls, sandstone foundations, inset verandahs and pitched terra cotta tile roofs with generous eaves. Vehicle access is limited to residential sites and traditionally achieved through rear lanes or single vehicle entries within traditional fences. The air of spaciousness is enhanced by setbacks both from the street and from side boundaries which is maintained in later residential flat development where narrow frontages and generous side setbacks ensure solar access to adjacent buildings. The established plantings in the streets and private gardens make an important contribution to the character of the area. Physical condition and Archaeological potential

Construction years Start year Finish year Circa

Modifications and dates

Further comments

HISTORY Historical notes A crown land sale in 1858 offered five portions (4-8 acres) in the area between Bondi Road, Wellington and Edward streets. Around 1880 a villa was built on the estate which was first named ‘Glendarrah’ and then renamed ‘Castlefield’. The first subdivision of the Castlefield Estate in 1907 established the street pattern and grain of narrow long allotments. In 1911 Sands Directory listed 14 properties in Imperial Avenue. The first residential flat buildings were constructed in 1920 and were the antithesis to the Federation garden villas. Further red or blonde brick three storey flat buildings were built in the 1960s and 70s on the larger allotments.

THEMES National 4. Building settlements and towns historical theme

APPLICATION OF CRITERIA Historical significance SHR criteria (a)

2 124 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

Historical association significance SHR criteria (b)

Aesthetic significance SHR criteria (c)

Social significance SHR criteria (d)

Technical/Research significance SHR criteria (e)

Rarity SHR criteria (f)

Representativeness SHR criteria (g)

Integrity

HERITAGE LISTINGS Heritage listing/s Waverley Local Environmental Plan 1996 (Amendment No. 33)

Waverley Local Environmental Plan 2012, Schedule 5 Conservation Area C6

RECOMMENDATIONS Recommendations All new works should be consistent in scale, detail and alignment of the existing built forms. New works should also retain and enhance the relationship of built form to the topography and street frontage and maintain the spatial character of the setting. New vehicle entries should be only of single vehicle width. Where rear lanes exist, all new vehicle

3 125 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

access should be from the laneway. New construction should adopt the characteristic of the setting with decks, balconies and verandahs set into buildings and not cantilevered. Preference should be given to pitched roof forms and all new roofs should respond to and defer to the established roofscape. Any upward addition to existing residential flat buildings should be provided within existing roof voids and related localised projections of roof forms. All roof additions are to retain and enhance existing roof detailing in particular chimneys, ridge and barge detailing. A development application for a dual occupancy development should not be approved, unless provided within the established volumes of existing residences and utilising existing single vehicle entries. No subdivision of existing sites should be approved without provision of compatible infill development in conjunction with the application for subdivision. Subdivision should not be approved where removal of existing rock faces, sandstone retaining walls or established tree planting are required. Remnant sandstone outcrops should be retained. The green leafy character of the area should be maintained.

SOURCE OF THIS INFORMATION Name of study or Year of study report or report Item number in study or report Author of study or report Inspected by

NSW Heritage Manual guidelines used? Yes No

This form Colin Brady and Kate Higgins Date Dec 2013 completed by

4 126 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

IMAGES

Image caption Imperial Avenue streetscape

Image year 2007 Image by Meyer + Brady Image copyright Waverley Council holder

Image indicative of Conservation Area

5 127 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

IMAGES

Image caption Imperial Avenue streetscape

Image year 2007 Image by Meyer + Brady Image copyright Waverley Council holder

Image indicative of Conservation Area

6 128 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

IMAGES

Image caption Imperial Avenue streetscape

Image year 2007 Image by Meyer + Brady Image copyright Waverley Council holder

Image indicative of Conservation Area

7 129 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

ITEM DETAILS Name of Item Palmerston Avenue Urban Conservation Area

Other Name/s Former Name/s Item type Conservation Area

http://www.legislation.nsw.gov.au/map/8050_COM_HER_004B_005_20120508.pdf?id=f0b05ae7- cfae-c8e3-b7db-ba0705ad09eb Item group Residential buildings

Item category Residential flat buildings, streetscape

Area, Group, or Palmerston Avenue Urban Conservation Area Collection Name Street number All addresses

Street name

Suburb/town Bronte Postcode 2024

Local Government Waverley Council Area/s Property description Location - Lat/long Latitude Longitude

Location - AMG Zone MGA Easting Northing Zone 56 (GDA 94) Owner Multiple

Current use Residential

Former Use

Statement of Palmerston Avenue in Bronte provides a significant streetscape of residential flat buildings of cohesive significance forms and massing. Most residences were built between 1920 and 1940 and are of Inter War Style. The area is of local, historic and aesthetic significance.

Level of Significance National State Local

DESCRIPTION Designer Various

Builder/ maker Various

Physical Consistent construction during the Inter War years has provided a streetscape at the eastern end of Description Palmerston Avenue of residential flat buildings of cohesive form alignments and massing. Most of the buildings are two or three storeys of height and of Inter War Art Deco or inter War Free Classical styles. These residences were built around 1940 and constructed in decorative, stepped face brick mostly with parapets. Residential flat building commenced in Sydney in the mid Federation Period with the first recorded example being constructed in 1906 in Windmill Street, Millers Point. Housing shortages of World War I saw many existing large Federation residences converted to flats. The process continued through the Inter War period with new construction adapting revival forms and the newly evolved Art Deco and Functionalist styles. Stylistic influences were often combined with single

1 130 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

and double fronted hip roofs common to all styles.

Physical condition and Archaeological potential

Construction years Start year Finish year Circa

Modifications and dates

Further comments

HISTORY Historical notes The area was largely developed during the Inter-War period. (Marlborough Estate subdivision).

THEMES National 4. Building settlements and towns historical theme

APPLICATION OF CRITERIA Historical significance SHR criteria (a)

Historical association significance SHR criteria (b)

Aesthetic significance SHR criteria (c)

Social significance SHR criteria (d)

Technical/Research

2 131 NSW State Heritage Inventory form significance SHR criteria (e)

Rarity SHR criteria (f)

Representativeness SHR criteria (g)

Integrity

HERITAGE LISTINGS Heritage listing/s Waverley Local Environmental Plan 1996 (Amendment No. 33)

Waverley Local Environmental Plan 2012, Schedule 5 Conservation Area C6

RECOMMENDATIONS Recommendations A Statement of heritage impacts is to be prepared for proposed development in the conservation area. To conserve the character of the proposed Palmerston Avenue heritage urban conservation area, it is recommended that all items contributing to the conservation area be retained. All additional works should be consistent to the scale, detail and alignment of existing built forms. New construction should retain and enhance the relationship of built form to the topography and street frontage. New construction should also respond to the topography and hard and soft landscape. It should adopt the established face brick and tile character of the setting with decks, balconies and verandahs set into the building and not cantilevered over open space. New works should also maintain existing open space around residential flat buildings and associated tree planting. Additional construction should only be of secondary nature to the established building forms and landscape features. New vehicle entries should be limited and of single vehicle width, constructed in close response to the established topography. In case of balcony additions or alteration, metal or face brick balustrades should be preferred to glazed balustrading. Preference should also be given to pitched roof forms, while all new roofs should respond to and defer to the established terra cotta tile roofscape. Any upward addition to existing buildings should be provided within existing roof voids and related localised projections of roof forms. Exposure of ‘in roof’ additions to the street is to be minimal. All roof additions are to retain and enhance existing traditional roof detailing in particular lined eaves, ridge hip and barge detailing. Traditional finishes and detailing of existing Inter War flats is to be retained and enhanced. External face brick should not be rendered while roof tiles are only to be replaced with terra cotta tiles of like colour finish and profile. Painted timber window frames and sashes should be retained in existing patterns

3 132 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

including secondary horizontal glazing bars. Lobbies stairways and entry doors are significant elements of original design in Inter War flats. Detailing to these areas should be maintained and enhanced by appropriate lighting, colour finishes and floor coverings. Original finishes including etched or leadlight glazing, floor tiling, architectural terra cotta (faience) mouldings, timber panelling and moulded plaster ceilings should be maintained and conserved. Externally sandstone paving and planter beds, low rendered or stone fence lines, wrought metal railings and established planting should be maintained. No vehicle parking or garage/carport structures should be constructed forward of the established building lines.

SOURCE OF THIS INFORMATION Name of study or Waverley Heritage Assessment Year of study 2007 report or report Item number in 8 study or report Author of study or Ines Meyer and Colin Brady report Inspected by

NSW Heritage Manual guidelines used? Yes No

This form Colin Brady and Kate Higgins Date Dec 2013 completed by

4 133 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

IMAGES

Image caption 1 Palmerston Avenue Bronte

Image year Image by Meyer + Brady Image copyright holder

Image indicative of Conservation Area

5 134 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

IMAGES - 1 per page

Image caption 6 Palmerston Street

Image year Image by Meyer + Brady Image copyright holder

Image indicative of Conservation Area

6 135 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

IMAGES - 1 per page

Image caption 5 Palmerston Street

Image year Image by Myer + Brady Image copyright holder

Image indicative of Conservation Area

7 136 HERITAGE INVENTORY FORM

ITEM DETAILS Name of Item Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area

Other Name/s Former Name/s Item type Conservation Area

Item group Residential buildings (private)

Item category Residential buildings (private) - Free standing and semi-detached residences, and residential flat buildings Area, Group, or Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Collection Name Street number All addresses in Yenda Avenue and Nos 18 to 24 Arnold Street.

Street name

Suburb/town Queens Park Postcode 2022

Local Government Waverley Council Area/s Property description Location - Lat/long Latitude Longitude

Location - AMG Zone MGA Easting Northing Zone 56 (GDA 94) Owner Multiple

Current use Residential

Former Use Residential

Statement of The Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area is significant as an attractive, relatively intact and significance consistent Inter-War speculative subdivision and residential development undertaken by a local builder, William Bartrop, between 1926 and 1928. The restrained California Bungalow style of housing in the Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area is significant as being representative of modest housing developed for the lower middle class in the Inter-War period. The development demonstrates greater State and local governance of development following the introduction of various Local Government Acts, Ordinance 71, and Waverley Municipal Council building regulations. The Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area is significant as it illustrates the later stages of historical development of the area near Queens Park. Much of the surrounding area had already been developed by the Inter-War period and the steep gully of the Yenda Avenue area was likely to have remained undeveloped until 1926 due to its difficult topography. The streetscape of the conservation area is significant for its distinctive aesthetic characteristics arising from its location in a shaded gully, the mature street tree plantings (eucalypts, jacarandas and bottle brush), and the front gardens, which give the area an attractive cool, green and leafy character.

Level of Significance National State Local

DESCRIPTION Designer William Bartrop (local builder)

Builder/ maker William Bartrop

1 137 HERITAGE INVENTORY FORM

Physical The Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area has a regular subdivision pattern of rectangular similarly Description sized allotments. The subdivision created Yenda Avenue, an “L” shaped dead-end street which provides access to most of the allotments in the conservation area. The subdivision also created an extension to Arnold Street. The regular subdivision pattern is superimposed onto an original landform of a steeply sided gully. This has necessitated modifications to the development to accommodate changes in levels. The allotments at the eastern and western ends of Yenda Avenue and the two allotments at the eastern end of Arnold Street are set much higher than the street level. This means that the front of the dwelling on each allotment does not directly face the street. Yenda Avenue and Arnold Street are both 15 metres (50 foot) wide with concrete footpaths and kerbs and gutters, and grassed verges. Mature street trees (jacarandas, eucalyptus and bottlebrush) line both Yenda Avenue and Arnold Street, and these, together with the front gardens, contribute greatly to the attractive leafy character of the area. The front fences have a brickwork base, brick piers, and a steel pipe rail spanning between the piers. The brickwork often has a recessed panel featuring a painted rough cast cement render finish. Rough faced sandstone retaining walls and base walls are a prominent feature in the area. A brick stairway connects the western end of Yenda Avenue to Blenheim Lane, providing access to the streets leading to Bondi Junction. The houses in the Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area generally display a uniformity of architectural style, form, scale, material, details and colour, which contributes greatly to the visual harmony of the area. The houses have a consistent front setback of 4.5 metres (14 feet) and one of the side walls of each house is at least 900mm (3 feet) from the side boundary in order to provide access to the backyard. The houses in the conservation area are a simplified version of the American California Bungalow style. The houses are generally double fronted single storey bungalows with verandas. One large gable generally spans the whole house, with a smaller projecting gable over the front projecting room. The gable ends face the street and have a rendered and vertical timber batten detail at the apex. The rafter ends are exposed under the side eaves and the projecting gable eaves are timber lined. Sturdy columns support the veranda roof. The houses have dark purple/brown “liver” coloured face brickwork with commons used for the utilitarian sides and rears. Sandstone is used for the bases to the brick walls. The front facades feature sets of decorative timber casement windows, the frames being set on the external brickwork face. These windows originally had their own flat roof and a decorative timber apron below. Geometric leadlight glazing is used in these windows. The windows on the utilitarian side facades are timber double hung windows. The timber joinery elements are painted. The terracotta tiled roofs are low pitched with a gable to the main facade, a hipped roof form at the rear, and overhanging eaves. A skillion roof covered the laundry and back verandah. Car parking structures are not typical of the area with few houses originally having a driveway or car parking area.

Physical condition and Archaeological potential

Construction years Start year 1926 Finish year 1928 Circa

Modifications and dates

Further comments

HISTORY Historical notes The arrival of the British in 1788 led to local Aboriginal people losing control of their lands and to the

2 138 HERITAGE INVENTORY FORM

death of many local Aboriginals through disease. This had a dramatic impact on traditional Aboriginal communities and their relationship to the land.

The Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area is located in a gully with a creek at the base and sandstone rock sides, and so is likely to have been an area used by the local Aboriginal people due to its access to water and shelter

While areas of the Waverley Municipality closer to Old South Head Road and the beaches were settled and occupied by villages and industries early in the European history of the area, the Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area remained unoccupied Crown Land for a considerable time.

The Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area is located on land purchased by Abraham Quinsey on 23 November 1849. The lack of development of the Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area was likely due to the undesirability of the land for development when more easily developed sites were available.

Towards the end of the nineteenth century much of the land around the present day Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation area had started to be subdivided into small allotments for residential development, however Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation area remained vacant, and the Queens Park area at this time being described as a kind of no-man’s land between Waverley and Randwick.

The land which comprises the current Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area was subdivided into housing allotments in 1926 by local builder William Bartrop. Yenda Avenue was created by this subdivision and Arnold Street extended, the roads being dedicated to Council. The subdivision was generally designed in accordance with Waverley Council regulations of 1920 which required a minimum allotment size of 3,500 square feet (12.86 perches or 325 m2) and a minimum frontage of 35 feet (10.7 metres) for double fronted dwellings. The minimum depth was required to be 100 feet (30.5 metres) with a requirement that the width of the property be increased if the depth was reduced. The size of the Yenda Avenue allotments is typical of the smaller block sizes following the Federation period, and reflects increased land and building costs following WW1 as well as the intended lower middle class purchasers or renters of the Yenda Avenue properties. The original subdivision pattern remains with the exception of Nos. 2 and 4 Yenda Avenue where the original allotment has been subdivided so that each semi-detached dwelling sits on its own allotment (DP 1027880).

Bartrop also built most, if not all, the houses in the conservation area between the years 1926 and 1928 as part of a small speculative development. The original house designs are typical of modest housing of the Inter-War period. The designs were influenced by single storey bungalow popular in California in the early years of the twentieth century which, by the outbreak of WW1, was the standard housing design for the Californian suburbs. By the early 1920s, speculative builders had embraced the Inter-War California Bungalow idiom, and it reigned supreme in the suburbs until the Great Depression. A key feature of suburban bungalow design was its simplicity and suitability for the ordinary person. The original houses were not large, consisting of only two bedrooms, living room, dining room and small kitchen. The laundry was located in the back verandah. The original houses display a remarkable similarity in design being variations on a standard.

Bartrop’s Yenda Avenue subdivision and speculative development was one of the many developments which contributed to the boom years of the 1920s. The Inter-War years saw considerable growth in the Municipality of Waverley. In the 1920s Waverley was the most intensely urbanised area in the eastern suburbs, averaging 23 persons per acre (9.4 people per hectare) by 1929. Yenda Avenue was one of the later areas to be developed in the area.

THEMES National 4. Building settlements and towns historical theme

State Towns suburbs and villages: Activities associated with creating, planning and managing urban

3 139 HERITAGE INVENTORY FORM

historical theme functions, landscapes and lifestyles in towns, suburbs and villages.

APPLICATION OF CRITERIA Historical The Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area is a relatively intact and cohesive Inter-War speculative significance subdivision and residential development undertaken by a local builder, William Bartrop, between 1926 SHR criteria (a) and 1928 in the boom years of the Inter-War period. The development demonstrates greater State and local government control of building development following the introduction of various Local Government Acts, Ordinance 71, and Waverley Municipal Council building regulations, in the early twentieth century, which sought to improve urban and residential amenity. The Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area demonstrates the suburban development of Waverley Local Government Area in the early twentieth century, and in particular the historical development of the area near Queens Park. Much of the area near Queens Park had already been developed by of the Inter-War period and the steep gully of the Yenda Avenue area was likely to have remained undeveloped until 1926 due to its difficult topography. The Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area is associated with residential development undertaken for the lower middle classes during the Inter-War years. The restrained California Bungalow design of the houses in the area demonstrates the influence of America on Australia during the Inter-War years, albeit in a conservative manner in the case of the houses in the Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area. Historical This criterion is not satisfied. association The Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area has an association with William Bartrop, local builder. significance However, based on the existing research, it has not been able to be demonstrated that Bartrop is an SHR criteria (b) important historical figure in Waverley.

Aesthetic The Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area demonstrates aesthetic characteristics typical of small significance scale suburban development undertaken for the lower middle class in the Inter-War period. The SHR criteria (c) housing is unpretentious and modest in scale and the individual buildings are representative of single storey double fronted California Bungalows typical of the period. The bungalows have the “liver” facebrick walls, terracotta tiled gable roofs, timber joinery and leadlight windows, fashionable at the time. The decorative features are confined to the front facade, with the side and rear facades being utilitarian in character. The front facade was enlivened with a verandah and set of casement windows, both elements being set under their own flat roofs. Rough faced sandstone blocks are used for retaining walls and as the base coursing for the external brick walls. Garages are not characteristic of the original development. The area has a visual consistency due to the similarity in house design (most by W. Bartrop), scale, siting, the use of a limited palette of materials, low front fences, and the restriction of decorative design elements to the front facade. The conservation area is located in a shaded gully and this, together with the mature street tree plantings (eucalypts, jacarandas and bottle brush) and front gardens, gives the area an attractive cool, green and leafy character. The subdivision includes a brick and concrete stair leading from Yenda Avenue to Blenheim Lane. The stairs also provide access to three dwellings. The stair is an attractive and unusual feature in the public domain and makes an important contribution to the character of the area.

Social significance This criterion has not been able to be evaluated. However the area has been a conservation area SHR criteria (d) since 1996 and this does imply a continuing level of community regard for the area.

Technical/Research The area has potential to yield information about quarrying in the area. significance SHR criteria (e)

4 140 HERITAGE INVENTORY FORM

Rarity The Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area is rare in the Waverley Local Government Area as it is SHR criteria (f) the only Inter-War residential area of single storey California bungalows. There are two other Inter- War conservation areas however these contain residential flat buildings. The Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area is not rare within the Sydney metropolitan area.

Representativeness The Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area is typical of suburban development comprising Inter- SHR criteria (g) War California bungalows.

Integrity The Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area is highly intact.

HERITAGE LISTINGS Heritage listing/s Waverley Local Environmental Plan 1996

Waverley Local Environmental Plan 2012, Schedule 5, Conservation Area C17

RECOMMENDATIONS Recommendations

SOURCE OF THIS INFORMATION Name of study or Yenda Avenue Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study 2013 report Item number in N/A study or report Author of study or Kate Higgins report Inspected by Kate Higgins

NSW Heritage Manual guidelines used? Yes No

This form Kate Higgins Date August 2013 completed by

5 141 HERITAGE INVENTORY FORM

IMAGES

Image caption No. 1 Yenda Avenue

Image year 2013 Image by Kate Higgins Image copyright Waverley Council holder

Image indicative of Conservation Area

6 142 HERITAGE INVENTORY FORM

IMAGES - 1 per page

Image caption Yenda Avenue looking south

Image year 2013 Image by Kate Higgins Image copyright Waverley Council holder

Image indicative of Conservation Area

7 143 HERITAGE INVENTORY FORM

IMAGES - 1 per page

Image caption Steps from Yenda Avenue to Blenheim Lane

Image year 2013 Image by Kate Higgins Image copyright Waverley Council holder

Image indicative of Conservation Area

8 144 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

ITEM DETAILS Name of Item Woodstock Street Urban Conservation Area

Other Name/s Former Name/s Item type Conservation Area.

Item group Residential buildings (private). Urban Area. Item category Cottage, House. Streetscape. Area, Group, or Woodstock Street Urban Conservation Area Collection Name Street number

Street name Barnett Lane, Bon Accord Avenue, Bondi Road, Flood Street, Gowrie Avenue, Flood Lane, Flood Street, Kenilworth Lane, Kenilworth Street, Paul Street, Woodstock Lane, Woodstock Street Suburb/town Bondi Junction Postcode 2022

Local Government Waverley Area/s Property various description Location - Lat/long Latitude Longitude

Location - AMG (if Zone MGA Easting 338,842.069089444 Northing 6,248,467.77151788 no street address) Zone 56 (GDA 94) Owner various

Current use residential

Former Use residential

Statement of The Woodstock Heritage Urban Conservation area contains the historic subdivisions of the early and significance mid 19th century that were undertaken around Barnett Levey’s Waverley Estate. The Waverley Estate was the first attempt to create a consolidated residential setting within Waverley, and a rare example of Georgian town planning in Sydney’s east. The subdivisions, including John B Jones’ and Edward Flood’s Waverley Crescent Extension Estate, provided the basis for established suburban housing in an area still dominated by isolated grand villas and small vernacular cottages. The Conservation Area has historic, social and aesthetic significance as a cohesive setting of late Victorian Italianate and Federation Style residences. The chronology and quality of residential styles are defining aspects of the location. The former Estates remain a cohesive neighbourhood within close proximity of major traffic routes, the Bondi Junction retail area and the high density residential streets to the east. Level of Significance National State Local

DESCRIPTION Designer various

Builder/ maker various

Physical Description Physical condition Various states of condition of properties. and All of the older houses have archaeological potential, particularly in areas of backyards, wells and Archaeological privies in which household refuse was discarded.

1 145 NSW State Heritage Inventory form potential Construction years Start year 1850s Finish year Circa

Modifications and To date, recent, frequently unsympathetic development has not overwhelmed the core character and dates quality of the area. Further comments

HISTORY Historical notes The Woodstock Street Urban Conservation Area encompasses lands originally within and adjacent to William Foreman’s grant acquired by Barnett Levey in 1826. The early land grants of the 1820s and 1830s established the current street pattern of the Woodstock Street Urban Conservation Area.

The original land grant of the area was awarded to Barnett Levey and included the area bounded by Birrell Street, South Head Road, Paul Street and Hollywood Avenue. The grant is possibly the most important in the Waverly area and established the original name of the suburb. In 1827 the site of Waverley Crescent was subdivided in an attempt to establish a Georgian style crescent of linked residences. By 1830 Levey was forced to sell the Waverley Estate.

The lands east of Waverley Crescent were largely purchased by John Paul and G Pane. The purchasers created further subdivisions along the current line of Paul Street. In 1834 the subdivided land to the eastern side of Paul Street was sold to James Doyle and in 1862 resold to James Campbell who erected his residence, Bed Eden, there in 1863. Lands immediately east of the Levey Estate were sold in 1838 to John B Jones and Edward Flood. Jones’ and Flood’s land along with grants east were of regular size to Bondi Beach, establishing the current grid pattern.

Flood was one of NSW’s most successful pastoralists. In 1868 the entrepreneurs established the Waverley Crescent Extension Estate bringing into being Gerstein (now Bon Accord Avenue), Kenilworth and Woodstock Streets. A further sale of lots on the Waverley Extension Estate held on 6 February 1886 established much of the current streetscape of late Victorian Italianate and Federation Style residences. The broad parallel street formations provided one of the first locations for superior suburban housing in the area. It is still dominated by isolated grand villas and small vernacular cottages.

Expansion of Sydney’s steam and electric tram system provided an impetus for late Federation housing within the established Victorian streetscapes. The later were concentrated toward the eastern areas of the precinct about Gowrie Street and the eastern extension of Waverley Crescent.

THEMES National 4 Building settlements, towns and cities. historical theme 9 Marking the phases of life. State Towns, suburbs and villages-activities associated with creating, planning and managing urban historical theme functions, landscapes and lifestyles in towns, suburbs and villages; Land tenure-activities and processes for identifying forms of ownership and occupancy of land and water; Accommodation- activities associated with the provision of accommodation, and particular types of accommodation.

Persons - activities of, and associations with, identifiable individuals, families and communal groups.

APPLICATION OF CRITERIA Historical The area records the pattern of early 19th Century purchase grants which provided the basis for the significance later street pattern including the extension of Waverley Crescent Estate. SHR criteria (a)

Historical The area has historical association with Barnett Levey who was granted part of this Conservation Area association The grant is possibly the most important in the Waverly area and established the original name of the significance suburb, named after his substantial residence Waverley.

2 146 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

SHR criteria (b) Edward Flood, one of NSW’s most successful pastoralists, was involved with expansion of Levey’s Waverley Crescent Extension Estate Aesthetic The retained street pattern and narrow allotments demonstrate the forms and aesthetic considerations significance of urban consolidation in Waverley resulting from the growth of transport from the 1880s onwards. SHR criteria (c) Late Victorian Italianate and Federation Style residences and small vernacular cottages within the established Victorian streetscapes are dominated by isolated grand villas. Social significance The later 19th Century streetscapes of the Woodstock Street Conservation Area record the change SHR criteria (d) from the early settlement pattern of large isolated villas to a small village. The largely freestanding houses of the Woodstock Subdivisions demonstrate the arrival of a new strata of population able to purchase and build more substantial housing incorporating provisions for domestic service. Technical/Research Residences within the Conservation Area provide evidence of the trade skills particularly in masonry, significance moulded render, decorative tile and iron detailing of the later 19th Century. SHR criteria (e) Rarity The spacious set out of the subdivisions, varied stylistic treatments and configuration of residences SHR criteria (f) contrast with the closer settlement of other areas developed in the same period and remain as a rare example of such amenity from the period. Representativeness The streetscapes and residences are highly representative of housing sought after by the emerging SHR criteria (g) business and self employed population of the late 19th Century. Integrity The streetscapes, despite later intrusive construction of point residential flat buildings and some late 20th /early 21st Century residences, remain substantially intact. Loss of street fencing and inappropriate planting has detracted from the visual qualities of the setting but remains largely reversible.

HERITAGE LISTINGS Heritage listing/s Waverley Local Environmental Plan 1996 (Amendment No. 3) Item No. C13

Waverley Local Environmental Plan 2012 Item No. C.16

INFORMATION SOURCES Include conservation and/or management plans and other heritage studies. Type Author/Client Title Year Repository Council Colin Brady na 2012 Council files and Local History research Library

Book B T Dowd (ed.) for Council of The History of the Waverley Waverley Council library the Municipality of Waverley Municipality

RECOMMENDATIONS Recommendations

SOURCE OF THIS INFORMATION Name of study or Year of study report or report Item number in study or report Author of study or report Inspected by NSW Heritage Manual guidelines used? Yes No

This form Colin Brady Date Dec 2013 completed by

3 147 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

IMAGES

Image caption Land Grants and Purchases

Image year Image by Image copyright holder

4 148 NSW State Heritage Inventory form

IMAGES

Image caption Major subdivision periods

Image year Image by Image copyright holder

5 149 HERITAGE INVENTORY FORM

ITEM DETAILS Name of Item Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area

Other Name/s Former Name/s Item type Conservation Area

Item group Residential buildings (private)

Item category Terraces, semi-detached housing and free-standing house

Area, Group, or Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Collection Name Street number All addresses

Street name Watkins Street

Suburb/town Bondi Junction Postcode 2026

Local Government Waverley Council Area/s Property description Location - Lat/long Latitude Longitude

Location - AMG Zone MGA Easting Northing Zone 56 (GDA 94) Owner Multiple

Current use Residential

Former Use Residential

Statement of The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area illustrates the historical development of the area near significance Bondi Junction in the early years of the twentieth century as land was subdivided and re-subdivided and the present day streets created. The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area demonstrates the characteristic of maximising the development potential of land through the use of the terrace house form more typical of the Victorian period, and also the concern for providing greater residential amenity as is evident in the semi- detached housing common in the Federation period. The houses illustrate housing developments undertaken for the working and lower middle classes during the early years of the twentieth century. The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area is an attractive and visually consistent streetscape with a collection of relatively intact modest Federation houses displaying features of the earlier Victorian period. Level of Significance National State Local

DESCRIPTION Designer Unknown

Builder/ maker William Longworth – owner and developer

Physical The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area has a regular subdivision pattern of rectangular shaped Description allotments. On the northern side of the street are five equal allotments upon which sit two storey semi- detached houses, and an allotment located on the corner of Flood Street that has a single storey

1 150 HERITAGE INVENTORY FORM

detached house. The allotments on the southern side of Watkins Street are occupied by a row of twenty terrace houses. Watkins Street runs between Flood Street to the west and Anglesea Street to the east. The street tree plantings and front gardens contribute to the attractiveness of the streetscape. The houses in the Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area were built in the Federation period (1890 – 1914). The houses in the conservation area are early Federation style buildings that, like many buildings built at this time, also have architectural elements typical of the earlier Victorian period. The terrace houses on the south side of Watkins Street are two storeys high with steeply pitched roofs and a verandah stretching between the party walls. The decorative detail is restricted to the front facade of the terraces. The houses in the Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area display a uniformity of architectural style, form, scale, material, details and colour, which contributes greatly to the visual harmony of the area. The terraces seem to have been built in rows of ten, as the design of the rear section of the terraces is different for each group of ten terraces. Typical Federation details on the terraces include:  the main roof of the front section of the terrace extends to encompass the verandah in an unbroken line  tile roof (originally terracotta)  the front walls of the terraces being tuck pointed red face brickwork, with the side walls being face brick commons  decorative rendered elements of the stepping party walls  a pair of tall front windows with painted and rendered sills and triple row of header bricks forming a slightly arched opening  double timber hung windows  timber front door with two rectangular timber panels at the base, a central glazed square panel, and at the top, two square glazed panels (the original glass may have been coloured)  fanlight above the entry door  triple row of header bricks forming a slightly arched door opening  timber lining boards forming the ceiling of the verandah  ornamental timber verandah valance (used in combination with cast iron lacework)  terracotta chimney pots  exposed rafter ends Elements of the terraces typical of the Victorian period inlcude:  terrace form (and most likely the floor plan)  decorative cast iron balustrades, and verandah fringes  cast iron palisade fence Four pairs of two storey semi-detached houses are set on the northern side of Watkins Street. Typical Federation details evident on the semi-detached houses include:  simplicity of the decorative detail  the main roof covering the front section of the terrace extending across to encompass the verandah  hipped and tiled roof (originally terracotta) both semis sitting under a single large roof  brick chimneys with decorative rendered tops and bases  the front walls of the terraces being tuck pointed red face brickwork, with the side walls being face brick commons  triple row of header bricks forming the slightly arched door and window openings the dark colour of the bricks providing a decorative contrast the red face brick walls  a pair of tall front windows with painted and rendered sills  timber front door with three long narrow rectangular timber panels surmounted by a glazed horizontal panel (the original glass may have been coloured)  fanlight above the entry door  a timber verandah post, timber valence, timber boarding as the verandah ceiling, exposed rafter ends  terracotta chimney pots Elements of the semi-detached houses which are typical of the Victorian period include:

2 151 HERITAGE INVENTORY FORM

 decorative cast iron balustrades, and verandah fringes  cast iron palisade fence No. 1 Watkins Street is a free-standing single storey modest Federation bungalow. The steeply pitched roof is tiled with decorative ridge tiles, and the walls of the house are painted. Physical condition Good condition. and Archaeological potential not determined. Archaeological potential

Construction years Start year 1907 Finish year 1909 Circa

Modifications and Various dates All the houses in the conservation area have undergone some degree of change, particularly at the rear. Some of the semi-detached houses have a garage or car space in the front area original side garden. Many of the terraces appear to have had an extension at the side and all the terraces appear to have had changes to the original rear section of the building. The building most adversely affected by unsympathetic changes is No. 3 Watkins Street which has a large side extension under an encompassing roof, and a bay window added to the ground floor facade. The most visible changes are additions, new garages, and the replacement of original details and materials on the visible facades. Changes include:  painting of original face brick walls  enclosure of the first floor verandah  replacement of the original terracotta tile roofs with tiles of a different material and shape  replacement of original verandah floor tiles  painting of sandstone  original front fences replaced eg with tall brick fences  front gardens hard paved  dormer windows to the front roof plain of the terraces. The dormers display a variety of styles and forms  door/window to the verandahs of the terrace houses Further comments

HISTORY Historical notes The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area encompasses an area developed between 1907 and 1909 by Thomas Longworth. Watkins Street was created at this time and was named after Robert George Watkins who was Mayor of Waverley from 1906 to 1910. Longworth built a row of terrace houses along the southern side of Watkins Street and a row of two storey semi-detached houses along the northern side of the street. No. 1 Watkins Street, also on the northern side of the street, is a single storey free-standing house built on land subdivided from the original land by Longworth in 1908. Immediately after construction the dwellings were offered for rent, and the tenanted terraces were unsuccessfully offered for sale in groups of 10. The properties continued to be owned by members of the Longworth family until the late 1950s when individual allotments were created for each dwelling and the properties (with a single dwelling on each allotment) then sold. In the early years of the twentieth century Waverley experienced considerable growth (although not to the extent of that experienced in the Inter-War years) with the population increasing by 6,198 and the number of occupied dwellings by 1,562. The growth in the number of dwellings had been encouraged by the subdivision of the early large estates and by the attractiveness of the area, not least due to a regular tram service to the city and other areas of employment. Watkins Street was close to the trams which ran along Bondi Road and to Bondi Junction, the local shopping village. The Watkins Street speculative development was a continuation of development near Bondi Junction, and is adjacent to the Woodstock Urban Conservation Area which was developed earlier. Small speculative developments such as that undertaken in Watkins Street were not uncommon, and

3 152 HERITAGE INVENTORY FORM

continued development practices from the Victorian period in providing housing for workers and the lower middle class.

THEMES National 4. Building settlements and towns historical theme

State Towns suburbs and villages: Activities associated with creating, planning and managing urban historical theme functions, landscapes and lifestyles in towns, suburbs and villages.

APPLICATION OF CRITERIA Historical The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area is a relatively intact and cohesive Federation subdivision significance and residential development undertaken between 1907 and 1909. SHR criteria (a) The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area demonstrates the on-going development of the area near Bondi Junction in the early twentieth century. The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area demonstrates suburban residential development undertaken for the working and lower middle classes during the early years of the twentieth century. The area demonstrates the history of land subdivision and re-subdivision as land became more valuable and desirable for housing, and continues the pattern of development established in the Victorian period. The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area demonstrates the Victorian characteristic of maximising the development potential of land through the use of the terrace house form, and also the concern for providing greater residential amenity as is evident in the semi-detached housing common in the Federation period. The face brickwork of the buildings in the conservation area illustrates the new brick making technology introduced into Australia at the turn of the twentieth century which ensured bricks of high quality could be produced at a cost effective price. Historical This criterion is not satisfied. association The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area has an association with William Longworth and the significance Longworth family. However, there has been insufficient evidence to demonstrate that this association SHR criteria (b) is important to the history of the Waverley area. Aesthetic The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area is an attractive collection of relatively intact Federation significance houses displaying features of the earlier Victorian period. The area has a visual cohesiveness due to SHR criteria (c) the similarity of house form, scale, siting, materials, detailing, and decorative elements on the front facade. The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area is visually pleasing due to the consistent character of the buildings and to the front gardens and some of the mature street tree plantings. The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area demonstrates the primary importance of the front facade and front garden in the design. Social significance This criterion has not been able to be evaluated. Listing as a conservation area in Waverley Council’s SHR criteria (d) local environmental plan since 1996 does however imply a continuing level of community regard for the area. Technical/Research This criterion is not satisfied. significance SHR criteria (e) Rarity The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area is rare in the Waverley Local Government Area as it is SHR criteria (f) one of only two conservation areas wholly comprised of buildings of the Federation period. However there are several conservation areas which contain houses from the Federation period including terrace housing similar to that of Watkins Street.

The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area is not rare within the Sydney metropolitan area. Representativeness The Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area is typical of suburban development comprising

4 153 HERITAGE INVENTORY FORM

SHR criteria (g) Federation period buildings which also incorporate architectural elements of the Victorian period.

Integrity Good – relatively intact

HERITAGE LISTINGS Heritage listing/s Waverley Local Environmental Plan 1996

Waverley Local Environmental Plan 2012, Schedule 5, Conservation Area C15

RECOMMENDATIONS Recommendations

SOURCE OF THIS INFORMATION Name of study or Watkins Street Urban Conservation Area Heritage Study 2013 report Item number in N/A study or report Author of study or Kate Higgins report Inspected by Kate Higgins

NSW Heritage Manual guidelines used? Yes No

This form Kate Higgins Date December completed by 2013

5 154 HERITAGE INVENTORY FORM

IMAGES

Image caption Terrace houses

Image year 2013 Image by Kate Higgins Image copyright holder

Image indicative of Conservation Area

6 155 HERITAGE INVENTORY FORM

IMAGES - 1 per page

Image caption Side and rear of terrace house

Image year 2013 Image by Kate Higgins Image copyright holder

Image indicative of Conservation Area

7 156 HERITAGE INVENTORY FORM

IMAGES - 1 per page

Image caption Semi-detached houses

Image year 2013 Image by Kate Higgins Image copyright holder

Image indicative of Conservation Area

8 157 HERITAGE INVENTORY FORM

IMAGES - 1 per page

Image caption Close view of semi-detached houses

Image year 2013 Image by Kate Higgins Image copyright holder

Image indicative of Conservation Area

9 158 HERITAGE INVENTORY FORM

IMAGES - 1 per page

Image caption Free standing house – No. 1 Watkins Street

Image year 2013 Image by Kate Higgins Image copyright holder

Image indicative of Conservation Area

10 159 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

Officers’ Report Requiring Determination No. OCRD.3/14

Subject: Bondi Junction Complete Streets Project

Trim File No.: A12/0422-05

Authors: Valerie Giammarco, Coordinator - Urban Design & Heritage and Sascha Martin, Urban Designer, George Bramis , Divisional Manager, Strategic Town Planning under the Directorship of Peter Monks, Director of Planning and Environmental Services.

Recommendation:

That Council:

A. Endorse the Bondi Junction Complete Streets Project Report (as amended per Council minutes of September 2013 FESP committee) with the following amendments:  Page 20 under ‘Pedestrians’ - add paragraph on how detailed street designs will incorporate universal access and age friendly design features. Add recommendation that universal access consultants to conduct access audits as part of the detailed design process;  Page 37 under ‘Public Spaces’ - add privately owned with public access urban spaces to map;  Page 37 under Public Spaces’ - add statement on cultural activity and recommendations for public events;  Page 40 under ‘Norman Lee Place’ - revise point 1 to read ‘better integrate fence, resolve entrance points and seating and planting arrangements’;  Page 42 under ‘Active Frontages’ - add statement supporting green buildings and the requirement for architectural design excellence for refurbishments and new development;  Page 51 under ‘Footpaths’ - add the following local through site links to map: Donald Place to Bronte Road6, Ebley to Botany Street and Nelson Street overpass to Woollahra;  page 55 under 'Evening Activity, Lighting and Safety' - add short term recommendation to review with an intention of relaxing parking rates and stay lengths after 5pm to encourage more people to frequent restaurants in the evening;  Page 88 under ‘Spring Street’ - add taxi bays to plan where Eastgate car park exit is currently located (due to be relocated as part of the redevelopment) so they are located as close as possible to the Eastgate pedestrian entrance;  Page 89 under ‘Spring Street’ - add short term recommendation that Detailed designs should consider access for ambulance vehicles and drop off and pick up points for the elderly; and  Page 123 - Add new chapter between Chapters 5 and 6 titled "Community Engagement". Add 2 -4 pages summarising the engagement process, feedback and photos of the pop-ups as built. Note that the revised document will be uploaded to Council's website and distributed to Councillors post adoption. B. Note that the Bondi Junction Complete Streets Project:

Page 1 160 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

- is a high level strategic document to guide detailed designs of the public domain - forms part of Council's vision for Bondi Junction as expressed in Waverley Together 3 C. Note that funding for construction of public domain improvements will be sourced from a combination of the capital works budget, Voluntary Planning Agreement monies and the draft Long Term Financial Plan 4.1 (due to be presented to Council in March 2014). D. Retain the pop-ups in Spring and Gray Streets for a prolonged trial period of 24 months. E. Approve an annual budget of $10,000 commencing Quarter 3 2013-2014 for ongoing maintenance of the pop-ups and bi-annual relocation of the moveable urban lounge throughout Bondi Junction and village centres within the Local Government Area. F. Approve a budget of $30,000 in the 2014 - 2015 capital works program for the addition of shade structures in the southern urban lounge pop-up in Spring Street. Note that the structures would be subject to approval by the traffic committee. G. Note that on 22 January 2014 the moveable urban lounge (previously located in front of Monty’s Sandwich shop in Spring Street) was relocated to in front of the coffee shop on the corner of Gray and Ann Streets, Bondi Junction.

1. Executive Summary This report dated 24 January 2014 is from the Director, Planning and Environmental Services and recommends endorsement of the Bondi Junction Complete Streets Project Report as a policy document guiding future public domain improvements in Bondi Junction.

The purpose of this report is to - report on community engagement undertaken for the Bondi Junction Complete Streets Project and associated pop-ups between 23 September and 23 November 2013; - to endorse the Bondi Junction Complete Streets Project report (with amendments) as a policy document guiding future public domain improvements in Bondi Junction; - discuss funding sources for construction of public domain works in keeping with Complete Streets principles; - endorse retention of the pop-ups with an on-going maintenance budget for a further two year trial period; - fund ongoing maintenance of the pop-ups; - fund shade structures for the pop-ups; and - note that the moveable urban lounge has been relocated to Gray Street.

Page 2

161 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

2. Introduction/Background Study Area for Complete Streets

Figure 1: Map of the Complete Streets study area

The Complete Streets Project was originally funded by the Department of Planning and Infrastructure (DoPI) as a transport study to test the effects of future development proposed by the Bondi Junction Urban Design Review (BJUDR). The BJUDR did not suggest Floor Space Ratio increases. Additionally, previous traffic reports stated that many intersections within Bondi Junction are near or at saturation point and Council should enhance other transport modes to encourage people to make the modal shift away from using private vehicles. Hence the Bondi Junction Complete Streets Project was commissioned.

The Bondi Junction Complete Streets study is a high level strategic document to guide the detailed designs of the public domain. The report uses an holistic approach that sets a framework to better integrate all modes of transport and enhance the quality of the public domain.

At its meeting in August 2013 FESP resolved to construct and install demonstration projects (pop-ups) showcasing the complete streets principles. The pop up projects were to be operated and maintained for a trial period of 3 months with their unveiling to coincide with the release of the complete streets report on public exhibition.

Page 3 162 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

In September 2013 the FESP committee resolved to endorse the Complete Streets report for public exhibition. Minor revisions to the report's text were made and pages added mapping existing public art. It was noted that funding for construction of public domain improvements would be sourced from a combination of capital works budget and voluntary planning agreements.

In order to adopt the report, Council advised that feedback from the Bondi Junction Precinct Committee, businesses in the local area and the Waverley Business Forum were to be included as part of the community consultation process and a further report prepared for Council summarising the consultation process and key recommendations as a result of the feedback.

It was also noted that the Bondi Junction Complete Streets Project aligns with Council's vision for Bondi Junction as expressed in Waverley Together 3.

3. Discussion

Following the endorsement of the Complete Streets Report for exhibition in September 2013 an engagement process was undertaken. Details of the community consultation and feedback are provided below

3.1 Community Engagement An engagement strategy was developed for the project in conjunction with Council's Communications and Engagement team to inform the community of the draft report and pop-ups and to seek their feedback before the report was finalised and adopted as a policy document.

Key elements of the strategy included:  Exhibiting the draft Bondi Junction Complete Streets Report for two months  Launching pop ups on the first day of the exhibition period as an example of how Complete Streets could improve the public domain in Bondi Junction and to prompt discussions.

The community was asked for feedback on the draft report and pop ups via an online and hard copy survey, which was promoted via a fact sheet, postcards and other materials including:  Media launch  Letterbox drop to residential properties within the Bondi Junction postcode area.  Letters posted to owners of retail / commercial buildings within the core area of Spring, Oxford Street Mall and Newland Street  Council’s Business Liaison Coordinator approached all retailers along Spring Street to participate in a business survey. Retailers in Spring and Gray Street were provided with on-going information prior to and during the installation of the pop ups.  Drop in sessions at Oxford Street Mall, where Council staff are on hand to answer questions about them and the draft Complete Streets program  Intercept surveys (staff handing out surveys in peak hours in Bondi Junction)  Presentations to Waverley Business Forum in October and Bondi Precinct Committee in November  Advertising in the Courier magazine as well as posters pinned up in retailers windows in Spring Street and the Waverley library.  Pop up project information boards and weather proof brochure boxes were constructed as part of two of the Spring Street installations. The brochure boxes contained postcards and printed surveys.

Page 4

163 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

 Information about Complete Streets and the pop-ups including how to make submissions and a questionnaire was announced on Council’s social media pages and available to fill out on Council’s website.  A hard copy of the Complete Streets report and information about the survey and pop-ups was available to view at Council's Customer Service Centre in Spring Street.

The feedback from the community has been collated into a succinct report attached at Attachment A – Community Engagement report In summary there was overwhelming support from the 408 people for the Complete Streets Project and its vision for Bondi Junction. The Community Engagement report provides a collection of comments and feedback which contributes to an understanding of the community’s aspirations and concerns for Bondi Junction. This information is significant and should be incorporated into the Complete Streets report as it can inform future urban planning decision in Bondi Junction. For this reason it is recommended that a new chapter be included in the Complete Streets report between chapters 5 and 6 titled ‘Community Engagement’ which summarised the engagement process and the significant feedback generated. The community consultation process was undertaken between Monday 22 September and Saturday 23 November 2013, a period of two months which allowed the community and stakeholders to provide their feedback through online and printed questionnaires (208), postcard comments (118), email (8), written submissions (15), phone submissions (1) and a 60 signature petition.

The comments contained in the feedback was collated into themes.

The top 6 reoccurring themes (in descending order) requested: 1. A better pedestrian experience (51%) - a more walkable centre, wider footpaths, better connections to the rail interchange. 2. More night time activity (49.7%) - including more diversity and better and more footpath dining, relaxing parking rates and stay lengths after 5pm to encourage more people to frequent restaurants in the evening; 3. More and better public spaces to hold cultural events (45.5%). 4. More greenery (40.6%) - street trees, hanging baskets, retain and enhance parks. 5. Greater safety (36.5%) - control drunks at pubs, better street lighting, cleaner streets, fix trip hazards in footpaths. 6. A greater diversity of shops (25.4%) - with an emphasis on creative industries and locally sourced products and the establishment of precinct for differing types of experiences (eat street etc).

With approximately half of the respondents filling out the questionnaire, the percentage breakdown of the non-open ended answers provides useful statistical information.

A summary of the breakdowns follow: • Age: 30% of respondents were 65+, 25% were 35 - 44 • 66% of respondents were females • The majority of respondents reside in Bondi Junction • 68% of respondents visit the centre daily, 25% visit weekly • 70% of respondents walk to the junction • Respondent's main reason for visiting Bondi Junction was for shopping (67%), services (40%), transport connection (28%) • 50% of respondents visit Bondi Junction at night

Page 5 164 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

• The 3 most important things to respondents to enhance Bondi Junction were 1. More greenery (73%) 2. Wider and better quality footpaths (44%) 3. More public seating (40%)

Overall it is envisioned that Bondi Junction should be a safe and accessible place for all ages during day and night time, an urban centre that is not just a stop off but a true destination.

The Urban Lounge and Jigsaw pop ups were also largely supported with the view that they encourage pedestrians to take interest, linger and interact at street level.

The 60 signature petition was received from residents of Eastgate Gardens. It expressed their concern at the location of the Urban Lounge pop-up on southern side of Spring Street in front of their building's entrance. Additionally it requested that the Complete Streets Project consider issues of night time safety, inadequate ambulance access in Spring Street, inadequate pick up and set down points in Spring Street and noise emanating from amplification used by buskers. Included in a separate subsequent submission is acceptance of the need to improve and upgrade Spring Street, however it raises concern that the southern pop-up obscures the pedestrian entrance to the residential tower, impacts accessibility for emergency vehicles and unwanted cigarette fumes rise to residential balconies. As such, the submission requests that the southern pop-up in Spring Street be relocated 15 metres to the east so it sits in front of the Sabbaba cafe.

3.2 Spring and Gray Street Retailers Council's Business Liaison Coordinator provided retailers along Spring Street and Gray Street in Bondi Junction ongoing information in the lead up to the installation of the Urban Lounge and Jigsaw pop ups. Retailers were approached via a one on one discussion about the pop ups and were given information flyers about the Complete Streets project.

On Monday 28 October 2013, post the launch of the pop ups, retailers in Spring Street were asked to participate in a voluntary business survey to see if customer sales had been affected since installation. Eleven retailers participated at which sixty per cent (60%) said the pop ups had a positive impact on their business. Refer to Attachment A - Appendix Part 1.E – Retailer Survey for details of the survey.

3.3 Precinct Committees Complete Streets was presented to the Combined Precinct Committee meeting on Wednesday 13 November 2013 and the Bondi Junction Precinct Committee on Wednesday 22 November 2013. At the meetings, the audience was alerted to the exhibition period and directed to make submissions or fill out a questionnaire if they were so inclined.

The relevant minutes from the precinct committee meetings follow: Combined Precinct committee - 13 November 2013 The following points/comments were raised by CPM in discussion: · The pop up in Spring street has come at the expense of a taxi spot and the possibility of 2-minute pick up along Spring Street for shoppers wanting to be picked up with their groceries. Also a shade cloth may be the next request given the sun. · The Urban Lounges appear to attract homeless people. · The Urban Lounge is at the expense of several parking spaces (it was explained that is was at the expense of one taxi bay and a half a loading zone)

Page 6

165 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

· One resident expressed that they like the idea of an urban Lounge · There are 500 new units coming online into Bondi Junction. The impact of the extra people etc should be looked at as part of this project so too should the wind tunnel effects in BJ. · Why is Charing Cross not being looked at in a similar way? Response by the Mayor.

Bondi Junction Precinct Committee - 22 November 2013 Following are a number of answers to questions raised about Complete Streets along with some general observations: · Regarding excessive traffic volumes, counts of cars, buses, trucks etc... were undertaken for the 2010 transport study. · Spring Street will remain one way. Ebley Street will remain two ways. · Complete Streets does not include The Mall as it is already in good condition (however it was suggested more seating is required along with the eradication of bicycles from the mall). · The mall is dead at night. It was suggested that more restaurants could be encouraged to open there along with food markets, ie, night noodle markets. · There is a general lack of parking in the Bondi Junction area. Complete Streets does not address this, but tries to shift people away from cars and onto bicycles or public transport. It also aims to improve walking links throughout the area. When Complete Streets is completed, there will be a 2% reduction in parking spaces, however Council is looking at other options. A resident mentioned that Council’s Hollywood Avenue carpark is closed on Sundays, however since September 2013 it has been open on Sundays. · The Urban Lounges in Spring Street were criticised for not providing enough shade for people to sit and eat their lunch and also due to the alarming number of smokers using the lounges even though they are designated no-smoking areas.

3.4 Universal Access Committee On Tuesday 8 October 2013 Complete Streets was presented to Council’s Universal Access Committee and attendees were alerted to the exhibition period. By request, the Complete Streets conceptual plans were tabled for discussion at the Complete Streets Universal Access Workshop. This took place on Wednesday 30 October 2013, where Council’s Senior Community Worker compiled feedback from key representatives and later prepared a submission. See Attachment A - Community Consultation Report: Appendix Part 2G – Waverley Universal Access Committee

3.5 Department of Planning and Infrastructure (DoPI) The project is a joint venture between Waverley Council and the Department of Planning and Infrastructure. As such, representatives of the Department of Planning and Infrastructure (DoPI) have been integral throughout the process and are supportive of the Complete Streets Project. See Attachment B - letter of support received from DoPI.

3.6 Transport for NSW (TfNSW) The way-finding site coordinator for TfNSW provided a submission expressing support for the report with emphasis on better connections to the transport interchange and surrounding modes of transport. The submission was received on Friday 22 November 2013. Attachment A - Community Consultation Report: Appendix Part 2H – Transport for New South Whales

3.7 Traffic committee Members of the Traffic committee were notified via email when the Complete Streets Report went on exhibition. No submissions were received.

Page 7 166 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

Relocation of the moveable urban lounge from its current position in front of Monty’s Sandwich Shop to in front of the Triple Pick coffee shop on the corner of Gray and Ann Streets was presented to the Traffic Committee on Thursday 28 November 2013. The relocation was adopted with minor amendments. As such, the moveable urban lounge was relocated on Wednesday 22 January 2014.

3.8 Waverley Business Forum The Complete Streets Project was presented to the Forum as part of a presentation by the Director of Planning and Environmental Services at their meeting on Monday 28 October 2013. At the forum, the audience was alerted to the exhibition period and directed to make submissions or fill out a questionnaire if they were so inclined. Information on the Complete Streets exhibition was also distributed to local businesses via Council's Business e-news in September and October 2013.

3.9 Internal Staff - Project control group An internal Project Control Group has convened on a regular basis to provide input to and feedback on Complete Streets as it proceeded. The following positions were represented on the project control group:  Representative of Department of Planning and Infrastructure  Open Space Planning Manager, Waverley Council  Senior Community Worker (access committee convener), Waverley Council  Coordinator, Urban Design and Heritage, Waverley Council  Urban Design Officer, Waverley Council  Executive Planner, Waverley Council  Director, Planning & Environmental Services , Waverley Council  Manager - Transport and Development, Waverley Council  Divisional Manager, Environmental Services, Waverley Council  Divisional Manager, Place Management, Waverley Council  Divisional Manager, Technical Services, Waverley Council  Divisional Manager, Strategic Town Planning, Waverley Council  Divisional Manager, Finance & Information Systems & Services, Waverley Council  Divisional Manager, Business, Services & Property, Waverley Council It was resolved at its meeting on 22 January 20134 that the PCG would dissolve after adoption of the Complete Streets Project and Council's Coordinator of Urban Design and Heritage would be included in the Project Control Group for the detailed design of each street / project. The project priorities were discussed at the 5 November 2013 meeting where it was agreed to submit capital works projects to the Long Term Financial Plan 4.1 (due to be presented to Council in March 2014).

3.10 Final Bondi Junction Complete Streets Report The September FESP 2013 report describes in detail the background of the Complete Streets Project and its objective. Refer to the September FESP report to view the full Complete Streets Report . The community and stakeholder feedback received overwhelmingly endorsed the principles and concepts contained within the Complete Streets Report. As a result of feedback and submissions made it is proposed that the following minor amendments be made to the Complete Streets report:  Page 20 under ‘Pedestrians’ - add paragraph on how detailed street designs will incorporate universal access and age friendly design features. Add

Page 8 167 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

recommendation that universal access consultants to conduct access audits as part of the detailed design process;  Page 37 under ‘Public Spaces’ - add privately owned with public access urban spaces to map;  Page 37 under Public Spaces’ - add statement on cultural activity and recommendations for public events;  Page 40 under ‘Norman Lee Place’ - revise point 1 to read ‘better integrate of fence, resolve entrance points and seating and planning arrangements’;  Page 42 under ‘Active Frontages’ - add statement on green buildings and the requirement for architectural design excellence for refurbishments and new development;  Page 51 under ‘Footpaths’ - add the following local through site links to map: Donald Street, Hegarty Lane, Ebley to Botany Street and Nelson Street overpass to Woollahra;  page 55 under 'Evening Activity, Lighting and Safety' - add short term recommendation to review with an intention of relaxing parking rates and stay lengths after 5pm to encourage more people to frequent restaurants in the evening;  Page 88 under ‘Spring Street’ - add taxi bays to plan where Eastgate car park exit is currently located (due to be relocated as part of the redevelopment) so they are located as close as possible to the Eastgate pedestrian entrance and to address issues raised by residents of Eastgate;  Page 89 under ‘Spring Street’ - add short term recommendation that Detailed designs should consider access for ambulance vehicles and drop off and pick up points for the elderly; and  Page 123 - Add new chapter between Chapters 5 and 6 titled "Community Engagement". Add 2 -4 pages summarising the engagement process, feedback and photos of the pop-ups as built.

Upon adoption of the Bondi Junction Complete Streets Report it is intended that over time (as funds become available) many of Bondi Junction's streets will be updated to align with Complete Streets Principles. The next logical step in the process would be to act upon the projects listed in the Action Plan. Namely, funding and commencing detailed design and construction of street upgrades and funding and commissioning the operational projects.

A selection of the proposed capital works projects listed in the action plans has already been submitted for funding under the LTFP4.1 (due to be presented to Council in March 2014).

The Action Plan is provided at Attachment C. It groups projects generally into short, medium and long term priority. Note that it is unlikely the projects will be constructed in the timeframes given because of insufficient funds.

3.11 Pop ups / Demonstration Projects As outlined in the August FESP report 2013 the design and installation of pop ups is a subset of the Complete Streets Project. The Urban Lounge and Jigsaw pop ups were recommended as part of the community engagement strategy. They are built examples of the principles of Complete Streets and were the location for community drop-in sessions and intercept surveys. The pop ups received overwhelming support from the community, however it is noted that the budget for the design, fabrication and installation of the Urban Lounge ($50,000) and Jigsaw ($15,000) pop ups was insufficient and resulted with the design consultants making a loss on delivery of their projects. Close out reports have been collated for both

Page 9 168 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014 projects, however since they contain the design consultant's confidential financial information have not been attached to this report. They are available to Councillors upon request. To continue to deliver robust, high quality and engaging small scale interventions for the community a more generous budget is required. Based on actual expenditure (provided in confidentiality by consultants) it is recommended that a project of similar scale to the Urban Lounge should receive a budget minimum of $100,000 and a project of similar scale to Jigsaw receive a budget minimum of $50,000.

4. Conclusion Based on the discussion above it is recommended that Council endorse the Bondi Junction Complete Streets Report as an important step towards enhancing Bondi Junction as a place focused, holistically planned centre which realises key aspects of the Council's Community Strategic Plan for 2013 - 2025.

5. Relationship to Waverley Together 3 & Delivery Program 2013-17 The relationship to Waverley Together 3 and Delivery Program 2013-17 is as follows: Delivery Program/Operational Plan 2013 -17 The Bondi Junction Complete Streets Project design complies with the following strategies identified in Council’s Delivery Program 2013 – 2017:

- Focus on light rail and other transport solutions - Continue working for a reduction in alcohol fuelled anti-social behaviour - Re-focus on dialogue and consultation with our community - Progress Environmental Targets

Waverley Together 3 Additionally, the project fosters Council's broad long term Vision for the organisation which the Council believes will assist the community in achieving their long term aspirations as set out in Waverley Together 3. In particular it builds on 4 of 10 focus areas: - We will really embrace our new Economic Development Department. - We will turn Bondi Junction into a fantastic sub regional centre. - We want to make places where people want to be, not just roads and buildings. - We want to continue to be a leader as far as environmental sustainability is concerned and really make a difference on every aspect of our environment.

6. Financial impact statement/Timeframe/Consultation

6.1 Financial - to date Council received funding of $100,000 (ex. GST) through the DoPI under the LEP Acceleration Fund to undertake the Bondi Junction Complete Streets Project. The funding was used to commission Roberts Day (and their sub-consultants) to carry out the project. The initial commission was for $90,795 (ex. GST) Council staff project managed the consultant and internal consultation. Two variations were approved to complete the original report - 1. $8,360 (plus GST) to prepare alternative option for Spring Street, prepare medium term option for Ebley Street, prepare Ebley Street perspective with no bike path and prepare medium term option for Bronte Road with no bike path. 2. $3,795 (plus GST) to amend plans, perspectives and costings for Spring Street and Denison St as instructed.

As a result of requests from Roads and Maritime Services (RMS), a preliminary design stage road safety audit was commissioned with a budget of $5000. The audit was funded via Strategic Town Planning general consultants budget.

Page 10 169 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

Community engagement was undertaken in-house using existing advertising and printing budgets. Note that the construction of the pop-ups was funded separately and was the subject of a separate report.

6.2 Financial - future SAMP Complete Streets will guide the implementation of programmed capital works and SAMP projects that fall into the short term priorities 2014 – 2017.

Draft Long Term Financial Plan 4.1 (LTFP4.1) A selection of the proposed capital works projects listed in the action plans has already been submitted for consideration for funding under the draft LTFP4.1 (due to be presented to Council in March 2014).

Pop Ups An annual budget of $150,000 has been requested as part of LTFP4.1 so as to deliver small scale urban interventions / pop ups in Bondi Junction and throughout the Local Government Area so as to provide ongoing enhance of the public domain. Many local authorities throughout Australia and the world fund ongoing urban interventions. Sydney based Councils include City of Sydney, Parramatta Council, Penrith Council and Sydney Olympic Park Authority. The "Better Blocks" Initiative has also staged pop-ups in Randwick and is planning another for Bondi Road.

6.3 Timeframe The timeframe for further work on the project is as follows: 2014 onwards Detailed design and construction, rolling pop-ups budget, Strategic Town Planning Division will have ongoing sponsorship role in the detailed design of capital works. 6.4 Consultation Refer to point 3.1 above (Consultation)

7. Attachment/s:

Attachment A: Community Consultation report Attachment B: Letter of support received from DoPI Attachment C: Bondi Junction Complete Streets Action Plan (extract from Complete Streets report Chapter 6)

Page 11 170

Bondi Junction Complete Streets Project

Community Engagement Report

A summary of community feedback Prepared by Waverley Council

171 BONDI JUNCTION COMPLETE STREETS PROJECT PROJECT: Community Engagement Report

CONTENTS

1. Executive Summary...... 3 2. Community Consultation Process ...... 4 3. Feeback Summary Key Themes ...... 5

Appendix Part 1: ...... 8 A - Invitation to pop ups launch B – Media: Wentworth Courier i. Advert one ii. Advert two iii. Photograph of the pop ups launch C – Letter to residents, retailers and property owners D – Information flyer for retailers E – Retailer survey F – Information sign / poster G – Online survey / printed survey H – Postcards I – Drop in session display boards

Appendix Part 2 - Community Engagement Submissions : ...... 20 A – Google Analytical data B – Survey submissions (online and printed) C – Postcard submissions D – Emailed submissions E – Written submissions F – Phone submissions G – Submission from the Waverley Council Universal Access Committee

172 1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

In summary there was overwhelming support from the 408 people for the Complete Streets Project and its vision for Bondi Junction.

The community consultation process was undertaken between Monday 22 September and Saturday 23 November 2013, a period of two months which allowed the community and stakeholders to provide their feedback through online and printed questionnaires (208), postcard comments (118), email (8), written submissions (15), phone submissions (1) and a 60 signature petition.

The comments contained in the feedback was collated into themes.

With approximately half of the respondents filling out the questionnaire, the percentage breakdown of the non-open ended answers provides useful statistical information.

Overall it is envisioned that Bondi Junction should be a safe and accessible place for all ages during day and night time, an urban centre that is not just a stop off but a true destination.

The Urban Lounge and Jigsaw pop ups were also largely supported with the view that they encourage pedestrians to take interest, linger and interact at street level.

173 2. COMMUNITY CONSULTATION PROCESS

The exhibition period of two months allowed the community and stakeholders to view information on the Complete Streets project and provide feedback to specific questions via the submission forms (survey and postcards) or in writing. The following methods were used to collect feedback:

2.1 Dedicated web page A dedicated web page was set up to provide access to the community to view information online about Complete Streets and the launch of the demonstration projects (pop-ups): https://www.google.com/url?q=http://www.waverley.nsw.gov.au/building/current_projects/co mplete_streets

The website provided access to the online survey / questionnaire, and overview of the Complete Streets project, the pop-ups, key dates and Council Officer contact details.

A PDF version of the Complete Streets report and its appendices could be downloaded from the webpage. During the two month consultation period the Complete Streets webpage received 624 page views (this data includes returning visitors) and the Complete Streets Report was downloaded 31 times. See Appendix 2.A for Google analytical data.

2.2 Pop Ups Launch The Urban Lounge and Jigsaw pop ups were unveiled by the Lord Mayor at its public launch on Monday 22 September 2013. The launch attracted approximately 80 people made up of; key Council staff, supporting retailers, designers, consultants and the local community.

An invitation to the event was distributed via email (see Appendix Part 1.A) and an advert was placed in the Wentworth Courier. See Appendix Part1.Bii and ii.

The launch of the pop ups included a marching band that led the crowd of spectators to each pop up. The designer of the Urban Lounge (Drew Heath from Drew Heath Architects) and the designers of Jigsaw (Claire McCaughan and Lucy Humphrey from Archrival) spoke to the crowd about their installations. Overall the launch was considered a success that generated positive media attention. See Appendix Part1.Biii for photograph that appeared in the Wentwoth Courier.

2.3 Online Survey / printed survey (includes intercept surveys and drop in days) The purpose of the online survey was to obtain individual responses pertaining to how the community is using Bondi Junction as well as the vision for the town centre 20 years from now.

The survey could be accessed online via Council's website or by filling out a printed version. Printed copies of the survey were handed out at the launch of the pop ups on Monday 22 September, At the drop in sessions located in the Urban Lounge pop up on Thursday 9 October and Saturday 12 October 2013 and during intercept surveys conducted at the Transport Interchange by Council staff on Tuesday 22 October 2013.

The community were able to return the surveys to the Complete Streets letterbox located at the Customer Service Centre on Spring Street, and within the Urban Lounge pop up in front of the Eastgate entrance.

144 copies of the printed survey were received and later entered online by Council’s Planning and Environment Administration Staff. 62 copies of the survey were filled out online by the community. In total 206 survey submissions were returned. Qualitative results have been tabulated and reported in Appendix Part2.B

174 Online survey / questionnaire feedback summary The results from the survey provide insight into how people use the town centre and their aspirations for its future. A summary of the breakdowns follow:

• Age: 30% of respondents were 65+, 25% were 35 - 44 • 66% of respondents were females • The majority of respondents reside in Bondi Junction • 68% of respondents visit the centre daily, 25% visit weekly • 70% of respondents walk to the junction • Respondent's main reason for visiting Bondi Junction was for shopping (67%), services (40%), transport connection (28%) • 50% of respondents visit Bondi Junction at night

The 3 most important things to respondents to enhance Bondi Junction were 4. More greenery (73%) 5. Wider and better quality footpaths (44%) 6. More public seating (40%)

From the open ended survey responses the key feedback themes in relation to the community vision for Bondi Junction is: • A town centre with great atmosphere, lots of people and cultural activities (82%) • Shops to be open later (50%) • A diversity of restaurants and cafes with outdoor dining opportunities during the daytime and evening (45%)

2.4 Postcards Postcards were distributed via letter box drop to residents within the Bondi Junction postcode. Postcards could also be picked up by the community at Council's childcare centres, the Waverley library, local cafes along Spring Street and Gray Street, within postcard holders at the Urban Lounge pop up, the Customer Service Centre, Council Chambers reception, the Mill Hill Community Centre and the newsagent at the Transport Interchange. The design of the postcards included factual information taken from the Complete Streets report as well as a location plan for the pop ups. They also included a QR code and web link to direct the community to more information online.

The purpose of the postcards was to obtain ‘snap shot’ comments from the community about their vision for the town centre. Respondents were asked to jot down their ideas on what they would like to do to Bondi Junction to enhance its look and feel.

The top three key themed responses are listed below: • More pop ups (30.5%) • A more diverse range of shops to chose from including restaurants and cafes (18.6%) • More greenery (17%)

118 postcards were returned with ideas articulated in both text and drawing. The key themes have been included in the feedback summary key themes of this report. Qualitative results have been tabulated in Appendix Part2.C

2.5 Emailed Submissions A dedicated email address was set up for the community to provide feedback via email. The email address was printed on all promotional material as well as online. Council received 8 submissions via email with varying responses to the Complete Streets report.

The key themes have been included in the feedback summary key themes of this report. Tabulated responses can be seen in Appendix Part 2.D

175 2.6 Written Submissions Fifteen (15) written submissions were received via post including a signed petition with 60 signatures from residents of the Eastgate Gardens complex expressing their aversion to the position of the Urban Lounge pop up on the south side of Spring Street in front of the building's entrance. Included in a separate submission is a proposal to relocate the pop up 15metres east away from the entrance so it sits in front of the Sabbaba cafe.

Other submissions contained feedback on the Complete Streets conceptual street designs, and long term vision for Bondi Junction. The key themes have been included in the feedback summary key themes of this report. Tabulated responses can be seen in Appendix Part 2.E

2.7 Phone Submissions One Bondi Junction resident provided their feedback via telephone. Their submission was recorded on Friday 25 October 2013. Their submission is included under the feedback summary key themes in this report. See Appendix Part 2.F

2.8 Retailer Survey Council's Business Liaison Coordinator provided retailers along Spring Street and Gray Street in Bondi Junction ongoing information in the lead up to the installation of the Urban Lounge and Jigsaw pop ups. Retailers were approached via a one on one discussion about the pop ups and were given information flyers about the Complete Streets project. See Appendix Part1.D.

3. FEEDBACK SUMMARY KEY THEMES

During the two month exhibition period a total of 408 submissions were received. A large portion of respondents identified united views on key themes related to the complete street report and how they would like to see Bondi Junction look and feel in the future.

This section describes the most prominent reoccurring key themes arising from the consultation feedback.

3.1 Pedestrians (51.5%) In support of the Complete Streets report respondents agreed that they want to see inviting walkable and more pedestrian friendly streets with wider footpaths and consistent pavers that create a united design.

Comments included more seating and seating in shade (particularly in Oxford Street Mall) and great pedestrian connections at a human centric level. Strengthen links between Oxford Street Mall and Spring Street and north to south connections to link residential areas beyond Ebley Street to the transport Interchange.

More public art, better wayfinding and the addition of colour to the streetscape were strongly represented and the Urban Lounge and Jigsaw pop ups were considered a great idea to engage public interested at street level.

Bronka Arcade Clean up the Bronka Arcade and keep it open 24 hours for better access to the Transport Interchange.

Oxford Street Mall

176 Oxford Street Mall is a highly valued community space in particular the markets that operate during the weekdays. Many respondents are anti-smoking and want more effective law enforcement for people smoking in the Oxford Street Mall and Spring Street.

Spring Street A proportion of respondents (9%) consider Spring Street a problematic area that is uncomfortable for pedestrians with too many rubbish bins and large vehicles. Some expressed that they would like to see the street transformed into a shared zone.

3.2 Night time activity / footpath seating for restaurants and cafes (49.7%) Respondents expressed a strong desire to see a larger variety of places to visit during the night time. Respondents want to see better quality restaurants and wine bars with particular emphasis on outdoor footpath seating for restaurants and cafes to capitalise on Sydney’s great temperate climate.

Oxford Street Mall and Spring Street were identified as areas that could be improved with better restaurants and cafe choices. Respondents would like to see precinct character areas established for differing experiences. Better street lighting and a desire for a great atmosphere were included in the comments.

3.3 Public spaces and cultural activity (45.5%) Comments highlighted a desire to retain public parks such as Clemeston Reserve and to protect them from overshadowing and redevelopment. Respondents want to see more green public spaces that are family friendly, provide play for children and inclusive for teens and the elderly. Oxford Street Mall is considered a vibrant public area during the day time.

Some comments outlined a need for a town square or public meeting place that is multifunctional to host a variety of day and night time activities for the community.

Comments included designing spaces for public performance, live music and poetry reading, dancing, open air cinema, public information sharing and lectures, night noodle markets and to celebrate the diversity of cultures that spent time there.

The Waverley Library was considered a highly valued community space; however the external courtyard was regarded as detracting from the experience.

Comments relating to recreational activates were also noted. Respondents would like to see a public swimming pool where the bus depot on Oxford Street is located as well as more play spaces for kids and teens.

Comments included a strong desire for Bondi Junction to become a cultural hub and true destination, a place that facilities a diversity of experiences.

3.5 More greenery (40.6%) An overwhelming number of respondents support Complete Streets plans to introduce more greenery to the streetscapes in Bondi Junction. Respondents want to see more street trees, planter beds and hanging flower baskets, along with a desire for green space to facilitate community participation in the establishment of urban orchards and community gardens. Water sensitive urban design initiatives and more greenery to strengthen habitat corridors were also noted.

3.6 Safety (36.5%) Better lighting and cleaner streets (less wheely rubbish bins) with trip resistant footpaths treatments were identified as good measures to improve safety in Bondi Junction. The most pressing issue however related to the two hotel establishments; the Tea Gardens and The Cock and Bull and protection from the drunk and disorderly at night time.

Comments included to feel safe there should be a diversity of age groups using Bondi Junction, especially Oxford Street Mall in the evening and to inflict a stronger police presence in the

177 area. Comments included introducing a curfew for the hotels to restrict alcohol fuelled behaviour from patrons spilling out into the streets late at night.

3.7 Diversity of shops (25.4%) Better quality shops and a better variety of shops were noted. There was an equal divide between respondents and their views of the Westfields and Eastgate complexes. Many respondents identified Westfields and / or Eastagte as the most meaningful place for them in Bondi Junction, whilst others felt it had ‘sucked the life from the street’.

There was unanimous support to attract a better variety of restaurants and cafes, small scale retail stores and reduce the amount of Two Dollar shops. Respondents expressed that they would like to see more affordable rents to encourage creative industries such as an art gallery, writer’s space and community art space.

Locally run shops with locally sourced fresh healthy produce like the ones on Bronte Road and West Oxford Street were also included in the comments.

3.8 Traffic flow (23.3%) Traffic flow, traffic congestion and parking were pressing issues amongst respondents. It was observed that there is a need for harmony between pedestrians and vehicles. Some respondents wanted the town centre to be car free with emphasis on sustainable transport and others want more room for vehicles and more parking.

Many suggested that free or extended on street parking times after 5pm could encourage more people to visit the centre and access restaurants in the evening and night time.

Comments included drop off and pick up zones near services such as the medical centres and Eastgate to make access for the elderly easier and safer.

Ebley Street Concern was raised around motorists taking Denison / Birrell Streets instead of the intended Denison / Ebley Street route and the consequential impact on the residential area.

3.9 Pop Ups (19%) There were 78 interactions of support for the pop ups including feedback requesting to install shade structures on the Urban Lounge pop ups in Spring Street.

3.10 Public Transport (16.9%) The Transport Interchange was considered as high priority to improving Bondi Junction and is currently considered a poor design that is congested, ugly and difficult to navigate. Comments included direct access for pedestrian to the Interchange via Oxford Street Mall, resolve the bus and pedestrian conflicts on Grosvenor Street and to introduce cohesive way finding signage.

Respondents want bus timetables to run later into the evening and a drop off and pick up area at the interchange included for motorists.

Other respondents want to see a bridge or pedestrian tunnel to connect to Westfields from the Transport Interchange.

Community bus Some suggested that a community bus could run a continuous circuit around the town centre to benefit the less mobile and the elderly and improve how they access varies services.

Light rail Comments on light rail were a reoccurring issue with respondents expressing their desire for the light rail to connect to Bondi Beach, Centennial Park and onto Oxford Street and the city’s CBD.

178 3.11 Cyclists (14.5%) Although there was a unanimous view on the need for safe and accessible provisions for cyclist, views on how to achieve this were divided. The intersection of Oxford Street and York road was identified as a conflict point for cyclist, motorist and pedestrians and crying out for a resolution.

The majority agreed that there are conflicts with pedestrians and cyclists in Oxford Street Mall. There was divided support for separated cycle infrastructure in Spring Street and Ebley Street (aspirational plans) and it was noted that the shared path at the corner of Oxford Street and Denison Street should be designed fist and foremost for the safety of pedestrians with cycle calming devises. Comments included a desire to achieve design excellence in the implementation of separated cycleways.

Respondents would like to see cycling promoted with inclusion of club meet up opportunities as well as more bike racks.

3.12 Built form (12%) Comments in this category related to the preservation of Heritage items including the Boot Factory and Norman Lee Place. Respondents want to see a good balance of commercial and residential dwellings, affordable housing and lower rents to attract creative industries.

The majority of respondents support low rise development and were unsupportive of towers that over shadow the public domain. Comments included maintaining good solar access, views and vistas.

A portion of respondents want to see 6 star sustainably designed buildings with architectural merit. They want to see attractive architecture that is world class, inviting and contributes to the character of the public domain making Bondi Junction not just a stop off to the beach but a true destination in its own right.

179 APPENDIX 1.A – MEDIA: WENTWORTH COURIER

The following adverts were printed in the Wentworth Courier to advertise the launch of the pop ups: i. Advert: Thursday 5 September 2013

ii. Advert: Saturday 12 October 2013

iii. The following photograph appeared in the Wentworth Courier after the pop ups launch on Wednesday 25 September 2013:

180 APPENDIX 1.B - RESIDENTS, RETAILERS AND PROPERTY OWNERS

The following is a copy of the letter that was distributed to residents, retailers and property owners within the Bondi Junction postcode notifying them of the pop up installations and Complete Streets report on public exhibition:

181 APPENDIX 1.C - INFORMATION FLYER FOR RETAILERS

The following is a copy of the information flyers that was distributed to retailers in lead up to the installation of the pop ups:

Front view:

Back view:

182 Flyer with plan:

183 APPENDIX 1.D - RETAILER SURVEY

The following is a scanned copy of the retailer survey questions and answers that 11 retailers on Spring Street participated. The survey was verbally conducted with answers recorded on Monday 28 October 2013 by Council’s Business Liaison Officer. Please note that names of participating retailers have been deleted for confidentiality.

Page 1:

Page 2:

184 Page 3:

Page 4:

185 APPENDIX 1.E - INFORMATION SIGN / POSTER

The following are copies of the Complete Streets information sign and poster.

Below shoes the poster that was displayed in the Waverley library and distributed to various cafes in Bondi Junction:

186 Below shoes the information sign that appears within the Urban Lounge pop up:

187 APPENDIX 1.F - ONLINE SURVEY / PRINTED SURVEY

The following is a copy of the online survey / printed survey.

Front:

188

189 APPENDIX 1.G - POSTCARDS

The following shows the 4 graphic designs of the front and back of the postcards:

Design 1:

Design 2:

Design 3:

190 Design4:

191 APPENDIX 1.H – INVITATION TO THE POP UPS LAUNCH

The following is the invitation to the pop ups launch that was distributed via email:

Front view:

Back view

192 APPENDIX 1.I - DROP IN SESSION DISPLAY BOARDS 193 The following are the 6 display boards with information on the Complete Streets project used at Council’s drop in sessions located in the Urban Lounge on Spring Street:

Board 1:

Board 2:

Board 3: 194

Board 4:

Board 5: 195

Board 6:

APPENDIX 2 - COMMUNITY ENGAGEMENT SUBMISSIONS

2.A GOOGLE ANALYTICS DATA

The following is the Google analytics data outlining the number of page views and report downloads for Councils dedicated Complete Streets webpage.

196 Date

197 APPENDIX 2.B - SURVEY SUBMISSIONS (ONLINE AND PRINTED)

Q8 What would encourage you to visit Bondi Junction more often at night time?

No Submission 1 More restaurants, not enough choices at present. 2 More lighting and security and restaurants that stay open till late. 3 More restaurants 4 More restaurants and better quality pubs and dining. 5 Guarantee against crime 6 Too dark and too dangerous. need more shops open in the Mall late 7 Better restaurants in the Mall. Less garbage. Less drunk backpackers in summer. 8 More good restaurants and wine bars. Cleaner outdoor mall. More night time functions. 9 More ethnic cheap eats. Improved safety. 10 Safety. Good restaurants( ethnic) 11 There is nothing to do, nothing to see only lots of flying rubbish. 12 Restaurants and coffee shops open late. 13 More restaurants in the Mall. 14 More Restaurants( particularly in the Mall) and not fast food outlets 15 Fewer alcohol fuelled idiots. 16 More diverse restaurants and small bars not loaded within the shopping centres. 17 Better choice of street bars/ wine bars. Alfresco dining. 18 More restaurants/ ambiance. 19 More things to do. 20 More safe areas. More lighting. More attractions. More buses. 21 Shopping 22 If there were more things to do and buses ran on time. 23 shows at the Easts leagues club, 24 Easy access to library for bikes. 25 More restaurants outside the Westfield on Oxford St mall. Better quality shops. 26 Earlier closing times for the Tea Gardens and Cock n Bull. making it safer for all of us !! 27 Already do 28 Easy access to library for bikes. I do visit sometimes to go out for a meal. But generally there seem to many noisy, 29 drunk people around at that time of the day Nothing. I have everything I need for night time entertainment at Bondi Beach and I 30 can walk to everything there. More cafés and restaurants open after 5, a nice bakery that opens late and sells 31 sourdough bread and good coffee. More small bars. Less windswept emptiness after 6. Safe streets, the number of drunken youths need to be controlled also bright and ample lighting. It needs to be a family friendly environment it is not at the moment. It's good for business, and it is not rocket science. I would love some coffee shops like in Europe apart from thee odd restaurant the Junction dies at closing time. The feral elements take over. 32 You need police or rangers keeping an eye out. Thank you 33 safety or more things open 34 better quality of restaurants, theatre AND free parking 35 Better lighting, more people around -- other things making it feel more safe 36 No drunks! Better public transport after hours to Vaucluse Open shops - late night shopping on Friday and weekends not just Thursday, live music, perhaps an outdoor chess board, trivia at a cafe, fitness groups meeting area, meet your councillor to be able to discuss local issues after work face to face with someone once per month - fitness advice - more scooter parking - double the spaces on Spring Street - late night scooter maintenance once per month together with opportunity to have your bike detailed - free scooter parking across Waverley - more seating areas with table service for tapas and small eats while listening to live music - open air movies in the pedestrian mall - slow food movement dinners hosted once per month with talks 37 from experts - historic talks on Australian culture and history - late night painting

198 lessons - seasonal programme of cultural activities - worm farming etc - world music - learn about traditional Australian musical instruments - learn how to play a didgeridoo - learn how to dot paint - some ideas from the late night at the Art Gallery of NSW - 38 Restaurants / bars I would like to see cafes staying open all afternoon and into the evening. They close their coffer machines quite early and sometimes around 4pm, there's nowhere interesting and of quality to meet a friend or sit alone and feel comfortable. The more good places on the street the better. After the movies, especially outside Westfield, there's nowhere that I'd go to and Westfield is good in that it provides the service but 39 the street vibe is missing. Bronte Road away from the mall has fantastic potential. A more family friendly atmosphere. Seems to be dominated by a pub culture at the moment. 40 More life in the mall at night. 41 More things open at night! Not just restaurants, but small bars and small retail Bars, restaurants, nightclubs, more visible safety presence such as police or security guards. I'm afraid to go to Bondi Junction at night due to drunks from the dodgy pubs 42 and people coming from the train and bus. 43 More outdoor or casual eateries. More kids things 44 More outdoor or casual eateries. More kids things 45 More outdoor or casual eateries. More kids things 46 More outdoor or casual eateries. More kids things 47 Better street environments, more attractions and diversity of experiences 48 more restaurants open at night and special events e.g. night noodle markets Cleaner streets, better lighting, a visible reduction in street intoxication, pub smoking rooms that are less visible at street level, as patrons often intrude into the public domain via shouting and loud music and they become an extension of the public domain…very uninviting. The eateries are rather disappointing considering how many we actually have. I think many look dirty and grungy and there are many of the same type instead of a large variety of different kinds of food. I think the Oxford Mall is in need of some refurbishment and enhancement through better tree planting and greening. There is very little street frontage of any interest except for the newest shops at the corner of Grosvenor and Oxford Street: The Williams Sonoma, Pottery Barn stores are inviting and sensitively designed. At least they show 49 some pride. 50 Better restaurants and bars. Cleaner. Safer feeling. Trees. More and better restaurants and greater opportunity for outdoor dining and retail 51 displays. 52 Safety, lack of outdoor seating in the mall. 53 Cafes and restaurants in the Mall. , more outdoor seating in the Mall . 54 Cafes and restaurants in the Mall. , more outdoor seating in the Mall . 55 outdoor eating areas, less noise and violence from the pubs. 56 if it was more like a restaurant strip. 57 More activity in the Mall. 58 BJ should not become an entertainment centre at night. It should remain quiet. 59 Less drunks on street. 60 Restaurants 61 Nothing. 62 Night time markets. Community Concert. 63 Better venues. Nice restaurants. Make it a night time destination. 64 Family good restaurants. 65 Good transport and easy parking. 66 Nigh time markets in the Mall. festivals , food stalls, events for kids. 67 Special events with music. 68 Better lighting in the Mall. Security presence. Earlier closing times for pubs. 69 Less drunks 70 More security 71 More police presence.

199 72 Community Transport. 73 Nothing 74 Safety . I have previously been mugged. 75 Wine bars, music, movie theatre and restaurants. Small bars, more restaurants and better lighting in the streets. BJ is currently like a 76 death zone after 10pm. 77 Church Activities 78 Better streets. 79 Parking should be free after 6pm 80 Street restaurants. 81 Increased police presence 82 Street restaurants. 83 Increased police presence 84 Less Asian restaurants. More coffee shops. More Italian restaurants. 85 Better restaurants and bars and wine bars. Outdoor spaces. More green areas. 86 Less windy areas, and concrete areas. Safer streets. Less drunk people around the pub areas like the Tea Gardens and Cock n 87 Bull. 88 Somewhere to actually go to. Restaurants, bars in the Mall. 89 Nothing. Drunken people around and I do not feel safe. Restaurants staying open later than 9pm. 90 Safety. 91 Child-friendly restaurants or activities. Better choice of restaurants. 92 Night markets. 93 Nothing. Drunken people around and I do not feel safe. Restaurants staying open later than 9pm. 94 Safety. 95 Child-friendly restaurants or activities. Better choice of restaurants. 96 Night markets. 1. being 50 years younger. 97 2. Public transport providing later services. More restaurants. More live music venues. Just more variety of fun things to do and 98 see. 99 Dining out 100 Outdoor seating restaurants. 101 My age means I prefer to stay home at night as socialising is not high on my priorities 102 Good street lighting. Visible policing on streets. 103 Safer Streets 104 More decent food options and less cheap Asian food. 105 More busses from Coogee to Bondi Junction. 106 Cheap restaurants. 107 More restaurants - affordable. 108 Brighter lighting. 109 More interesting shops like bookshops. More restaurants. 110 Better restaurants in the lower mall. It's like a graveyard at night. 111 Keep shops open later. More shops opening at night. Better safety, lots of people drunk and walking around at 112 night. Ice cream parlour. Better lighting. Local police presence in Bondi Junction. More restaurants open at night in the Mall as opposed to inside Westfield. Better connections 113 through arcades Better restuarants in the Mall. Music - small ensembles, jazz. Stand Up - Comedy. Soap 114 box talks - authors, environmentalists 115 More outdoor restaurants. Better lighting

200 Q9 what are the three things that are most important to you about enhancing the streets in Bondi Junction?-Other

No Submission More sunshine. In winter the outdoor Oxford St mall is overshadowed by tall buildings which cut out the winter sun. Most pedestrian activity moves to Spring Street in winter because there is still winter sunshine there due to the lower buildings on the northern side of Spring Street. Please do not allow overshadowing of Spring Street in winter or 1 we may lose all pedestrian traffic outdoors in Bondi Junction during winter. Keep cyclists separate from both cars and pedestrians, and actively keep them in separated cycleways. Keep cyclists off Oxford and Ebley (including out of the Oxford St Mall), but give them priority on Spring and Grafton Sts. Shared zones are dangerous to everyone, so keep footpaths for pedestrians alone, roads for cars alone and cycleways for bikes alone. I use all three, and find it most dangerous (as a pedestrian) when I am in a zone shared with bikes, most dangerous (on my bike) when forced to share with pedestrians or cars, and most dangerous and annoying (in my car) when forced to 2 share with bikes. Garden tubs or ecopops (Michael Mobbs design as seen in Roscoe St) growing food, with 3 educational features like worm farms and signage. 4 harmony between vehicles and the rest of the world 5 No more bike riders in the mall near where the markets are. 6 No more high rise buildings Please stop pulling out big trees in order to plant small ones which will take decades to grow into the the size of the trees you take out (e.g Ebley St in front of the community centre children play under the sun shade, before they could play under the shde the 7 trees provided. 8 Cyclists issue- do not stop at red lights and ride at speed on the footpaths It has to be a human - centric village and have reasons for people to enjoy the outdoor space in a fun and safe and creative way. The drunks will probably vandalise and litter so reducing beer barn hours will help that ( Tea Gardens, Grand, Eastern) wine bars and small music venues ( Djs) can help civilised socialising as you linger and talk and eat 9 without hyped up blaring music and stimulation . More free parking, cut down trees obstructing power lines in Mackenzie St, ( lose them completely), they look ugly. Lose excess gardens on the road side altogether so there is more parking. Council should stop wasting ratepayers money and concentrate on what 10 is necessary -not wasting it. More shade. newlnad street is a frighful wind tunnel , what can be done about this? Bondi Junction ( except Westfield) is a little shabby , it looks as it is wwaiting for a 11 developer to step in. The area is too crowded for large trees. Find a better solution for garbage collection. 12 Horrible stench walking past all the bins in the street. Keep cyclist out of the mall. too dangerous! They speed through even on market day , 13 make them take another route. 14 Better quality shops and restaurants/ cafes in Oxford St mall and less cheap shops. I am for improving streets but not at the expense of good traffic flow. Removing parking and lack of street space for traffic will make Bondi Junction one big traffic nightmare. Good greening projects must be balanced with the needs of motorists to get to and from 15 Bondi Junction. Get rid of white elephants. e.g spotlight and the unsightly houses next to it.! Make the 16 greedy owners of the shops drop down the rent for better quality venues. 17 More parking especially for shorter times at cheaper rates. 18 Direct access from the station to the Mall. 19 All important to making a diverse place for the public to enjoy. 20 Child friendly area near the library. make the Mall non-smoking or designate smoking areas. No skateboarders in the Mall or 21 the footpaths. Please do not make Spring St around Eastgate into a single lane. The shops there need 22 loading zones for deliveries and visitors can drop off relatives to see doctors around

201 there. Keeping public areas clean. Garbage clearing, the bins are often overflowing and the rubbish is strewn all around. 23 Quality buskers are a plus. Get rid of the cyclists on the footpaths. too dangerous. , lights on the corner of Oxford 24 and Denison streets. and a pedestrian crossing at EBley St and Denison Sts. 25 Something must be done about cyclist on the footpaths.they are dangerous. 26 get cyclists of the footpaths. 27 More free / cheap parking 28 No Public Art, no outdoor seating. 29 Reduce car space. Public transport options to and from Bondi Junction are excellent. There is no need to 30 bring a car. Discourage cars by making it more expensive. 31 Colour and nice things to look at. 32 Water fountains/ gardens as in Europe. 33 Free parking at Eastgate Shopping centre. 34 Public toilets. (safe ones) 35 Ban cycles in the Mall - too dangerous. 36 Please no more "urban lounges"- a real eye sore. get rid of the one in Spring Street. 37 1. Beautiful fountain in the Mall. 2. More frequent cleaning of all the footpaths. 38 Make it look like Westfield. More public parking and seating areas. Repair the roads and footpaths everywhere in 39 Bondi Junction. 40 More public seating in Spring Street and Eastrgate. 41 Better civic spaces for children and families and old people. 42 Safer crossing between Spring St and Westfield Centre by Bronte Road. The biggest eyesore in Bondi Junction is the Eastgate Centre . The exterior concrete finish is so ugly. 43 44 Need Pedestrian lights Reduce encourgaging over-indulgence in pubs like the Tea Gardens. Increase police 45 presence and on-site searches. The area could do with an aquatic park/ indoor swimming pool for swim lessons/ fitness 46 / recreation. The Waverley Bus depot site would be perfect. 47 Don't like the narrowing of the streets. making the main streets around Bondi Junction pedestrian friendly would enhance the 48 shopping experience. Please provide dual curb access at intersections for wheelchairs and prams between 49 Ebley and Newland Streets and between Grafton and newland Streets. 50 Keeping cyclists off the footpaths Continuing from improved access to public transport Access to the station is ugly, crowded and dangerous at Grafton Street end and complicated and difficult via Tiffany Plaza and Oxford Street Mall. Should be like North Sydney where you stay underground for several blocks. And having only one escalator 51 up from station to street is a SCANDAL! Kings Cross has more! 5-10 minute parking in between Spring Street , Bronte Road and newland Streets to 52 enable people to be picked up and dropped off . problem with pedestrain crossing across Spring Street where it meets Newland Street. The pedestrain wlak signal is not always on . I have travelled to countless cities in the world. It's not just about 'greenery' but colour - large displays of colourful hanging baskets, fantastic public transport and interesting architecture - not just lego block developments. Why doesn't Council encourage innovative architecture? Green spaces need to be compulsory for every new 53 development. The quality of pavements could certainly be improved and is very important for disabled residents, the elderly and parents with young children. I wuld support widening 54 footpaths but this requires steps to reduce the amount of traffic on the roads. 55 Better public transport to Watsons Bay - very minimal bus service at night

202

Q What places mean the most to you in Bondi Junction? What do you love about 10a Bondi Junction?

No Submission Sadly, the only really nice thing about Bondi Junction is the density of people. There is good people watching on Oxford, especially if the market is on, but otherwise, not 1 much. 2 oxford st mall. its active 3 Proximity to home. Westfield Bondi junction - love it and spend a lot of my time there. The best part is that 4 Bondi junction has everything - transport, shopping, cinemas, childcare -great! 5 Bondi Junction pedestrian Mall For me Bondi Junction is a functional place. I go there for the shops and the services. Sometimes I walk if I feel I need the exercise and if I am not going to have a lot to carry, but if I am going to do a lot of shopping I drive. The only thing I love about it is its proximity to where I live. 6 David Jones is a quality asset.

I enjoy using the library but the outdoor area near the library is limited and boring.

It is good that the major centres are connected but we don't need any more large centres. Strip shopping offers a more interesting, intimate experience.

7 Convenience, good range of shopping areas The convenience of shopping and also the pedestrian traffic outdoors because I do not like being in shopping arcades all the time. I also value the heritage Boot Factory and the open area in front of the Boot Factory. The new architecture in Bondi Junction is soul less and the Boot Factory is really one of 8 the few interesting buildings in the whole of the Bondi Junction centre. 9 interchange, Westfield, the mall Everything is here. We live in the centre but there are still some quiet pockets and a 10 feeling of community despite having a large non-local population 11 Shops, services and parks. I live here. 12 Nothing 13 The ambience. 14 Westfield and the mall arcade Westfield about the only worthwhile retail development (plus recent Williams Sonoma complex) and The Eastern the only decent pub offering interesting food. Oxford St Mall grungy and unappealing both in terms of shopping and dining; ditto the rest of the surrounding streets. Parking available in Westfield a big plus...as much as we all profess to prefer public transport/cycling, no-one likes waiting at a bus stop late at night after a meal of movie , 15 or travelling on a bus when loaded down with groceries. The mall is great but needs to be cleaned up in terms of the type of shops that are allowed to operate. We need less cheap $1 shops and more quality shops like the new Williams Sonoma shop. I visit Eastgate daily and it is great to see the renovation with Aldi added. Best thing about BJ is the convenience - amount of shops and access to 16 services. Train station, convenient shops (but could have more with longer opening hours for 17 banks etc), restaurants and food outlets. 18 Oxford Street Mall as it is a spot where there is high activity and buzz. 19 Waverley Park and the multicultural population 20 It is very convenient with a lot of services in the area. 21 Love shopping at Eastgate, so handy and convenient to have the big stores there. The

203 park in Ebley St is nice, also the library. 22 Leafy streets. Good access to public transport. Near beaches and city. 23 Oxford St needs a facelift - more restaurants, Asian street food, more market days Plenty of parking and shopping, as well as non-expensive places to eat. However, the parking should be free if they want to keep customers coming to their area. I work in the city and live in Waverley, but will do my shopping in the city at lunchtime if I have 24 to start paying for parking in BJ. There is nothing I really "love" about Bondi Junction. The only thing it has going for it is 25 close proximity to regular transport and shopping centres. The library I like most, it's a haven of quiet and visually pleasing thoughtfulness with the promise of many goodies. I don't the walk there, through bleak multi-high rise in Spring St or along the wind tunnel of Newland St I like the area around the top of Bondi Rd intersecting with Carrington St, where there are big trees. There could be street plantings in tubs all down Waverley street. 26 I like the shopping mall with small business feel 27 The convenience for food shopping and proximity to Westfield. 28 It's closeness to the beach - but it still takes ages to get a bus down there Westfield, the deli at east gate shopping centre. But overall, it has to be the $2.50 Chinese on Bronco Arcade, can't beat it. Oh and lets not forget the market.... need to 29 keep the market alive and attract more market traders. Waverley Seniors Centre and Boot Factory area Waverley Library 30 Oxford street Mall and markets 31 Convenience of shops, Banks etc 32 Good Japanese food 33 The shops close to transport. 34 Pedestrian Mall 35 The Mall 36 Shopping Centre Love the shops, Westfield is great and the fact that everything in in one place and 37 convenience. 38 I love the local town feel 39 Spring st, shopping and convenience. 40 Convenience 41 People 42 Shops and access to the beach. Has potential to liven up. 43 Proximity to good transport links 44 The Mall, Spring St, the station, shopping centres 45 Walking, shops and pubs, The best thing about BJ is the transport connectivity. Junction by name... I love being able to get a train directly to the CBD, or the Royal National Park or the inner west (Sydenham) or Cronulla/Illawarra, or a bus to Clovelly, Coogee, Watsons Bay or 46 Maroubra. It also has a great range of retail and services facilities. 47 Not much. Bondi Junction's strength lies in it's convenience, with all major services (banks, shops, council) and amenities close by (beaches, parks, city). My favourite parts of Bondi Junction socially are the smaller restaurants that have arrived into the Junction more recently (e.g. Osteria Riva, Bistro De Paris etc) and the live music venues (Tokyo Jazz Cafe etc) - which express the diverse cultural backgrounds of the residents of Bondi 48 Junction. the library 49 good public transport having everything in a compact area- shopping, transport and services. this is great , but aesthetically it is sadly lacking. 50 51 Parks and old houses. 52 Greenery would help. 53 I love the parks, public transport, and shopping centre.

204 54 Parks and old houses. 55 Greenery would help. 56 I love the parks, public transport, and shopping centre. 57 The shopping centre, the convenience and the movies. 58 Shops, restaurants, the movies. 59 The shopping centre, the convenience and the movies. 60 Shops, restaurants, the movies. 61 Boot factory, Westfield, transport hub, library, parks 62 Oxford St mall, 63 Shopping and the services in the area. While I like the convenience there is not much else I like at the moment. Theres more 64 to do in Surry Hills and other places. 65 Westfield shopping centre. Good shops, food and parking. 66 Close to the city. Good transport. Good shopping. 67 Central Synagogue. Queens Park. Centennial Park. 68 Heritage Streets.e.g Mill Hill 69 The Mall. 70 The Mall. Westfield. Variety of food. 71 Eastgate and the easy access to public transport. 72 Not alot as it is ! 73 Library. Park. 74 the Markets. 75 I love the pop ups. 76 Like the easy to get to places . Eastgate 78 I like the cafes. and I like the fact that thee are families around. 79 The new shopping. 80 Central meeting spot 81 I mostly like the east's leagues club. 82 I like going to Westfield. 83 Mill Hill Centre. Lots of shops. 84 the library. 85 Easy access to the city and the beach and all the amenities. 86 The services, variety of shops and its location convenience. 87 Oxford St Mall and the shops there. 88 The food courts in Westfield. 89 access to transport, shops and restaurants 90 The Mall. Good shopping. I love it's one destination shopping and transport convenience. I adore Miss M, luxe espresso, central baking depot, dr what's. Benjarong Thai, the Di bartoli coffee centre, Aldi, the friendly Westfield concierges, the wonderful sushi train restaurants, the 91 markets, the buskers. The Junction is a vibrant place. I do love the food courts. The Harbour Room and the one at the top of the station. It is like a happy communal picnic ground. The Mall is a 92 happy vibrant place to visit. It always gives me a lift. Quality buskers are a plus also. 93 The mall - has such character when the markets are on. kids playground at Ebley st 6th floor food court with view at Westfield Kelly's grill restaurant 94 Oxford St markets and LIVE MUSIC / BUSKERS 95 The most important place to me is the train/bus station but I wouldn't say I love it. 96 It's close to my home and has all amenities Convenience of every service - banking, shopping, medical etc all in one place However it is very impersonal - a bit like an outside mall - few opportunities to comfortably sit and enjoy a warm summer evening outside with good food, a drink, 97 some friends and a film or some music 98 I love how convenient it is, just like a mini city. I like the smaller places, e.g. Waverley mall, also the mixed ambience of Bronte Road 99 and Oxford street after the mall, needs enhancing by Council intervention. 205 Would like to see commercial activity flourish outside the mall, where it is so regulated. Like to see more one-off stores and food outlets rather than chains.

100 It's location (Close to the city and beaches) and access to public transport. I love the range of affordable food and particularly the strong Japanese presence that 101 you don't get in other parts of the City. I don't 'love' anything about Bondi Junction... it's kind of a gross urban sprawl. It's a shame because the suburbs and area surrounding it like Bondi, Bronte and Centennial Park are BEAUTIFUL! I only go there because it is convenient to do my shopping there and lots of services like the RTA, doctor, Waverly Council office, etc are there. The Westfield shops are great but very 'sterile' and I prefer open air street shopping like 102 King Street, Oxford Street , etc. I like the side streets that run off Edgecliff road and the streets around allen street. the mall is good but could feel more dynamic and have some really cool outdoor cafe options - getting quality store/cafe people in etc. the resting / seated areas are good but so barren and sunny - they need big umbrellas and plants to feel like hanging out 103 there - look like pontoons without water. I like the side streets that run off Edgecliff road and the streets around allen street. the mall is good but could feel more dynamic and have some really cool outdoor cafe options - getting quality store/cafe people in etc. the resting / seated areas are good but so barren and sunny - they need big umbrellas and plants to feel like hanging out 104 there - look like pontoons without water. I like the side streets that run off Edgecliff road and the streets around allen street. the mall is good but could feel more dynamic and have some really cool outdoor cafe options - getting quality store/cafe people in etc. the resting / seated areas are good but so barren and sunny - they need big umbrellas and plants to feel like hanging out 105 there - look like pontoons without water. I like the side streets that run off Edgecliff road and the streets around allen street. the mall is good but could feel more dynamic and have some really cool outdoor cafe options - getting quality store/cafe people in etc. the resting / seated areas are good but so barren and sunny - they need big umbrellas and plants to feel like hanging out 106 there - look like pontoons without water. 107 the Ped. Mall 108 eating at a wide variety of restaurants, visiting a variety of shops 109 What I love is the pure convenience…..and my neighbours. 110 Cafes near About Life 111 Shopping convenience 112 The Mall, Eastgate shopping centre. The pop up seating in Ebley St is really great. 113 convenience of services. 114 convenience of services. 115 Shops 116 all the services and Westfield shops. 117 Tree areas like the Mill Hill and upper Oxford Street. 118 Services 119 Proximity to transport. Medical Services. Free parking. 120 The new music venue 121 Mall. Shops. Restaurants. 122 Spring Street. Oxford St and Westfield. 123 Shops and Services. 124 Coles and Woolworth. 125 Diversity of Shops and services. Oxford St Mall. Street-based retail, active frontages. 126 The view from Westfield food court. Westfield shopping. 127 Shopping. Good transport. 128 Shopping centre. 129 Eastgate shopping centre, convenience of services. 130 Proximity to Park, Beach and shops. 131 Everything I need is in Bondi Junction- all the main services and shops. 132 P)pedestrian Mall. Farmers markets.

206 133 Convenience , public transport 134 Shops 135 Shops and Beaches. 136 Woolworths and Coles. 137 The Mall and the STA bus station. 138 Eastgate, Easts Leagues Club. 139 Shopping, transport services, library services and entertainment for seniors. 140 Amenities are close to each other. Shopping. 141 Convenience and proximity. 142 Library. Shopping Centres. Old buildings that remain. Small restaurants and old pubs. 143 Spring Street. Convenience- Access to railway. 144 The Centennial Park end of Bondi Junction. Also Bondi Junction has everything. 145 The Mall market. 146 Shopping Complex. 147 Shopping and the services. 148 Variety of Shops, cafes and services. 149 Good public transport, shopping and access to the beaches. 150 East shopping access. Bondi Junction has good amenities but presented in an ugly way. I like the pedestrian mall but fell very disappointed at Council's approval of most of the developments - lack 151 aesthetics. 152 Public transport links. Westfield shopping centre is useful but I don't love it. 153 Parks and cafes. 154 Cafes. Westfield. Parks. 155 Shopping and the services. 156 The mall with occasional markets. 157 I love that everything is so close. Its is central ( close to the Beaches and the city) 158 Playgrounds. Library. 159 Proximity of shops and transport and choices of shops. 160 Westfield Shopping Centre. Restaurants. 161 Everything . I live here. 162 The Mall, Eastgate. 163 Waverley Library and the staff and their wonderful programs. 164 It has great shops and cinemas and restaurants. 166 Bondi Junction Mall - WITHOUT BICYCLES AND SKATE BOARDS 166 Commercial/ residential hub. Westfield and Oxford Street. 167 I love the Mall but need more trees. 168 Opp shops, Coles, Aldi, fruit markets 169 Its such a great hub for everything. 170 Proximity It is my home. It feels safe. I love the sense of community. Everything I need is on 171 my doorstep. 172 The parks. The convenience of everything nearby. 173 The markets are the main attraction for me. 175 Eastgate. The markets in the Mall. 176 Oxford Street , The mall 177 Not too much . Transport variety; Concentration of shopping and services; 178 closeness to city and beach. 179 Easts Leagues Club. Westfield and eastgate complex. The mall during the day is a great place to hang out in as it encourages all types (young 180 and old) to feel like it is safe to do so. The vibe during the day is great. 181 Waverley Library 182 Fitness First Platinum. Outdoor cafes. Train to city is a breeze. Heritage value I like the area on the western side of Oxford Street - it has good street presence and 183 some nice (daytime) restaurants

207

Q What concerns do you have about Bondi Junction? 10b

NO. Submission 1 Too much traffic, too many big box shops, and Westfield is a nightmare. vehicles on the perimetre streets as well internal streets are too noisy and dont make for 2 pleasant environment. There is a safety issue associated with excessive alcohol 3 Lack of cleanliness. Lack of safety. I really do not like the artist impressions, in particular the bike paths. Like it or not there needs to be a good access to the centre via cars - there are a lot of pregnant, elderly and disabled people and women with young kids who rely on Bondi Junction for their daily needs and for whom it is the centre of their daily lives. Traffic (which will be made 4 much worse if above proposals are implemented) will impact on these groups the most the oxford st mall area and spring street are still quite scungy and dirty. Better seating 5 and pop ups as well as markets could help this everything is being driven inside Westfield and reasons to use outdoor areas are 6 decreasing or closing because they are unprofitable Traffic congestion and parking problems. I would be very concerned if more bike lanes were introduced. If people want to ride their bikes for recreation and leisure, then we have plenty of green spaces for that. Bondi Junction is a place of business, for business owners to make money, and if traffic space is reduced to increase the area for people riding for pleasure, I think that is entirely inappropriate, because it will interfere with people who are going to Bondi Junction to fulfil its primary purpose.

I also think that the destruction of the long-term car park under the Syd Einfeld Drive was a very poor decision. There is already very ample 2 hour parking available in the shopping centre, and the availability of that long term parking encouraged people to use the trains to go into the city. Since that has been discontinued, one may as well drive into the city and park there - which clearly contributes to traffic congestion in the city. Obviously it was a decision made only on the basis of income for the operator of the 7 parking lot - not on the basis of what is good for the community! Safety especially at night is a concern. There seem to be gangs of young people just roaming and some of the nearby streets are not well lit.

The tall buildings create so much shade and wind tunnels so it is important to restrict 8 their development and make sure outdoor areas are enhanced. 9 Traffic, lack of free parking now that Eastgate is charging, congested roads in the area I fear that tall buildings will be built on the northern side of Spring St so we will lost the last winter sunshine in Bondi Junction's outdoor areas. As there are wind tunnels in parts of Bondi Junction centre we will lose all outdoor activity if Spring Street is allowed to be 10 overshadowed in winter. Council strangles development by imposing low height limits and pandering to NIMBY types including council planners.

Council has no idea about managing a major commercial centre. Using the examples of the "artists impressions" presented on this page:

* Spring Street is a major loading zone area for commerce. Council can reduce the street's width by a small amount, it can re-surface the road, it can (and most importantly) stop building owners and tenants from polluting the street with retched stinking garbage skips, but it can't turn it into some tree-lined cycleway.

* Ebley Street is a major regional thoroughfare. Waverley Council worked for 30 years to obtain a setback on the road to facilitate its widening. Then Council lost its mind and required the Genoa building (cnr Bronte Rd and Ebley St) developers retain the original street frontage and prevented the road being widened, undoing those decades of 11 planning. The artists impression ignore the thoroughfare and circulation role of the

208 street.

Council proposes to build segregated cycle ways that go from nowhere to nowhere. Such plans have led to widespread public opposition within the City of Sydney and Waverley should take heed that such proposals are unacceptable.

Council proposes to convert part of Syd Einfeld Dr to bicycle use. The only reason Bondi Junction is not the city's largest vehicular car park is because of Syd Einfeld Dr. The only reason Council gets to play at urban landscaping of Bondi Junction is because of Syd Einfeld Dr. Council contends a single lane segment of Old South Head Road has similar capacity to a six lane segment of Syd Einfeld Dr. The fallacy of this reasoning beggars belief: Firstly, traffic volumes on Syd Einfeld Dr are 50% higher than on the segment of Old South Head Rd from Penkivil St to Flood St Bondi. Secondly that section of Old South Head Rd has one of the highest volumes of traffic per lane of any arterial road in NSW. Thirdly, the street amenity of Old South Head Road is atrocious and is not a model Council should seek to use for anything. Council should accommodate bicycle traffic within the Bondi Junction town centre. Indeed if it seeks to build a segregated bicycle path on Ebley St then this is a mechanism by which that project can be something other than a boondoggle. Bicycles should be prohibited from Syd Einfeld Dr. They are dangerous on a high speed roadway with no marked shoulders.

In general Council's public displays indicate it does not understand the role of its communities in greater Sydney nor the role of it as a council. you still have not addressed the issue of direct pedestrian access between interchange and west fields. Instead you put fences up and say its an issue between TfNSW/Westfields to discuss yet at the same time you want Bondi Junction to be pedestrian friendly. The taxi rank is on the wrong side of the street for those who want interconnection to the interchange. Your study does not consider taxi usage in the area 12 and how that is part of the integration 13 Don't like walking past Tea Gardens or Cock & Bull after about 10pm. I want cars kept on traditionally trafficked roads (York Rd, Newland St, Oxford St, 14 Bronte Rd, Birrell St) and not diverted onto traditionally residential roads. 15 It is ugly. too many high rise buildings. Too many bicycles on footpath is dangerous. Especially some which drive too fast and 16 expect pedestrians to get out of the way quickly. 17 lack of bicycle riding tracks See above...except for Westfield 2nd-rate retail in down-market environment. Nothing better sums up bankruptcy of councils planning that the straggly Bottlebrush on the footpath outside Easts/former Bing Lee - what a totally inappropriate approach to city 18 plantings. Noisy at nights due to late night Irish pubs. The suburb still attracts a rough element which is a shame as more and more professionals and couples with family's are moving into the area. Also there are still too many cheap budget shops in the Oxford Street and 19 Mall area. We need more green spaces and less traffic in the centre of the Junction. Congestion of cars and people. Too many cars, it's too busy with the cars. We need better road solutions as it takes too long to get from one street to the next, especially when you need to drive out of Bondi junction to get out of Bondi junction.

We need to have shops like banks and post office open longer. The lines are always big 20 and if you work away, you're unable to get to the bank before it closes. 21 Increase in wind tunnels as a result of poorly designed towers. Dumped rubbish (soft and hard) left on footpaths by Council for days and weeks.

The number of high rise apartments that do not complement their surrounding 22 apartment buildings from a design perspective There is no culture. The markets are not a weekly destination, there are no art galleries, the cafes and stores are mainstream / chains and not quirky or unique. Pollution from all the cars. Population growth effects. Oxford St mall has no atmosphere. Community 23 groups like the league club, RSL are more integrated into population e.g. Bondi RSL is

209 more popular with younger people. 24 Rough, no-go zone at night, so much concrete and unattractive buildings. 25 Not many nice places to eat out. Restaurants don't seem to be able to survive. 26 Traffic and congestion 27 Security and safety at night. There is no sense of community, whatsoever. For the vast majority, it appears as though its simply a "layover" point on a journey to somewhere else. It's the equivalent of Dubai when you are travelling from Sydney to London. You don't really want to stop 28 there, but for various reasons, you HAVE to stop in Dubai. Too much traffic; drunks at night; the western part of Oxford Street is too quiet at night which reduces safety (or the perception of safety). If it was advertised as a place to go and eat at night, more people would visit the area making it safer. That may encourage 29 more restaurants to open continuing the cycle of improvement. The prominence of traffic lanes. As a pedestrian I feel the need to take refuge in the back ways, which are not always attractive sc the top of Gray St with the truck loading dock, the brothel(?) opposite, and the ugly industrial stairs leading up to the landing alongside the car entrance to the supermarket car park.

Also the monster Westfield type complexes which dwarf any of the more human size businesses.

The crowded buses to the beach along Bondi Rd are the bane of existence for local 30 residents. Why not use express buses or shuttle via Old South Head Rd and O'Brien St It really feels like a junction, not a suburb. It feels industrial and very tired. It's not a 31 place I want to spend time in. 32 Concrete jungle with no soul Increase in the amount of vehicles passing through the area. Traffic congestion due to 33 cars. DESPERATE SHORTAGE OF FREE PARKING for commuters and shoppers. e.g.. The appalling situation at the Eastgate car park. Why did the council give away the Grafton street commuter parking to Wilson to make 34 extortionate profit on what should be ratepayers parking ? 35 Crime especially break ins. I've been robbed 5 times in my home. 36 Traffic congestion 37 Not enough room / space in the arcades. 38 Rowdy intoxicated people, lack of security/ safety for non-pub goers 39 Safety Not much green space- I work here and theres not really any outdoor space(public) to 40 go and eat your lunch in the sunshine. 41 Feels too much like a concrete jungle. 42 too many cars, not enough greenery. 43 Unattractive public areas 44 Noise 45 Parking, graffiti, and rubbish bins 46 Safety 47 Safety at night 48 Traffic congestion and air pollution. 49 Buses, safety, needs more unmetered parking, buses It is overrun with hideous architecture and the town centre of gravity has been sucked into the Westfield black hole of consumerism. It has the worlds worst designed transport interchange. Pedestrian connections between interchange and town centre and surrounding blocks is poor. Cycle facilities are inadequate if not hostile. Too many 50 delivery vans and taxis cluttering up the streets. There is not a town centre or any space where you are not hemmed in by buildings. Before the Meriton was built I marvelled at the clear space above the railway and wished 51 it could've been a park. 52 Traffic congestion, no public toilets, more time for crossing streets green light too short 53 Safety with hotel patrons at night when they are drunk. - close hotels at 2am. . They are

210 drunk by 9pm and it only gets worse. The dominance of the 2 major pubs of the streets after about 8pm. The high level of dumping on curb-sides (e.g. near Cash Converters on MacKenzie St). The lack of coherence in the street frontage / awnings on the buildings along Oxford and Spring, even though some amazing facades are currently hidden. No focus point outside of the 54 Train Station and Westfield. That even more high rise buildings will be built

55 Safety near some of the pubs That BJ will go downhill especially Ebley Street between Newland St and Bronte Rd.Also 56 notice more homeless people. 57 It does not feel like a village 58 Too many high rise buildings 59 Too much development is destroying historical sites/ houses. 60 Not a village feeling, too commercial. All the free parking has gone ! 61 Can become very crowded like the city and loses it charming village feel. 62 Traffic congestion and lack of parking. 63 Cost of parking 64 Dangerous at night time. traffic and parking. 65 Vehicle congestion at peak times. 66 traffic congestion Feels cheap. Late night pubs filled with backpackers. Garbage on the streets. Not 67 enough good restaurants. Waverley Council Service centre is slow. and the staff are rude and unhelpful. Oxford Street mall, Oxford Street, Spring Street and Ebley Street are dirty and unsafe overrun 68 by drunken youths. 69 High rise buildings. The availability of extended hours for alcohol service. 70 Too much vehicular traffic. Too many high rise buildings. knocking down heritage terraces. Light invasion to 71 residents. 72 Too much bad behaviours and rubbish. Lack of consideration for older pedestrians. 73 Overcrowding Paid parking in Eastgate. Boot Factory demolition. Tacky Mall with often deafening 74 buskers. 75 Excessive drinking. I could go on all day! Too many cars. No greenery. No play experience for kids. No 76 alternative/ creative shops. Unsafe exit from the train station . 78 Cars and shopping centres destroying its soul. 79 Traffic congestion and street parking. 80 Lack of signage. lack of lighting. Narrow and dangerous footpaths. 81 More cars. 82 Footpaths are uneven and dangerous. 83 Too many cars. 84 Speed of cars near the library. 85 Safety. Graffiti. 86 Too many cars driving into the area.. Safety at night. 87 Drunks near the Mill Hill Hotel and Ebley St bars. Safety and security. 88 The Bronka arcade safety, especially at night, too many drunks

the train & bus interchange is not well connected to shopping and pedestrian areas, there is too much traffic trying to access too little parking for the shopping centre, 89 cinema facilities Parking too expensive and Eastgate needs to return to 1 hour free - or preferably 2 90 hours free to keep up with Westfield. I hate it's pubs, all ghastly. More nice smaller bars please. I loathe the late evening ugliness of the mall, and belay and spring sets. I think the pedestrian access to the 91 station/interchange needs much better signage, tourists are constantly asking me how

211 to get into the station. Fix that. Cleanliness and safety. It is not a mystery a walk there at night will show anyone what needs to be addressed. It is not yet family friendly

92 The amount of rubbish that gets blown around is a put off. 93 The trains are terrible! I hat waiting for a train there 94 transient thoroughfare without soul The train/bus station entrance can be dangerous especially in the area where the buses 95 leave 96 Westfield too dominant, It is a characterless transport hub with no redeeming cultural interest - dominated by pubs servicing drunken groups of fluoro clad traffic technicians it offers nothing to the discerning well educated lover of the finer things in life. Individual creativity is stifled by 97 the dominance of international branded shopping malls The Streets are really lacking in design. Also as a pedestrian that walks 2 kids to school everyday there needs to be more effort put into safety on the streets. Cars take priority 98 and make the walk to school dangerous and stressful having to negotiate all the cars. It has been rather ugly outside the leagues clubs, in Oxford street mall, spring street, belay street and Bronte Road near the mall, needs to be upgraded, as often hard to cross Bronte road with buses and taxis. A lot of unpleasant smoke outside the Bronte Rd entrance to Westfield. These places feel unsafe. I also feel unsafe along Grafton street at night as there is no activation of frontages to the street. I miss the loss of Borders bookshop. Elements like that stay open late, add a positive atmosphere that is not alcohol based. What else could be encouraged to stay open?

99 The pubs are a bit rough too. 100 It is pretty much dead at night outside of Westfield. 101 Easts leagues club It's unattractive and feels dirty and unsafe. I don't like how congested it is becoming 102 either. I just think in general the whole area feels like a bit of a mess with scraggy grass and rubbish. There should be more greenery all over the suburb. Alot of the dies streets like allens parade and botany road etc all feel dodgy... not sure what it is but they are 103 forgotten and they are so close to the beach and the BJ centre they form the dynamic 104 That Westfield continues to dominate the space 105 traffic in some streets is heavy, not much activity in the mall at night There is very little aesthetic value in the town centre. There is no Town Square. It looks junky. Footpaths are not wide enough to accommodate us all and it will be much worse once the DAs that are currently being assessed are passed and built…much worse. By 2030 I cannot even fathom that it be a liveable area if it continues like this.

Traffic is dangerous. We are all breathing in copious amounts of car fumes and the slower the traffic gets the more we breathe these particle in. Every day I wipe down my window sills because the dirt from the atmosphere is so very concentrated here.

There are lots of people in cars and on foot and on bikes who do the wrong thing. They don't obey traffic rules and get away with it because there is no way to police it efficiently and effectively.

I am and have been for many years, concerned about the enormous alcohol consumption in the junction. It ain't pretty. The pubs and clubs own the streets at night and nothing has been done to change this to date 106 107 Over commercial, inhuman feel. Opposite to village-like. 108 too many people smoking 109 Quality of retail shops in the Mall is disappointing. Need to encourage redevelopment. 110 Eastgate - no free parking 111 cyclist too dangerous. 112 cyclist too dangerous. 212 113 Litter, cyclists, dogs and pub noise. 114 Parking is a nightmare 115 Traffic congestion, and inappropriate late night activities like drinking and noise. Parking limitations. Traffic congestion. Lack of concrete walkways. security with pubs. 116 wind tunnel effect from large buildings. Not enough trees. Boring - too many cars. Poor transport links to the beach a tram 117 would be better. 118 Overcrowding. Too many cars. 119 Less homeless people. 120 Poor access to transport connections. 121 Push bike riders that do not obey any laws. Dysfunctional Bondi Junction transit centre, Buses entering / exiting endangers 122 pedestrians. 123 Its dated and irrelevant once you step out of Westfield. 124 Ugly Mall. Night safety. Expensive parking fines. Lack of Greenery. 125 Overcrowding , unable to cope with the increase in population. 126 Overcrowding , unable to cope with the increase in population. 127 More outdoor seating 128 Litter 129 Traffic congestion. Cyclists using the footpaths. 130 Too much traffic and rubbish. 131 Drunks at night form the pubs. 132 Noise , traffic 133 Too few resting places and public toilets. 134 Not clean , garbage everywhere. 135 High rise buildings. not enough parking. 136 Dominance of Westfield. , No public swimming pool. no playground for older children. 137 Sterile feel about it . 138 That over development will kill the heart of the Junction. Dangerous cyclists. 139 Congestion. 140 Too many high rise buildings. Traffic congestion and aggressive drivers. 141 Not enough trees and shade. 142 Blank 143 Repair the roads and footpaths everywhere in Bondi Junction. 144 Traffic and lack of parking in Eastgate. 145 High-rise apartment blocks. Graffiti. Drunk backpackers and teenagers. Dog owners not picking up after their dogs. 146 People littering and dumping furniture on the nature strips. 147 Too much noise from the Pubs. Less cars. More green areas. No real vision or plan for its future. Continual approval of ugly inappropriate 148 developments. Traffic and parking. No places for children/ families. 149 It does not feel safe at night. It feels grotty. 150 Cars, concrete areas, bus hub area. 151 The eyesore- Eastgate exterior concrete finish. 152 So many Yoga studios . 153 Safety at night. ( we usually hear drunk people walking past our place at night. Westfield taking over the universe. It is so "American" and has detracted from the lovely European/Melbourne feel of strolling along streets with interesting shops and shop fronts 154 to admire. 155 Over-development. 1.Bronte Road and Spring Street have to be crossing over to Westfield.

2.Spring Street to be more Spring! 156 157 lack of seating areas. - safety at night

158 - drunk and disorderly behaviour by those going to pubs, especially the Cock 'n' Bull. 213 159 Safety and the drunk people. 160 Blank Vacant / empty shops and too many Asian shops starting to open. Need more "boutique" 161 style shops. There are too many drunk Irish. 162 Dangerous footpaths 163 Drunks and dog poo on streets. Crime. Graffiti. Lack of child care centres. Over crowding with all the high rise and the ability of the streets to cope with the traffic 164 volume. 166 Falling behind in terms of renewal.. safety particularly at nights.

Cyclist on footpath 166 167 over development, too many high rise buildings. 168 Traffic congestion. over-development. Feeling unsafe at night due to drunks in the area. Street and shop maintenance slide and the area becomes depressed and bankrupt. 169 Graffiti not removed. It is a mind tunnel. 170 High - rise building and over - development 171 Residents parking. 172 Pedestrian crossing lights insufficient for busy times. 173 No street life after hours. The degradation of heritage facades in oxford street. 174 Afraid when Ebley Street is developed into high rise, it will be as soulless and windy and empty at night as North Sydney. 175 Parking . need help in this area. 176 The pubs that are open on weekends bring all the younger crowd, who tend to take over most of Bondi Junction for the night, drinking, shouting and causing trouble and concern for safety. 177 Rubbish everywhere. 178 Stress of parking in Westfields, charging for parking at Eastgate shopping centre (no free 1hr park any more! (I refuse to stop there). 179 Once Westfield is closed the place is dead apart from the pubs - not family friendly after about 7:30pm. Lack of public transport. 180 Not enough parks and relaxing areas. Too many multi storey apartment blocks being built, the constant noise and dust created. The pressure on the train line and inadequate access to platforms. 181 I hate the westfields precinct - it has killed the streetlife in that area. My dream would be to demolish westfields and return shopping to the street - make it an urban precinct like the city or eusopean cities - a mall has no place in a major centre like bondi junction.

Q What dreams do you have for Bondi Junction 20 years from now?

10c

No Submission

Being as it is the main thoroughfare to Bondi Beach, it would be nice if it were more pedestrian and bike friendly. I could see stopping for breakfast before heading to the beach on designated bike paths or walking along shaded footpaths with small shops that lead down toward the beach. The same could be done in the directions of Cooper and Centennial parks. 1 more housing development, with an affordable component, not just high end apartments. Improved safety. less noise. 2 Inclusive infrastructure, with community village atmosphere. 3

214 1) No smoking on the Oxford St mall - it really interferes with spending time there. 2) More areas where elderly (of whom there are a lot of in the areas) can congregate and spend time together - at the moment they are forced on the small benches in Eastgate shopping centre. 3) more community areas 4) fewer $2 stores and more nice cafes with outdoor seating 5) more kid-friendly areas 6) better access to the train station, especially for those with prams or limited mobility - at the moment accessing the station is inconvenient and difficult - the entrance is out of the way and takes a lot of time to get to, constant competition with busses and other forms of transport 4 I would like Bondi junction to have a 'cultured' feel like double bay or Mosman 5 better outdoor spaces, good public transport hub 6 Fully described elsewhere 7 Not dreams... but it would be nice to be able to sit outdoors at a cafe, enjoy the food etc and watching the crowds. Perhaps enjoying some buskers or have something else to see rather than high rise shopping.

Many more people would cycle and enjoy the market etc if cycle ways were introduced and outdoor areas enhanced with trees etc. 8 don't know 9 I dream that it will be leafy and that there will be a number of wildlife habitat corridors, and that planning will make provision for wildlife areas where I can watch birds in the day and spot possums at night every day, without having to leave the area to do so. I will be old but I would like to see children being able to see some wildlife incidentally every day as they go to school or while they sit at the bus stop. 10 Council can promote further commercial and residential development across Bondi Junction. 11 Direct access from the interchange to west fields - go visit Parramatta. Not walking a labyrinth from the train exit to get to the mall - straight direct access from the turnstiles to the mall, no stairs, no escalators/lifts etc 12 More established trees and green planting - it's improved a lot in the last 8 years. Preserve or enhance the feeling of community 13 More night life. Separated cycle ways that I can use to get from home to the CBD without once having to ride alongside cars, or on a shared path with pedestrians. 14 More trees 15 Hope its less dense. 16 more open and cosmopolitan, less busy with taxis 17 Nth Sydney was extensively planted with plane trees 20 years or so ago (yes actual trees) and now a pleasant, cool and comfortable urban centre where walking even on hot days is appealing, despite the traffic. What a contrast to Bondi Junction (with exception of small island along Oxford St between Hollywood St & Bronte Rd) .

If BJ looked like Nth Sydney in 20 years we'd be some of the way towards having a liveable, and environmentally sustainable centre it would be a pleasure to come to. 18 Think edgy and trendy Manhattan suburb full of life day and night 19

215 A train to Bondi beach. Better cycling paths to the beach. Bigger Westfield shopping Centre. Better roads that are not disturbed by pedestrians. Maybe underground walk ways. 20 A cultural hub. 21 Greener, cleaner, better high rise residential design requirements, and better pedestrian traffic design 22 Cultural community that provides central hubs such as weekly markets, monthly events, a place for families to relax in Oxford St Mall, (e.g. Lane Cove), more trees, The large buildings are maintained and not allowed to depreciate too much. Boutique cafes and stores that are run by locals for locals. 23 A cinema with street access, more outdoors markets and outdoors seating, lots of trees and flower beds. 24 Safe, vibrant, something for everybody. 25 Car free zone Birrell St has parking restrictions for non-residents Light rail form Junction to Bondi Beach More family friendly More accommodation suitable for the aging community 26 If I'm still around in 20 years, I hope to see places like the images above. 27 Ideally, Bondi Junction becomes a destination for local residents and for visitors. People want to come to Bondi Junction, not just for the shopping, but for entertainment as well. 28 No cars in the centre, just buses, trains, bikes and lots of room for people walking. 29 Leafy, pedestrian hub for people of all ages, ability and social standing; more interaction via community projects, especially local food production - community and street gardens. Small outdoor theatre and cinema pop-ups, where documentaries about the environment and sustainable living could be shown, Practical workshops and study groups emerging from such public educational activities. Transport light rail and bicycles - maybe bicycle-taxis to the beach. The community garden area off Ebley St near Officeworks could be a haven if it were organised more like an urban farm with weekly working bees and gatherings over lunch. 30 Huge pedestrian zones Lots of cool cafes for breakfast Wine bars and restaurants for dinner. Boutique shops for fashion and gourmet food It becomes the next paddington or woollhara. 31 Paddington / Woollahra the of shops and restaurants etc 32 1. Public transport and sustainable forms of transport to be given high priority 2. more festivals and entertainment around the BJ area 3. More street art, graffiti to wake up dull and visually boring areas 33 No more high rise buildings that block out the sun. More green areas, plants and trees. 34 I don't dream of Bondi Junction 20 yrs from now. 35

216 Continue to be a place where you can access everything you need ( transport, shops, restaurants) 36 Bigger arcades with more walking space. less clothes shops and a deli would be good. 37 Active street life during the day and evening. 38 More green and rest areas. 39 More Boutique and cultured as far as food/ wine and dine/ small bars., Bike friendly streets. 40 See more trees and not so much concrete 41 Walkable and cycling friendly with few cars , wide footpaths, more greenery, great cafes and restaurants, vibrant, connected 42 Greener and more attractive and pedestrian friendly. 43 To mirror images as shown on the survey form. 44 Greener and pedestrian safety. 45 To have many big trees in all the streets, flower pots hanging from street lighting. 46 Light rail, less buses 47 Of course, the proposed cycleway connections through BJ should be completed - this is a key component in activating the town centre.

Also, remove all buildings from the block bounded by Oxford, Bronte, Spring, Newland (starting with Bronka and expanding in both directions until every monstrosity is erased). Open Oxford St to buses (through services only - terminating services will continue to use existing interchange/depot - which also could be adapted for taxi rank and proper 'kiss and ride') and create subway pedestrian link from train station concourse to new town centre square and Eastgate (oh, there may as well be one through to Westfield via DJs as well). Make the town centre square between Oxford St and Spring St an active space (a junction if you will) with a sunken garden/lower ground arcade to link with pedestrian subway network described above. 48 That is has focus to it, that there is open space to "ground it". Does the Oxford St artist impression on the photos on the survey mean you are going to commandeer that ugly building on the corner of Newland and Oxford Sts ? 49 Free parking in shopping centres, stop penalising people for wanting to shop there. 50 One dream would be that all residential streets in Bondi Junction have broader green areas, narrower roads and improved natural vegetation. Using Brisbane St as an example, then compare that to (for example) Mackenzie St. There is an amazing opportunity to broaden the curb side gardens and reduce the road space, thereby slowing traffic, increasing play areas for kids and increasing water capture on soil, rather than creating run-off that flows down storm drains. 51 more community focused projects/ veg and herb gardens on the streets Mall to be made more like a smaller Leichardt style plaza It is not sure a wind tunnel! It develops a village atmosphere 52 53 That it will be a cycle friendly smart place where you would like to go even when you

217 are not shopping.

Cleaner streets, less rubbish, no more contemporary buildings 54 Utilise the space under the Seinfeld drive make it more convenient. 55 To look like something like the pictures shown on this survey form . 56 a theatre for plays. 57 less tall buildings, improved traffic flow and how about a on/off ramp onto Syd Einfeld drive? 58 More sophisticated dining at night. More greenery and public spaces. 59 Family friendly pubs. Outdoor restaurants. No more discount stores. 60 Retain the heritage areas. and limit the high rise buildings. 61 More trees. More cycling. Less motorised vehicles. 62 Leave some sky please. 63 To have the same village feel like Eastgate. 64 No huge city style development. 65 Clear and direct tourist walk from the Station to Beach. Wider footpaths, Great diverse shops and nightlife. Lots of events and public art. 66 I would like to see a piazza- a modern forward city. 67 More things for kids to do. 68 Easier to get to with lots more things to do. 69 Cool shopping 70 Good transport. safe place to get around , medical facilities ( I will be sixty) 71 More shops, 72 Tram to the beach. 73 Limited car access. 74 That is a vibrant indoor/ outdoor centre with great restaurants, lots of greenery- an urban oasis. 75 Make it greener and a great place to live and work with reduced car traffic in the area. 76 Remains the same has worked well but clean it up abit and more greens 78 A train or light rail to Bondi Beach. 79 a safe environment with more greenery, public and restaurant/ cafe outdoor seating having a mix of residential and commercial activities 80

218 Keep being a good shopping centre 81 I'd love it to be a bit cooler. It's truly a daggy place to live. People say "that must be so convenient" when it tell them where I live. Sigh. It's not Newtown or Bondi, or Redfern, that's for sure. 82 A communal space of beauty and vibrancy, as used to be in Italy. Families would walk around at night having meals, coffee, ice cream. 83 Better train system 84 prettier, greener - with MUCH more art and live entertainment 85 I think it's alright as it is, could just be safer. 86 Westfield less dominant more independent retailers 87 A place for people to meet and spend time together. Our fantastic weather and warm temperatures mean that a good proportion of the year could be spent outside - we all spend too much time inside watching screens - we should be outside walking and talking together and sharing interests, knowledge, culture - language lessons, outdoor cooking classes - oyster shucking competitions etc 88 Fantastic destination not only for shopping, but also for restaurants and cafes not just cantered on Westfield but also in the surrounding streets. 89 enhanced safety, variety, quality and pedestrian friendliness. more greenery and the feeling of a local cultural centre, rather than strictly commercial. 90 A vibrant mall and Spring Street with a diversified selection of restaurants and shops.

Access to the train station will be fixed! 91 A train all the way to the beach. 92 The Westfield to have more open areas and be more integrated in to the out door shopping mall. The outdoor mall to be made more green and eco friendly. The Westfield to have a corridor to the bus/train terminal. Better public transport connection to Bondi to reduce traffic congestion. Bondi and Bronte have amazing small, independent, local boutiques, organic cafes and shops, farmers markets and local designers markets. The lifestyle is green and healthy and organic, but for some reason that stops completely as soon as you set foot in the junction!! Let's make the junction the area where the park meets the sea! It is nestled perfectly between Centennial Park and The ocean so it seems logical. Make it a place where it's desirable to go, not just a place people go out of necessity 93 I can't see why it can't open up a bit like the grounds at Alexandria - get some creative businesses into the outskirt areas and get rid of the big high street action on the extremities - Edgecliff rd and side streets should be like 5 ways paddo and the barrel street side should get industrial brooklyn funky. make it and reduce the rent and the funky urban cool will follow. it should feel thriving and not a place you drive through to get to surry hills 94 Place for people during the day and at night 95 cafes and restaurants open late in the mall, special events in the evenings. a play area for children, buses using underground or special bus lanes. 96 97 I wish for BJ to be less of a wind trap. Perhaps better built forms and planning laws can

219 address this. It would be good if Council took their own planning controls more seriously. I would like to see six star-rated buildings and perhaps a very decent hotel (not a pub). I would like to see good setbacks from developments and a focus on green spaces around new developments.

It would be great if we could eliminate cars altogether from the junction, except for busses and taxis and delivery vehicles but then where do they go? That's the eternal dilemma. It's a brutal fact that we are a car culture so perhaps trying to limit car parking in large developments may help shift the culture. I'm not sure I truly believe this, but perhaps its worth a shot. If you give them car parking….they will come. But don't give people garages and then resident parking stickers too. I find our government's stance on traffic and cars a bit confusing….how can you keep providing huge towers of residential units with car parking for everyone, and not have it become more car focused? Then use the idea that we are a great place for non-car ownership because of our location to Public transport…it's a self-perpetuating paradox.

The pictures above look fantastic! 98 to become a second city 99 A more vibrant safe place for the whole family - not just teenage space after dark and pedestrian priority over cars. 100 No more high rise buildings 101 Outdoor seating. 102 Outdoor seating. 103 the Mall becoming like the mall in the city of Paris. 104 More greenery and trees. 105 Move the bus terminal away to the original bus terminal. 106 It should continue to provide good and services. 107 More greenery. More green transport options, i.e. pedestrian walkways. A more uniform approach to design and new structures. 108 More open air markets, make it a more vibrant place. 109 No more tall buildings. 110 No cars / trucks between York Rd and Bondi Rd and Oxford St to Ebley Street. Public transport only. Light rail to Bondi Beach and the city. Less cars. 111 For it to revert back to a shopping precinct. 112 Safe cycle links from surrounding areas leading to Bondi Junction.. Light trail connection. Car -free environment. 113 I don't really have any. 114 Beautiful extended Mall with outdoor seating and family eating and fountains and gardens. 115 More communal seating. 116

220 Blank 117 More trees, more restaurants and free parking in Eastgate. 118 Mixture of heritage and new shaded streets. 119 More markets, festivals, fountains, music, a piazza / plaza central green area. 120 More greenery 121 More greenery. More cycle paths. more activities for families. 122 Embrace the holiday aspect of the locality. more cultural and music events. 123 That it will become like a hub, with cafes and bars at night and day. (saw around 50 couples dancing the tango at midnight in Seville, Spain last year) 124 That the old parts are refurbished. No more high- rise buildings. 125 For Bondi Junction to stay as a suburb. 126 A vibrant cultural and pleasant place to walk through, eat out at and mingle with friends. 127 Hotels and clubs closing at midnight. Spot checks by police. 128 That it retains its sense of community. 129 A great sense of community and less car congestion. More green areas. better pedestrian access. Less high-rise buildings. 130 Make Spring Street car free. 131 Need to create spaces that people want to stay in and enjoy rather than go to get things done. Civic spaces that are beautiful are KEY - combined with purpose e.g. chess board for old people. 132 That I can walk safely to a selection of shops, cafes and restaurants. 133 A walking town where every glance is a pleasure. 134 For the Mall to look like the mall in Santa Monica. 135 The tourists that want Bondi Beach can go directly there from the city - bypassing Bondi Junction. 136 Greenery . Safety. DIFFERENT NAME. 137 Other than an indoor aquatic centre, less car traffic and more pedestrian and cycle access. More trees and plants, a tram to Bondi and Bronte Beach, thriving small businesses and more street art and safe activities for teenagers. 138 Cosmopolitan atmosphere. 139 Spotlight building - make less ugly. 140 Cleaner, greener and safer 141

221 There will continue to be respect that comes from the vibrancy/ residential mix. 142 Maintains its community feel and still has a great reputation for shopping. 143 POP-UP LOUNGES in Spring Street have provided a great facility for smokers who have been able to sit while puffing their poison into the air. Dangerous encroachment into taxi spaces - traffic hazards 144 Wont get over-developed. Not too many high-rise buildings. 145 I probably won't be alive to have any dreams, so it is the now that concerns me. 146 Light rail links to the city and the beaches. . No more high -rise buildings. 147 Greener, safe footpaths, cleaner 148 More trees , safer area. 149 Less cars. More public transport options. 150 Keep high rise buildings to a minimum and the opening of some really inviting coffee shops, with covered outdoor seating. 151 Some amazing parking solutions for residents and visitors 152 Easier car access.

Less bike lanes 153 Needs traffic calming and bike paths, shaded seating and be safe and attractive and interesting to attract people of all ages at night. 154 less windy , by installing wind breaks in very long streets e.g. Newland and Ebley Streets. 155 All of the family friendly stores will stay open well into the evening (e.g.. 10-11) which will encourage young families with kids to stay out. Young adults have options other than drinking and everyone feels safe on the road. 156 More open plan design. more greenery and parks 157 That it has the vibrancy of streets in Barcelona (art, mime-artists, arcade markets, outdoor markets, tapas bars, quality restaurants, large piazzas with safe play areas for children. 158 Great shared areas. Less car and congestion. More restaurants / cafes. Open later into the evening. Good sport facilities - Pool 159 The right balance between a busy, vibrant neighbourhod and a respect for greenery, relxation and sustainable energy projects. Where are the solar panels on these new high rise buildings? 160

Q What would you need to help make Bondi Junction like your dream? What 10d action would you take?

222 No Submission 1 I think the complete street project is the first step toward it. police and council to target noisy vehicles. council to encourage and facilitate 2 development. diverse population (i.e.: families not just holiday makers). Perhaps the name itself is a problem. I'm just wondering whether any great cities have 3 had something like "junction" in their name? Seriously. 1.Decent, open, transparent planning. Retain the HERITAGE BUILDINGS AND SITES such as the Boot Factory. STOP BUILDING A CONCRETE JUNGLE. 2. Access governments 4 and politicians and NGOs. 1) create an underground tunnel between the station and Westfield/mall, to eliminate the current problem at peak hour where you are often running in front of a bus when accessing the station - also really helpful in bad weather 2) make the area a non- smoking zone and ENFORCE it 3) attract more cafes with outside seating to the areas - in particular breakfast places - at the moment there are only a few that serve breakfast, nowhere to go really 4) use space at the mall to create an area with seating and tables 5 where elderly can sit together and socialise 6 More interesting cafes and shops outside in the malls more activity in and around the mall especially in evenings, arcades and walkways 7 linking the mall with Spring St open later Station parking is essential to encourage people to use the trains. Thinking that people will use the buses to get to the train station is pie in the sky thinking. Firstly at peak hours the buses often arrive full and you have to wait too long for a bus with seats; secondly people often need to do shopping on their way home from work and therefore 8 need to have their car waiting for them at the Junction when they come back from work. Greenery, encouraging good cafes, entertainers, street art, strip shopping or markets, safety for teenagers and the elderly who want to linger in the area and enjoy being 9 outdoors. Better public transport to the area from Rose Bay/Double Bay. Less congestion on the 10 approach roads to the area. I would help if needed...I can only plant my own garden with wildlife attracting plants and trees and I hope that the council will start to focus on planting native plants and trees to provide food and habitat for native wildlife. Could council please start planning where there can be trees planted that will be allowed to remain for a hundred or more years so that the trees will develop holes for wildlife to nest in Meanwhile, perhaps council can start a program of installing nest boxes of different sizes for birds and mammals, and to make the erection of nest boxes a condition of development approvals as Pittwater Council currently does. Melbourne City Council buys nesting boxes for possums and birds from La Trobe University to place in trees all around Melbourne. The government Scientific Committee has said that extinction of many species is imminent because of lack of adequate nesting habitat due to lack of trees that are sufficiently old 11 to have developed holes for nesting by birds and mammals Raise height limits and FSRs. Widen local thoroughfares where appropriate. Landscape existing streets such as Ebley and Newland Sts within the scope of their roles in traffic management. Provide a designated cycleway through Bondi Junction and petition the RMS to prohibit bicycles from Syd Einfeld Dr. Redevelop the centre of Oxford St mall and 12 its interface to the railway station. 13 Pedestrian access integration from the trains to west fields and the mall. 14 as above Light rail and a dedicated cycleway along York Road, then from the corner of York along Oxford St all the way to Crown and/or College St, then into the CBD, so I can take one 15 tram, or ride my bike, all the way to & from work. 16 More trees 17 Fewer bikes on footpaths and at a lower speed. 18 taxis cannot cross Bondi junction, only buses. Expand footpaths

Plant TREES

19 Encourage restaurants/cafes and pubs to offer outdoor seating under trees with

223 attractive introductory rates

Encourage specialty retail mini-precinct, leveraging Westfield strengths with focus on fashion, (casual-beachwear/active wear?) specialty food (upgraded bi-weekly growers market and cookery/kitchenware, designer furniture, entertainment electronics.

More frequent bus services during off-peak hours (smaller busses?)

Better licensing decisions for retail and restaurant spaces to encouraging better quality establishments to enter the Junction. More urban green areas and more pedestrian only 20 streets in the centre of the junction. 21 Council to have an open dialogue with people who have new ideas. Raise council rates to employ more garbage collectors, invest in long term urban 22 planning, and put in light rail to the beach Restrict chains to certain areas e.g. Oxford St mall, a local directory of which stores are 23 locally owned so I can support them over chains e.g. cafes, vege stores, I would investigate what sort of trees and plants would be suitable to provide greenery and colour, to soften the hard look it has, research the feasibility of more market stands, encourage people to use the mall by softening its look with perhaps a water feature and 24 definitely more green to reduce the forbidding look of asphalt and concrete. Pedestrian safe roads, traffic reduction and calming, better street lighting, more 25 pedestrian precincts with nice places to eat. 26 Joint a precinct working party 27 More parking, especially at Christmas time, when the parking areas get hectic. 1. Create precincts and limit the types of retailers that operate in those precincts. For example, if it's decided that the Mall will be a restaurant precinct, then limit the other types of retailers that can operate in that area. Having a $2 shop or a Mitre 10 next to a mid-high end restaurant, just doesn't work.

2. Intersperse residential housing with retail areas. The inner city of London and Paris provide great examples of where medium density housing is positioned alongside retail outlets. One of the reasons why Bondi Junction (and for that matter the City) is a soulless place after dark, is that there are no residents in the retail/commercial areas. Whilst more greenery and less traffic is nice, it will not absolve the feeling of a "ghost town" after dark unless there are more residents in the heart of Bondi Junction.

3. Plan commercial/retail areas. At the moment, the geographical size of the Bondi Junction retail area appears too big. There appears no logical rhyme or reason for where and why particular shops are located. For instance, there will be some stores on Ebley St, yet there are heaps of vacant stores on Oxford St. I think the commercial area needs to be more compressed and again, there should be council laws re. the type of retail / commercial outlet that can operate in the designated precincts.

4. In addition to addressing the commercial / residential planning imbalance, the following would assist Bondi Junction to become a destination:

4.1 Creation of a true "food market" like the Vic Market in Melbourne or the South Melbourne Market

4.2 Night Markets - As mentioned earlier.

4.3 Encourage wine bars and med-high end restaurants to establish in Bondi Junction 28 Turn off the parking meters from 6pm in Oxford Street West so people can park to use the restaurants. Encourage more restaurants in this area to help liven the place up at 29 night. The complete streets projects are a prompt to take an interest in the human scale, to linger and interact about the installations, so I'll be consciously seeking opportunities to 30 do that.

224

I am currently part of a community garden 15 mins from Bondi Jn that has an ethic of participation and community building (unlike the garden off Ebley St)

I will look for more opportunities for input, like this. Thankyou. Encourage lots of great food places to open.

Encourage boutique stores - this way we can differentiate our suburb and make us a "destination suburb".

31 Cleaned up pedestrian areas with lots of greenery. Investment in attracting the right businesses to open and showing the public what life could be like. Get rid of cheap dollar type shops and restaurants. At times it feels like 32 you could be in Cabramatta 33 Money and political power/influence. Tolerance, compromise Restore the Boot Factory - it's the oldest building in Bondi Junction and part of our 34 heritage. Remove Wilson Parking and return the commuter parking to the residents. 35 Don't you have anybody in Council with foresight, vision etc ? 36 Maintain what it currently is. 37 Less bikes and more access in Eastgate and the other arcades Encourage a good mix of eateries and retail outlets which are open till late, especially on 38 Friday to Sunday similar to Crows Nest and Willoughby 39 Safe bikeways, better choice of food, less buses! ( so noisy) 40 Ask for more trees, more seating areas, make it more attractive. Narrow the streets and widen the footpaths , plant lots of tress and more outdoor 41 seating, remove cars 42 Better footpaths and better lighting at night, more outdoor activities , eateries, greenery 43 Community involvement 44 Plant trees, security cameras. Keep taxi station in Spring St and stop private cars in Spring St and leave access only to 45 taxis which are more convenient 46 Light rail up Oxford St Dictatorial planning powers. A demolishing ball. Excavations. Creative architecture/landscaping to make an attractive town centre with space for markets, arcade shops and small bars/cafes surrounding the sunken garden, performance space centrepiece. FSA lost should be relocated to new developments (preferably replacing the worst of what is) in the blocks surrounding the town centre - with possible new iconic 47 tower block at the Newland end of the town square (where dog-ugly C'wealth bank is). Interactive art ( like jigsaw) , calendar of events for street fairs, local community festivals , fashion catwalks in the mall HUMAN CENTRIC then I could visit with friends and hang out and enjoy the space and creativity .Good food, without too much drunks 48 pouring out of pubs. 49 I wont be living then Create a list of residential streets in Bondi Junction where curb side greenery / gardens can be increased, residential roads narrowed and sustainability improved.

Improve the street frontage of all businesses along Oxford Street, making the most of the current Victorian facades, many of which remain hidden.

50 Create focal point outside of Westfield / Train Station. 51 Innovative and imaginative planning and ways of engaging the community Enlist a world class town planner/ city architect and a historian so we don't end up with 52 steel and glass everywhere. Greenery is good. Very large trees are not suitable , cause damage to sidewalks and 53 roads, and also darkens places. Reconstitute the old Cine sound studios, make it a historical site and open it up to the 54 public as a tourist attraction. 55 Outdoor music, outdoor art and evening markets.

225 56 More trees/ greenery on all the streets. a fountain or water feature 57 Blank Close down cheap shops. No more high rise buildings. No late trading for pubs like the 58 Tea Gardens. Cleaner streets. Lay consistent pavers across the whole junction to improve the look and 59 feel. Green the streets. Widen the platforms. 60 Maintain air space. 61 Plant more trees. 62 Limit density. preserve Heritage facade. 63 for Council to listen to us. Alternative entrance to the Bus/train interchange. The current shared bus and 64 pedestrian area is a recipe for someone to get killed. Someone in Council championing the pedestrian. Cash, Cash, Cash to pay for the 65 fantastic upgrades and public art. 66 Forward thinkers. Public domain first and foremost. 67 A playground in the Mall or Westfield. 68 Utilise the Mall more especially for kids. 69 More food areas 70 Encourage diverse businesses in Oxford St 71 Council to be more effective in tackling the complex issues such as traffic and pollution. 72 Blank Sack whoever has blocked rail access to the beaches. What a waste of our greatest 73 asset. get better traffic flow especially for buses, broaden footpaths and add more greenery and public seating throughout, patrols to monitor behaviour and minimise impact from 74 alcohol affected visitors My dream is pretty simple and also not really a dream as I'm sure it will continue to 75 provide good shopping so I don't see any action is required on my part. 76 All the things on that picture... And a late night bakery/cafe. And a couple of cool bars. Safety for the night. It is not safe to be out and about. Lighting is important.

Daytime , trees, art, music communal spaces where people can congregate and relax, 78 so seating shade. 79 More modern and beautiful mall, with lively markets. Much better train station. 80 continue paying my rates :) 81 Probably better lighting and safer access points to the transport 82 Transport & vehicle hubs on outskirts (Park & Drive) I would like to be vice chair of the oyster shucking competition sponsored by Sydney Seafood Markets and issued with a knife proof shucking glove and box of 12 dozen rock oysters - I would be delighted to take action to shuck the oysters and present them to 83 the audience to enjoy 84 I am happy to support local businesses. I think activation of the street and encouragement for creative business, like is happening around Alexandria by private owners as well as by council will attract better businesses that attract people to populate the place around the clock, enlivening it and making it a safe, gathering place. Chatswood has a state of the art new theatre, with associated restaurants and public spaces around it. I suggest the area could benefit from a quality rentable performance space. Not sure what opportunities have been explored 85 in this regard?? What is happening with the old Council premises on Bondi Road? Make parking free after 6pm. Give restaurants free outdoor spaces. Fix Spring Street. (Willoughby Road Crow Nest is a benchmark of what can be 86 achieved). 87 A responsive and innovative council like the City of Sydney Make it more sustainable, more green and have more open spaces. Any new high rises should be start of the art urban architecture, not eyesores. Better bicycle pathways and linkage to Centennial Park and Oxford Street. Encourage people to use public transport 88 and eco transport by making it easier. Make spaces where people can connect, not be

226 isolated. I think we need to rent control or subsidise to get cool people into the area and the area will be repaid 3 fold with hip and cool people. get the arts back into the area. if I see another yoghurt shop I am going to vomit and all the finance people that have invaded 89 the area don't contribute to the dynamics. 90 Better street designs some buses could go express on Syd Einfeld drive, use train tunnels and extend to Bondi beach use for trains or buses. more activity at night. use closed walkway from train 91 station to get to Westfield safely I would love to see some sunnier areas and some parks created. More public seating and some areas of quiet. How this could occur I'm not sure but there is a sense that there is no where to go for repose. It's a loud, dirty, consumer-driven area. There is too much emphasis on getting people to pull out their wallets and spend money, rather than a place to live, or a place to go for contemplation or sun or a place to meet friends or to 92 go and view art or music…it is a cultural desert. More trees, which would bring more foot traffic, better retail outside Westfield and better restaurants, cafes and bars. 93 Better crossing near About Life cafe on Oxford St. Ban people who only work in Bondi Junction from attending council meetings . they 94 should live in the area. 95 Vote in a different Council. 96 Vote in a different Council. 97 Someone in control who cares about the resident. 98 Spring street made into a green space / pedestrian/seating/ mall 99 Water feature somewhere and Aboriginal land recognition. 100 A clear idea of what this is about. the real agenda seems hidden. 101 More greenery. Better paving and aesthetics. 102 Limit building height. 103 More Council patrols to enforce 104 I would need the Council to the lead of residents concerns. I would sack the Council. 105 Choice to take light rail or cycle. 106 fill in questionnaires. 107 More events. 108 Improved traffic conditions. cycle paths to get bikes off the footpath. 109 Forward thinking regarding traffic management. Limit high rise development. 110 More community transport. 111 Need an information centre at the bus de[pot to help visitors. 112 Create a centre with a community feel. 113 More alfresco eateries and small shops. 114 A proper plan for the street scape. 115 Oxford Street should be a mall. Bike paths should be introduced. 116 More greenery. 117 Thoughtful planning for traffic flow . 118 More trees.- it is so urban. Less high rises- definitely not allow new ones to be built. 119 Make Spring Street car free. No more high rise buildings around the Bondi Junction Mall. 120 Councillors who listen to VISION- good urban planners and architects. More priority to pedestrians and cyclists. The Mall is improving but still has a down 121 market feel to it. 122 Green It ! Trees in every street. Widen the footpath in Oxford Street. Good cafes and restaurants and safety. 123 Less brothels and massage parlours please. 124 A shuttle service dedicated for tourists. 125 Respecting areas that are established. 1. Relocate the busses and get started on an aquatic centre. 126 2. Survey youth to see what they want. Sensible planning for access. 127 Cut back on overdevelopment. 128 More Restaurants. Have kids parks.

227 129 More community consultation more regard for safety. More variety of restaurants with longer opening hours on the weekends. More live music 130 venues. Lower rents. More greenery. More people friendly. 131 Many more green spaces. 132 More participation and voice from businesses and residents. 133 Plant more trees. Cyclists not to use the Mall too dangerous. As stated in (b) (i.e. "What concerns do you have about Bondi Junction?") the major overcrowding does not seem to have a solution - too many people, too many cars and 134 buses! 135 reduce speed limits to 40k per hour for local traffic areas. 136 Start planting trees, spend money on the streets to make walking safer. 137 Not too many high-rise apartments. More trees. 138 Planting more trees. - keep area spruced up and clean 139 - keep patronising Bondi Junction facilities 140 Leave it as a hub for pedestrians and cars. I would happily join a citizens' advisory committee. Don't see what else I can so. I 141 already fight for trees. 142 Stop Council allowing more high - rise buildings and taking away green areas. Make Spring Street a mall, widen the arcades to allow easy flow between the 2 malls, 143 allow (outdoor) cafes like ones in Melbourne's laneways 144 Better shared areas - with a mix of cafes etc. Open late. Add a sports centre with a pool. 145 I would get involoved in local projects to plant scrubs, collect rubbish or remove grafitti.

228 APPENDIX 2.C - POSTCARD SUBMISSIONS

No Submission

Remove the Bronka Arcade and get rid of the $2.00 and $3.00 food outlets. At lunch 1 time the arcade is jammed with people eating - hard to get by Make Spring and Ebley Streets no access to vehicles make people walk to work and 2 shopping, there's too much traffic in the Junction Oxford St Mall is rundown - make it prettier and stop the spruikers. More public art like 3 fish sculpture Spring St pop up should have less concrete and maybe add some planter boxes. Also add shade cloths on sunny eastgate side. Please don't create bike lanes, cyclist currently 4 share the road with drivers just fine. Use the money to benefit wider community. Prevent any further high rise buildings in the Junction. In winter many streets see little 5 sun and too many streets are wind tunnels. Enough is enough Spring St allow many 5 minute 'pick up and drop off' spaces for cars to service the apartment residents, shoppers, ESL Club patrons. Also 1-2 traffic lanes through that 6 area. Wind breaks in Newland St. 7 Get the cyclists off the footpaths and the mall 8 Make the streets look better 9 Lovely idea and bit of shade would complete it. More of these would be great 10 Enforcement of non smoking laws. Clearly marker cycleway not shared with pedestrians 11 Really like them. Hope they stay a while 12 Looks Great. Keep it 13 Love the pop ups but please move the noisy motor bikes 14 I sit in the pop up Saturday morning to eat my lunch. Love the pop ups 15 Needs shade. Really enhances the street 16 Add more kids play areas as part of the pop ups 17 More of the same please 18 More bike parking. Less cars 19 Not a junk heap. Good spot to stop and rest 20 Love it. More please 21 Awesome for people watching 22 Love the pop up 23 Keep Urban Lounge and bring us more more seating. Bicycle parking and public art 24 I sit here every lunch time. Its great 25 Finally somewhere nice to sit for free. Love the urban lounge 26 Good spot to drink coffee, meet a friend without having to buy something 27 This is a great idea. Umbrellas would also be a good idea 1. Fix sidewalk and street surfaces. 2. Flower boxes / or islands of greenery. 3. Keep 28 garbage bins off streets Great to encourage cyclists but keep them out of the mall. They speed through and 29 there are a lot of near accidents. Make it mandatory to walk through with their bikes. The train service is excellent but the interchange needs an upgrade. This might 30 encourage people to know about and use it. New street lights, like in the CBD, by which you can hang flower pots, banners etc which add light, colour and information. Look add to the new look...especially down Spring and 31 Oxford Streets You ignore all answers to surveys. Provide more parking for regular cars far too much loading zone areas - not used Spring St has been turned into a place for everything 32 except shoppers. Can't stay in BJ with no parking. Ridiculous 33 More greenery please 34 Artwork. Better bars 35 Much more diverse night life Kids, clues to follow the public art through BJ with prize at the end at library, tourist 36 attraction 37 More plants, trees, public toilets, less congestion, more streets lights 38 Get shop owners to improve their shop frontages. Improve pavements and pavement

229 plantings. Provide more underground parking Make Spring and Ebley St one way and widen footpath, add lots of trees and outdoor 39 seating. Shut down tea gardens and cock and bull pubs. Great to encourage cyclists but keep them out of the mall. They speed through and 29 there are a lot of near accidents. Make it mandatory to walk through with their bikes. The train service is excellent but the interchange needs an upgrade. This might 30 encourage people to know about and use it. New street lights, like in the CBD, by which you can hang flower pots, banners etc which add light, colour and information. Look add to the new look...especially down Spring and 31 Oxford Streets You ignore all answers to surveys. Provide more parking for regular cars far too much loading zone areas - not used Spring St has been turned into a place for everything 32 except shoppers. Can't stay in BJ with no parking. Ridiculous 33 More greenery please 34 Artwork. Better bars 35 Much more diverse night life Kids, clues to follow the public art through BJ with prize at the end at library, tourist 36 attraction 37 More plants, trees, public toilets, less congestion, more streets lights Get shop owners to improve their shop frontages. Improve pavements and pavement 38 plantings. Provide more underground parking Get shop owners to improve their shop frontages. Improve pavements and pavement 38 plantings. Provide more underground parking Make Spring and Ebley St one way and widen footpath, add lots of trees and outdoor 39 seating. Shut down tea gardens and cock and bull pubs. We need to have clearly designated pedestrian only areas. Bikes on footpaths and going 40 through red lights a big problem around Nelson St. Please stop to take out big old trees and replace them with baby trees which will take 41 decades to grow big again. (Ebley Streets and Spring Street) Stop people wearing gym / yoga clothes as street wear. Restrict drinking hours where Irish over indulge Tea Gardens and the mick pub across from the surf shop. Shut down 42 7 out of 10 yoga studios. Re the spring st pop up: More greenery, less concrete please. Concrete infringe onto traffic too much visually. Bit of eyesore can we have more proportional barriers. Wrtie 43 local artists to participate. Bikes using footpath from York Rd - Denison St is very dangerous. Need dedicated cycleway from Centennial Park to Mall. Pedestrians need to be safe from on the 44 footpath. Get rid of the 'pop ups' and other clutter - we have too much and too may eye sores on our streets / footpaths - show some good taste - BJ streets / footpaths are looking like 45 Bangkok etc. Get shop owners to improve their shop frontages. Improve pavements and pavement 38 plantings. Provide more underground parking Make Spring and Ebley St one way and widen footpath, add lots of trees and outdoor 39 seating. Shut down tea gardens and cock and bull pubs. We need to have clearly designated pedestrian only areas. Bikes on footpaths and going 40 through red lights a big problem around Nelson St. Please stop to take out big old trees and replace them with baby trees which will take 41 decades to grow big again. (Ebley Streets and Spring Street) Stop people wearing gym / yoga clothes as street wear. Restrict drinking hours where Irish over indulge Tea Gardens and the mick pub across from the surf shop. Shut down 42 7 out of 10 yoga studios. Re the spring st pop up: More greenery, less concrete please. Concrete infringe onto traffic too much visually. Bit of eyesore can we have more proportional barriers. Wrtie 43 local artists to participate. Bikes using footpath from York Rd - Denison St is very dangerous. Need dedicated cycleway from Centennial Park to Mall. Pedestrians need to be safe from on the 44 footpath.

230 Get rid of the 'pop ups' and other clutter - we have too much and too may eye sores on our streets / footpaths - show some good taste - BJ streets / footpaths are looking like 45 Bangkok etc. 46 The street sitting area looks great. Thanks 47 Better places at night. Good diverse bars It will be too hot for people to sit here in summer. Spend money on upgrading streets. 48 Potholes 'rate payer'. 49 Why don't you plant more trees in my neighbourhood or offer them to people to plant Plant more grasses, trees and flowers. Have rubbish picked up from streets. Have streets cleaned. Have events that the shops can be involved in. Have more quality 50 shops in the Junction. 51 Would like to see more trees 52 More interactive play for kids After 6pm. Parking should be for much longer than 2 hours to allow one to have a 53 relaxing dinner 54 Night time activity for families. Family friendly restaurants 55 Better biking facilities. More pop ups 1. Replace shabby asphalt with large pavement blocks on footpath in Spring St. Similar to path from Charing Cross to Bondi Junction. 2.Remove 'pop up' from front of residential apartment and place outside 'cafe' if necessary and consult first with owners. 56 3. Place seats out on footpaths only. Kitty encourage mess? You'll never enhance Bondi Junction untill you do something about the parking. It's 57 chaotic and a turn off. Westfield Eastgardens has free parking all day. I think we should have noodle markets in Oxford Street Pedestrian mall on Thursday 58 nights, or some other time. They are such a hit when they are on in the city. Get business in mall that stay open after 5pm. More seating and a Paris style feel for 59 evening dining Pop - ups in Spring St - smokers and no shade - health risk - took ages to build and 60 probably not worth it if they are coming down. Who is going to do something about dangerous and illegal cyclist on south side of 61 Oxford St between Centennial Park and Denison Street. Eg. See over 62 It's great! How about shade. How about making the street into a mall even half? 63 Maybe give away shopping roller bags to encourage walking to the shops Start a campaign to get people out of their cars and on to public transport and walking 64 for heath Leave the car at home! Take public transport! Walk! You'll be healthier for it. Quit 65 complaining about lack of parking 66 Make Spring St pedestrian between Bronte Rd and Newland St Clear signage to walk to beach each week. Night noodle markers-change - late night shopping on weekends - pedestrian crossing at Bronte Rd and Spring St - very dangerous - Scooter and motorcycle parking to be aligned with City of Sydney i.e no tickets required for car park bays but time restricted - more live music on Fridays / Sat 67 night rather than pubs only. Great move. This is exciting. Please consider Gardiner St. There is pedestrian traffic from Birrell. At night it is dark. In day time the graffiti is an eye sore - Trees - bushes. 68 Please add lighting. Flowers 69 Reduce cars on local streets. Close the pubs earlier. Make it safer for all of us The building works is disgrace red. This street is busy. Don't need it. What about taxi for 70 renesois. Heaven forbid - no more pop ups etc. - Spring St one is an ugly intrusion and talking parking space - just a few seats (like the ones in the mall) on the footpaths - Get rid of 71 or out of sight the sulr bins Please, please get rid of that horrible "urban lounge" looks like a construction wosh. The 72 footpath could be updated with nice tiles. Make Spring St similar to Oxford St mall; more outdoor seating, trees, bike lanes. Create spaces for market stalls etc. Bronte Rd from Cock 'n' bull to next intersection needs upgrading: more trees more space for pedestrians make it more cosy. It's a dead 73 zone at the moment.

231 Enforce non smoking laws. Enforce non smoking laws Spring St as a mall more trees trees trees flowers - spring. Police the bad behaviour of yobos. Get rid of flower shops 74 barking dog Keep the through site mall links between Spring St and Oxford St open for longer. 75 Encourage small eateries and cafes to open here and stay open late. "quote" - that's right for people of all ages. I would provide facilities or businesses for people of all ages. Currently Bond Junction at night is focused on drunken youths 76 hanging out and repelling others. It would be fantastic to have name changed. 'Bondi Junction' doesn't sound like 'a party' 77 I'd like to go Move pop up art projects. More variety of restaurants. More streets made for 78 pedestrians only. 79 Clean footpaths. No beggars. More attractive shops in the mall and arcade 80 Public recycle garbage bins in Bondi Junction would be great! Stop the smokers. No smoking signs not big enough and enforce it. Get rid of car and 81 bike yobs make Spring Street a mall. A tree lined smoke car free mall. 82 There is no drop off / pick up by car place for the trains and buses. 83 With the worst infrastructure for cyclists. Please put in a bike label along that stretch of Oxford St (York Rd) 84 Also umbrellas please. Yes please lots more trees and bougainvillaea for colocer. Also please renovate Bronka Arcade - it is awful - an eye sore. Many thanks in anticipation

85 Thanks for consideration. Why not Gardiner and McKenzie Streets? They're between Newland and Bronte Rds which are recognised (page 10). Gardiners central for many pedestrians and to the bus interchange. 86 Trees / gardens longer mall. With outdoor families eating and water feature

87 Bring back tram to beach 88 Less slabs of gigantic concrete. Add some shade for the elderly. Flowers and painted utility boxes.

89 I would like a swimming pool as with young family. We lack one on our doorstep 90 Thank you. Yes! Trees: Water Fountains bicycle racks. Creative recycling bins (constantly emptied). Recycling depot for cash-back containers. Wall space with commissioned or permitted art. 91 Concern of safety many deaths required change in traffic control at Chambers on Bondi Rd. Adhoc routes encourage false security and bravado. 92 Resident for 15years. Bout time something good put here. Keep pop ups 93 Pop ups are very cosmopolitan 94 Wonderful. Joyous! Keep longer than temporary 95 Why drive if you can walk or ride

96 An indoor / outdoor aquatic park (swimming pool) with fun and fitness activities for all ages at the site of the Waverley Bus Depot.

97 Love the urban lounge!! We need more! Make it greener! Maybe let people plant herbs, flowers...let the community play a part! Music and always sets a nice mood / vibe. Busking area, for live music - or speakers playing tunes. 98 Ensure that dogs are on leads at all times and away from restaurants and cafes 99 Less cars, encourage cyclists and walking to BJ, too many 4WD driving into BJ to get coffee 101 Less cars, encourage cyclists and walking to BJ, too many 4WD driving into BJ to get 232 coffee

10 Take cars off local streets, make it safer for pedestrians 101 Less off leash areas for dogs more child friendly 102 Make the BJ mall non-smoking everywhere please! 103 Encourage visitors to use public transport more, less vehicles on and around the streets 104 Bondi Junction is fantastic already vibrant and beautiful!! 105 Non smoking mall. Less vehicles into BJ A safer place to go to at night - the pubs need to close earlier because their patrons are 106 too loud and disturb the residents. The markets in the mall should be on the weekends. I don't get to shop because they 107 are only on weekdays. 108 Make Oxford Street mall non smoking at all times 109 Less cars on the roads around BJ more pedestrian crossings Less cars, encourage cyclists and walking to BJ, too many 4WD driving into BJ to get 99 coffee 100 Take cars off local streets, make it safer for pedestrians 101 Less off leash areas for dogs more child friendly 102 Make the BJ mall non-smoking everywhere please! 103 Encourage visitors to use public transport more, less vehicles on and around the streets 104 Bondi Junction is fantastic already vibrant and beautiful!! 105 Non smoking mall. Less vehicles into BJ A safer place to go to at night - the pubs need to close earlier because their patrons are 106 too loud and disturb the residents. The markets in the mall should be on the weekends. I don't get to shop because they 107 are only on weekdays. 108 Make Oxford Street mall non smoking at all times 109 Less cars on the roads around BJ more pedestrian crossings There's too much traffic on the local streets, make it greener and cleaner and safer for 110 pedestrians Make Spring and Ebley Streets no thoroughfare for cars. There are too many vehicles in 111 BJ. 102 Make the BJ mall non-smoking everywhere please! 103 Encourage visitors to use public transport more, less vehicles on and around the streets 104 Bondi Junction is fantastic already vibrant and beautiful!! 105 Non smoking mall. Less vehicles into BJ A safer place to go to at night - the pubs need to close earlier because their patrons are 106 too loud and disturb the residents. The markets in the mall should be on the weekends. I don't get to shop because they 107 are only on weekdays. 108 Make Oxford Street mall non smoking at all times 109 Less cars on the roads around BJ more pedestrian crossings There's too much traffic on the local streets, make it greener and cleaner and safer for 110 pedestrians Make Spring and Ebley Streets no thoroughfare for cars. There are too many vehicles in 111 BJ. 113 No smoking at urban lounge door ways, bus stops outdoor eating areas. Inforce the law 114 Need shade 115 Need shade 116 Increase pedestrian and landscaping zones to Spring Street. The urban lounge is going

233 some way to address this. I love it and hope it stays (plan drawing attached - see original) High level pedestrian connection into Westfields foodcourt (plan drawing attached - see 117 original) High level pedestrian connection into Wesfields from bus/ trains (plan drawing attached 118 - see original) 113 No smoking at urban lounge door ways, bus stops outdoor eating areas. Inforce the law 114 Need shade 115 Need shade Increase pedestrian and landscaping zones to Spring Street. The urban lounge is going some way to address this. I love it and hope it stays (plan drawing attached - see 116 original) High level pedestrian connection into Westfields foodcourt (plan drawing attached - see 117 original) High level pedestrian connection into Wesfields from bus/ trains (plan drawing attached 118 - see original)

234

235 APPENDIX 2.D - EMAILED SUBMISSIONS

Note: submissions have been edited by removing names to protect people’s identity No Submission

1 Wow this is really great news, my mum and i am are regular cyclists and we cycle from bondi to the city every week for work, but it would really be great to have more separated cycleways connecting bondi junction to the city, we would feel a lot safer as some cars do not leave enough space or acknowledge cyclists on the road.

2 I read in the Waverley Focus the article on enhancing Bondi Junction. For many years I have visited my select beautician on Oxford Street Bondi junction whereas we both lament the restricted parking limit of 1/2 hr. my treatments with my local bondi junction beautician understandably run from 1 hr + as would most shopping experiences, who wants to rush after all ? So I ask you whether you are going to review the parking meters, make the time we spend shopping in your district More realistic and absolve us of any anxiety of those ruthless parking officers under your employ issuing a parking fine for a mere 1hrs indulgence at one of your loyal and award winning local businesses.

3 I would like to see habitat corridors throughout Waverley, which connect with habitat corridors in adjoining council areas and parks

4 Widen the footpaths, and leave two lanes for traffic. That area of Bondi Junction is already congested, with no alternative route.

5 I was really interested to see the public art around Bondi Junction recently, and decided to look up more info, and came across the Complete Streets initiative information. I am a local and have lived and worked in Bondi Junction for the past 5 year. I am also a practising artist. I am really interested in finding out more, and if there are any opportunities for me to get involved as an artist and make a creative contribution to the project. Any information or suggestions you could give me would be much appreciated.

6 Thank you for the opportunity to make a submission. I consider the gentrification and beautification of Bondi Junction important, but I am concerned that major decisions involving traffic flows and parking in the centre of BJ are not being conducted in conjunction with the possible flow on effects to the residential surrounds. The heritage Mill Hill area is already under considerable stress from the intensification of use of BJ, which will only continue with the BJ LEP and growth in residents and commercial premises in the centre. Somehow the surrounding residential amenity needs to be considered and protected, such as available parking for residents in those areas, not users of business in the centre. The recent introduction of a first hour parking fee for Eastgate is already having a flow on effect in streets, like Lawson. BJ needs considerable greening, particularly along Ebley Street on the eastern end , east of Newland Street. Bronte Rd needs considerable greening and Spring street east of Newland is just plain ugly. Regrettably the recent seating installations have rather naively been placed opposite each other, thereby causing a unnecessary narrowing of traffic in one area. I would have thought the seating areas should be placed at diagonals. It is imperative with the seating areas that taxi ranks are not lost, due to the amount of people inflow and outflow into the area. Regrettably I do not think there is anything that can be done to persuade residents, who are not Irish patrons of the pubs to go into the junction at night. Thanks to the hotels, it is an unpleasant and unsafe experience with so many intoxicated persons. I frequent the junction many times a week to shop in Eastgate and I think the first hour parking charge is a disgrace. I think the Boot Factory should be restored and saved and the area in front of the Boot Factory, Norman Lee place is special and should be retained for the community. It is imperative that Clementson Park is retained and protected from further development, it has already been overly encroached upon. It is imperative that the community garden is maintained. I think there is considerable scope for greening of buildings and this should be part of the requirements for new developments. The centre of BJ is too windy and hot, due to the poor planning and lack of greening. I do not think

236 we need more pedestrian streets, traffic flows should be maintained through Newland, there is not sufficient infrastructure to pass the weight of traffic into surrounding streets like Denison and Hollywood Ave. My concerns remain the overdevelopment of BJ and the push of higher rise onto the Heritage Mill Hill precinct, all major developments should be focussed in the centre and not the periphery of the junction. In that context Ebley Street should be protected. The removal of the hotels, and their drunk patrons would go a long way to making the junction an appealing place. Failing their removal, if they at least sought to attract a better quality clientele then there would be more locals prepared to go to the junction at night.

7 Pedestrian Crossing Ebley Street - Suggest that you move the pedestrian crossing a couple of meters towards Bronte Road so that vehicles exiting Eastgate have plenty of time to stop for pedestrians.

8 SPRING STREET(Bronte Road-Newland Steet)The concept of beautifying and improving the streetscape is historically an important aspect of evolving urban centres however in the current plan,there appears to be inaccuracies,generalisations and omissions. :The claim that "on weekends footpaths are filled to capacity"is an exaggeration and as such unhelpful: "The street is mostly used by delivery vehicles"..a substratum upon which much policy is based, is only partially accurate.It is also used by security vans,plumbers,air conditioner tradesmen,shop fitters,roofers,electricians,glaziers and indeed all manner of tradespersons necessary for the repair and maintenance of buildings and for which ready access is important.The impression conveyed of little other traffic is again only partially accurate.Because vehicles cannot proceed north down Bronte Road beyond Spring Street,they turn left along Spring Street toward their varied destinations: Of major concern is the proposed removal of the taxi rank,which is much in demand particularly by the elderly who emerging from Eastgate with bags of supermarket shopping need to get home.Being close to the shopping centre,it is an invaluable transport facility and for many disabled and elderly people it would be naive,inconceivable and irresponsile to force them to seek alternative transport a distance away.The current position of the Taxi rank is perfect to accommodate the needs of young and old for all manner of trips and its proposed removal is clearly atheoretical solution unrelated to need.The ambulance service is not infrequently called to the Eastgate apartments.They have their own keypad so as to gain immediate access in emergencies,yet the project report makes no reference to ambulance or emergency service access not only to the apartment buildings but also to theshopping centre.Indeed the proposed concept plan places significant physical impediments to direct ambulance access to the Ocean Court building.The fact that ambulance access has not been considered is not only an extraordinary oversight but also an indication of the planners lack of knowledge of the local area.Every morning council trucks collect garbage from the many bins in Spring Street.The Council workmen perform their task efficiently,with considerable diligence and without impeding the flow of traffic.Under the proposed plan,with a single lane of traffic,none of this would be possible.The recommendation to remove signals at the pedestrian crossing beggars belief.The community had to wait a long time for traffic lights and apart from general safety,their presence greatly assists young mothers,the elderly and visually impaired.The suggested removal of the lights due to "slower design speeds and reduced traffic volume' is again a theoretical concept unrelated to need and as such regressive. The project flags the possibility of expanding Eastgate car park under Spring St.With a shopping centre and two 25 storey apartment blocks towering above,this proposal is to say the least,highly contentious The more one reads and examines the whole project report,the more the surprise at its pervasive influence and the more the disappointment that Council has not adequately communicated its intentions. Most people I have spoken to have no idea of the changes in the offing nor of the exposure of the Council,residences and buisnesses to the enormous and ongoing financial costs. There is a feeling that the planners are so confident in the veracity of their report that there is the expectation that it will be followed in all its detail.This is reinforced by the fact that Council has failed to inform the community of the scope of the plan,in simple,direct,honest,concise,tranparent and open language devoid of spin,jargon and obfuscation. In Section 5 Complete Streets-Complete

237 Transformation,it is noticable that in all the artistsimpressions,there are no elderly people,nor a single tradesperson in sight and apart from a few buses nobody at work in any capacity.This cynical manipulation and pretence should cease and an open conversation take place in order that the merits and shortcomings of the project be more fully ascertained and significantly to allay the concern that Council is determined to both impose and enforce its will and aesthetic in a dictatorial manner.

9 The draft looks great. I walk, cycle and drive in this area and look forward to this. But I can see a few significant problems that could be addressed: 1. The car redirection that intends to take cars from Oxford St > Denison St > Ebley St > Newland St will not work as intended; many cars will just continue down Denison St to Birrell St. Denison St cannot handle that volume of cars (and shouldn't, it is residential). 2. The car redirection will also be impeded by having cycle markings (and aspirational cycle paths) on Ebley St between Denison and Newland St. If you want cars to use this route, don't mix bikes there. For the safety of both, separate them. Get the bikes onto Spring St and the cars onto Ebley St. Make the Spring St limit 40kph and bike-friendly and make Ebley 50kph and not specifically bike friendly (ie no additional cycle features compared to now). Having more bikes on Ebley will also be a problem with the delivery trucks that go down Ebley to service the shopping centre and people using the green link walk. 3. Having cyclists going through Oxford St mall is a serious pedestrian hazard. I often have near- misses when on foot, and don't feel safe riding there because people move unpredictably (especailly with kids). Markings on the ground won't stop this. Can cyclists be banned from the mall and redirected along either Spring St and/or Grafton St- that will be safer for cyclists but more importantly for pedestrians? They can link up to the Denison St link running from Spring to Oxford St or take Grafton and come out at Nelson St and join the Oxford St cycleway path there (that would be the ideal option I would use on my bike as it is safer because of the lights and less traffic). Put a bike box at the lights turning from Nelson onto Oxford St would be even better. 4. Related to this, the current plan states that cyclists using Oxford St will dismount and walk across Denison St "like a pedestrian" (p83). They current do not - many ride (illegally) across the pedestrian crossing, which is dangerous to turning cars and pedestrians. These are usually the same guys who fly through the mall. There is no reason to expect they will start to behave once more bikes use Oxford St. Something should be done to force them to dismount as intended - eg a barrier to prevent them going up onto the footpath and onto the pedestrian crossing. You could also avoid this by diverting them onto Spring or Grafton. Or even putting the cycleway on the north side of Oxford St, as then they are away from the bus depot, and only have to cross the less trafficked streets (Vernon, Leswell, Nelson), instead of Denison, Mill Hill, Ruthven etc, but I'm sure you've considered this already. 5. The proposed works at Leswell St and Oxford St are a bit unclear. I hope one lane is not being closed. Leswell needs to remain 2 way there, as it is the only easy way for locals to get across Oxford St and Syd Einfeld. But you should make it a no-right turn coming up Leswell St (ie southbound) turning right onto Oxford St (ie westbound). Those cars should turn right at Nelson St, at the lights. Currently, right-turning cars at Leswell hold up everyone behind them because the turn is unfavourable turning across and onto Oxford. They impede cars turning right from Oxford into Leswell and also block bikes coming east along Oxford St because they have to pull out to see, and then they wait there until there is space to turn, across the bike line. Left-turning cars (ie turning eastbound onto Oxford) are fine, it's just the ones turning right that are a problem. 6. Can you put pedestrian crossings across Spring St at the east side of Denison St? Ebley is not as bad a problem since there is a good crossing at officeworks, but crossing Spring St is bad enough now, and will be worse if there are more cyclists there. Thanks for all the hard work, it's looking really good.

10 I’d love to find out more about your Bondi Junction Urban Lounge project. Does it involve temporarily converting some parking spaces into public seating? Is it similar to this Western Australian council’s ‘on-road café’ or New York City’s Street Seats program? I’m keen to write to my local council, Marrickville Council, to propose that they trial something similar in Newtown. A candidate location is Australia Street, opposite Blackstar Pastry. Public seating the parking spaces at this location worked very well for a 1-day

238 only event as part of international Park(ing) Day. You can see some photos on the event’s blog here

11 We were digging the urban lounge on the weekend! Absolutely love it - the best street I have seen in my life. Great idea - should go worldwide! It was a nice spot to sit down and have some water and a banana I had brought myself for a day out in my backpack with my son!

12 The new seating and public space you have created looks fantastic, it is proving popular with users also. It would be great if the skate blocks are installed to prevent the timber getting damaged….and also allow us some sleep at nigh

13 Thank you for creating these lovely open air seating areas. They are really great, look good and loads of people use them to simply sit and relax in or eat their food. Could I suggest that some type of shading also be put in place because it becomes far too hot to sit in these areas at times, and I have noticed that they remain empty in the hottest periods of the day. We have a lot of lovely hot days here in Sydney, and that means we have to take some precautions if ywe wish to enjoy being out in the sun. It is such an innovative idea, and has really opened up that part of the street in a really enjoyable way.

14 I AM WRITING YOU BECAUSE AS A MEMBER OF THE GREEN PARTY, YOU ARE LIKELY TO BE MORE SYMPATHETIC TO THE QUESTION OF SUSTAINING THE CONCEPT OF BONDI JUNCTION AS A VILLAGE RATHER THAN BECOMING ANOTHER SYDNEY CBD OR NORTH SYDNEY HIGH RISE. WE MUST TAKE STEPS TO PROTECT THE VILLAGE CONCEPT OF BONDI JUNCTION FROM DEVELOPERS WHO CONTINUE TO MANEUVER THE COUNCIL TO INCREASE HEIGHT RESTRICTIONS ALONG WITH THEIR BALANCE SHEETS IN EXCHANGE FOR FUTURE CONSIDERATIONS. ONCE LOST, ITS GONE FOREVER, NEVER TO BE RECOVERED AS A VILLAGE COMMUNITY. DOUBLE BAY HAD IT RIGHT A FEW YEARS BACK WHEN THE COMMUNITY, IN SPITE OF COUNCIL SUPPORT, FORCED DEVELOPERS TO BACK DOWN TO INSURE HEIGHT RESTRICTIONS WERE IN PLACE. WE CAN DO AS MUCH.

15 CERTAINLY A STEP FORWARD TO ENHANCE THE BEAUTIFICATION OF OUR COMMUNITY. MY CONCERN LIKE MANY OF US LIVING IN THE "JUNCTION", IS TO MAINTAIN ITS VILLAGE ATMOSPHERE RATHER THAN HAVING IT TRANSFORMED INTO ANOTHER NORTH SYDNEY CONCRETE JUNGLE. IT IS UNDERSTOOD THAT YOUR DEPARTMENT IS ALL THAT STANDS BETWEEN A VILLAGE ATMOSPHERE AND DEVELOPERS WHOSE PRIMARY INTEREST IS CONFINED TO THE GROWTH OF THEIR BALANCE SHEETS. THERE IS A TERM FAMILIAR TO ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES WHICH IS "THE CARRYING CAPACITY OF THE LAND", PARTICULARLY WHEN IT COMES TO FOOTPATHS AND STREETS. SPECIFICALLY, MY COMMENT IS ADDRESSED TO THE INTERSECTION OF OXFORD STREET AND HOLLYWOOD AVE. THREE HIGH RISE MULTIPLE RESIDENCIES ARE BEING PLANNED FOR THIS LOCATION AND BELIEVE YOUR DEPARTMENT NEEDS TO GIVE FURTHER ATTENTION AND THOUGHT TO THE IMPACT IT WILL HAVE ON THAT AREA. IT IS AT THIS POINT WHERE "CARRYING CAPACITY" COMES INTO PLAY WITH REGARD TO BOTH FOOT AND VEHICLE TRAFFIC, PARTICULARLY DURING BOTH MORNING AND EVENING RUSH HOUR, IT IS BELIEVED THAT THESE 3 PROJECTS COME INTO CONFLICT WITH THE SPIRIT AND LANGUAGE FOUND IN YOUR DEPARTMENTS REFERENCED LETTER FOUND ABOVE WITH RESPECT TO THE FIRST PARAGRAPH, "PLANS FOR BONDI JUNCTION TO ENHANCE THE VIBRANCY OF THE AREA AND ITS SPACES".

239 APPENDIX 2.E - WRITTEN SUBMISSIONS

The following are scans of written submissions received via post Note: submissions have been edited by removing names to protect people’s identity No Submission

240

241

242

243

244

245

246

247

248 2

249 4

250 6

251 7

252

253

254 APPENDIX 2.F - PHONE SUBMISSION

No Submission

1 Better quality footpaths. Hanging baskets. BJ is a dump. Make more like Europe

255 APPENDIX 2.G – SUBMISSION FROM THE WAVERLEY UNIVERSAL ACCESS COMMITTEE

Bondi Junction Complete Streets Universal Access Workshop Wednesday 30 October 2013

Design principles and planning for inclusion and mobility Waverley has a growing ageing population and a significant number of people with disability who live in or regularly visit the area. Bondi Junction is an important service, entertainment and shopping centre and connection point to other key destinations in the area. For many people Bondi Junction is viewed as too busy and fast paced and is unwelcoming of people who are less mobile or have a disability. Common barriers raised regarding safe and easy access include: • conflicting use on footpaths and within pedestrian spaces, particularly between pedestrians and cyclists but also with other more mobile users • slip and trip hazards on footpaths • limited seating options and rest areas • poor access into shops such as steps at the entrance or entrances that are located too far to walk from parking or from street level . . Universal access provisions should be planned, budgeted and integrated within the overall design at the beginning of the design process. Unforseen barriers to good access often occur when work to make improvements are implemented as an afterthought or on an ad hoc basis.

Recommendations /support • To meet the needs of an ageing population ensure universal access and age friendly design features are made a priority in the redesign of the area. • Develop a community engagement strategy to consult older people and people with disability about their access needs • Utilise universal access and age friendly checklists for city design as a benchmark to assess and monitor access improvements. Universal Access resources: . Australian Suite of Standards for Disability Access . World Health Organisation (WHO) Age Friendly Cities Checklist http://www.who.int/ageing/publications/Age_friendly_cities_checklist.pdf Healthy Spaces and Places http://www.healthyplaces.org.au/site/design.php • Engage universal access consultants to conduct access audits that identify access and mobility issues and solutions, and to assist in determining a schedule of work and priorities.

Footpaths Well designed and maintained footpaths enable older people and people with disability to easily and safely access the public domain, shops and services. . Wide footpaths, especially in busy locations, are needed to support the safety of all users particularly people who use wheelchairs, walking frames or sticks and people with low vision . In many locations, footpaths are not evenly graded or are in poor condition and maintenance and repair takes too long. . Kerb ramps in some locations are not aligned and require replacement to rectify the slope and direction. . Tactile indicators are often lacking or are poorly located. Tactile indicators ensure safe guidance for those with low vision. . Footpaths are no longer primarily designed and reserved for pedestrian use. They are increasingly used to accommodate street future, cafe seating, signage, utility boxes and garbage bins. This can create clutter on footpaths that impedes easy and safe pedestrian access, especially for more vulnerable users.

256 Recommendations / support • Footpaths should provide a continuous path of travel to enable pedestrians easy and safe access from parking areas, bus stops and trains to and within the town centre • Footpath widening is supported and necessary to accommodate high volumes of pedestrian traffic and to allow people with less mobility to comfortably use the space. Mobility scooter usage is also likely to increase in the future, wider footpaths would support the increased use of scooters. • Where possible provide and maintain a clear path of travel along the building line that is free of clutter as this provides the best possible guidance line for people with low vision • Steps that taper into the ground are a trip hazard and should be removed. Separate ramping alongside a set of stairs should be provided where possible to resolve differences in levels • A forward plan is required to ensure footpaths and kerb ramp installation, repair and maintenance are adequately budgeted for and built to universal access standards. • Increase footpath maintenance budget to ensure timely repair • Implement the Pedestrian Access and Mobility Plan PAMP to improve connection between key transport hubs with shopping, facilities and service areas • Review pedestrian crossing waiting areas and times at busy intersections. The waiting times are not always adequate for people who have less mobility and need more time to cross the street • Implement way finding signage that is easy to read, positioned at an appropriate height and located in logical places for pedestrians to determine how to get to key places and facilities • Street calming strategies, including road narrowing are supported • Paving surfaces should be nonslip, even when wet, level and firm and be at an appropriate gradient. Detailed concrete or bitumen are the best surfaces as unit paving and tiles often lift and become a trip hazard. • Tactile indicators are required at all kerb ramps • Utility cover surfaces should be made level with the footpath and of a material that is nonslip in both wet or dry conditions • Electricity kiosks often obstruct footpath access, wherever possible these should be located underground. • More frequent cleaning is required especially to remove grease and chewing gum • Consider utilizing the maintenance reporting app developed by UNSW built environment research team to get comment from the public or for staff reporting

Cycling Cycling is welcomed where it is safe for all users. Cycling is increasingly popular with older age groups and encouraging cycling supports strategies to help people to remain active and healthy • Older people have reported that they fear being hit by cyclists, particularly in Oxford St Mall which is seen to be a pedestrian only thoroughfare • The proposed cycle way on Spring St is unlikely to reduce the use of Oxford St Mall by cyclists. Cycling in the Mall would need to be banned. • Oxford St is dangerous for cyclists due to bus traffic and lack of space to accommodate all types of vehicles

Recommendation / support • The re-routing of cyclists to Syd Enfield overpass is supported. Separating and re - routing cycle routes from high pedestrian traffic areas is needed to improve pedestrian access and safety

Parking Parking should be prioritized for people who can't walk long distances due to disability. . 1/2 hour parking is not sufficient for people to access key services such as seniors' services, dentists, and doctors

Recommendation /support

257 . Consider limiting vehicle access in the town centre. Limit vehicle access for specific use and at certain times of the day and relocate parking (parking stations) to the periphery of the Centre. Parking within the Centre should give primary access to those with lower mobility or disability who need to be close to services and shop entrances. People who do not have disability could walk to the Centre from transport hubs that are located further out of the Centre. • Council could consider a free shuttle bus to bring people from parking stations to the centre. • Review the adequacy, design and location of mobility parking places • Increase the number of transitional parking spaces throughout the Centre to benefit all people who need to be dropped off and picked up close to the entrance of shops, services and facilities. An increased number of transitional parking spaces would help to overcome access problems that occur when key services /shops relocate or are established such as medical centres • A user pays parking chip system could be considered • Parking options for community buses and vehicles should be considered to meet the growing demand by people with disability and frail, older people for door to door services. • Consider developing anger management strategies to manage road and parking rage • Car share is supported

Public and Community Transport Access to transport services is important to support older people and people with disability to maintain their independence and to remain living in the community. . Many people living in outer suburbs travel to the Junction by car rather than use public transport because buses are often at capacity, come at irregular intervals and are viewed as unsafe. Many people will not use the public transport network because of the challenge of getting on and off buses safely. The 'herding' at some bus stops is frightening for people with less mobility. The Bronte Rd bus stop outside Westfield is an example of a bus stop at capacity and where herding onto the bus regularly occurs. Some wheelchair users also experience difficulty getting on and off some buses . The demand for community transport services is likely to grow given the increasing number of people with disability and older people living in the community that are likely to require door to door access to shops and services. . The train and bus interchange is not user friendly, especially for older commuters and people with disability. Wheelchair access directly into the Mall is currently reliant on one lift and if this is not working people must take a long route that includes steep gradients along Grosvenor St. . Some bus shelters are too large for the footpath and so cause obstruction, especially for those using wheelchairs or mobility scooters

Recommendation /support • Advocate for level access from the interchange into Oxford St Mall as a matter of priority • Request State rail to review information and signage at the interchange. A single board showing all routes would be useful • Bus shelters are needed for shelter from weather conditions. These need to be of an appropriate size and located so as not to block footpath access • Real-time bus timetables and information is supported • Review the transport network with a view to improve and expand options • Investigate greater support for Community Transport initiatives ,for example, a bus shuttle service similar to the Village to Village service operating in the City of Sydney.

Facilities Public seating in the centre is at capacity. Seating benches are often too low for many older people to use easily. Seating with arms can make it easier for people to use.

258 Café seating should be located appropriately, preferably in recessed areas set off the footpath. Alternatively, seating is best positioned on the kerbside so that the building line can be used for wayfinding by people who have low vision Public toilets in key locations such as at the train station are often locked or poorly maintained

Recommendations /support • Increase seating and locate at regular intervals. More seating assists people who cannot walk long distances or who need to rest regularly on their journey. • Consider establishing quality rest (restful) areas that allow people 'time out' from the hustle and bustle • Public toilets that are easy to access and are well maintained are needed • Consider banning smoking from outdoor eating venues and establish designated smoking areas such as at Pitt St Mall

Street activation Access to and within business premises is still very poor. . More regulation and awareness raising is needed by Council to ensure seamless access from the footpath into shops, facilities and services. It is noted that many of the businesses thriving in Bondi Junction are those that cater to the needs of an older population such as medical centres and chemists. All shops should ideally have step free entry and limit clutter internally, especially at entrances and counters. . Many older people do not go out at night, in part due to the perception that it is not safe

Recommendations/ support • To encourage pedestrians to stay for longer periods of time will require improved lighting, accessible and well maintained footpaths, places for resting and relaxing, and development of shopping and service environment that is attractive to people who are older. • Support shop owners to construct ramps within the private premises to resolve differences in levels at the threshold to the public footpath • Improve shopfront illumination at time night • Work with businesses to trial projects such as window dressing competitions and all night openings • Trial night markets, including a makers market and or summer food market

Specific Locations Oxford St Mall • Advocate for level access from the Mall directly into the Interchange as a matter of priority • Remove the tapered steps that disappear into the footpath on the corner of Oxford and Grosvenor Sts, outside Westfields • Install more seating

Waverley Mall and Hollywood Ave Access to the medical centre on the corner of Hollywood Ave is difficult and dangerous for vulnerable pedestrians primarily because of the Westfield car park exit at this location. The footpath width and surfaces are also inadequate and there is not enough mobility or transitional parking at this location. Redesign of this area is supported including: • Closure of Westfield car park exit • Widening the footpath and creating level access • Review parking options along Hollywood avenue to provide access to the key facilities that are now located there ie: Medicare and Centrelink • Increase mobility and transitional parking

Spring St

259 Eastgate shopping centre is very popular with older people and people with disability because it is located at street level, easy to find and easily accessed from parking and public transport. • More public seating is required and there are not enough benches within Eastgate for people to rest. • It was noted that the Bronte Rd and Spring St intersection seems to mostly work despite the dangers, perhaps because all users must pay close attention to pedestrian and traffic conditions

York Rd and Oxford St West intersection Centennial Park is a key destination from Bondi Junction. Access into Centennial is difficult for some wheelchair users due to the Decaux bus stand at the bus terminus and poor footpath surface and obstructions between York Rd and Loch Avenue. • Reconfiguration of this intersection is supported.

260 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

Attachment B: Letter of support received from Department of Planning and Infrastructure.

Page 13 261 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

Attachment C: Bondi Junction Complete Streets Action Plan (extract from Complete Streets report Chapter 6) Short Term 2013 - 2015 Capital Works Action Complete Implementation Streets Responsibility Report Page Reference Spring St (Bronte Rd - Newland St) - street design as 87 DMTS/ DMSTP/ per Complete Streets DMCRS/ DMES Oxford Mall - signage/ pavement stencils advising 38 DMTS/ DMSTP/ slow bicycle zone and pedestrian priority DMCRS/ DMES/ DMEBD Oxford St (Newland St - Denison St) - street design 75 DMTS/ DMSTP/ as per Complete Streets DMCRS/ DMES Oxford St (Hollywood Ave - Grosvenor St) - street 71 DMTS/ DMSTP/ design as per Complete Streets DMCRS/ DMES Grosvenor St (Grafton St - Oxford St) - street design 116 DMTS/ DMSTP/ as per Complete Streets DMCRS/ DMES Denison St (Oxford St - Spring St) - street design as 99 DMTS/ DMSTP/ per Complete Streets DMCRS/ DMES Bronte Road (Oxford St - Ebley St) - street design as 118 DMTS/ DMSTP/ per Complete Streets DMCRS/ DMES Oxford St (Syd Einfeld Drv - Hollywood Ave) - PAMP 67 DMTS/ DMSTP/ item 10 and 11 DMCRS/ DMES Oxford St (Denison St - Ruthven St) - street design 79 DMTS/ DMSTP/ as per Complete Streets DMCRS/ DMES Oxford St (Ruthven St - York Rd) - street design as 83 DMTS/ DMSTP/ per Complete Streets DMCRS/ DMES Birrell St bike path 28 DMTS/ DMSTP/ DMCRS/ DMES Waverley St - street design as per Complete Streets 125 DMTS/ DMSTP/ DMCRS/ DMES

Operational

Action Complete Implementation Streets Report Responsibility Page Reference Council adoption of Complete Streets Vision, 21 GMU/ DMSTP Principles and Framework Formalise 40km/hr speed limits N/A - various DMTS/ DMSTP/ streets DMCRS/ DMES Formalise bus lane classificationwith 30km/hr N/A - various DMTS/ DMSTP/ speed limit streets DMCRS/ DMES Undertake complete transport survey 19 DMTS/ DMSTP Prepare Pedestrian Activity/ Public Life Survey 32 DMSTP

Page 14

262 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

Prepare Parking Strategy including Loading/ 22,50 DMPS/ DMTS/ Servicing Strategy DMSTP Commission gateway design review of Oxford St 83 DMSTP/ DMEBD from St James Rd to Syd Einfeld Drv Commission gateway design review of Oxford St 83 DMSTP/ DMEBD from St James Rd to Syd Einfeld Drv Lobby TfNSW to install real-time information at all 24 DMES/ DMTS bus stops and other key locations Work with RMS to avoid having more barrier fencing 71 DMES/ DMTS

Prepare Continuous Awning Strategy/ Policy 44 DMSTP/ DMEBD Consult with Westfield re: provision of 71 DPES/ DMEBD continuous awnings along on Oxford St Investigate options for direct access from the 24,38 DPES/ DMSTP/ interchange to Oxford Mall DMTS/GMU Prepare Night Activation Strategy for Oxford 54 DMEBD Review Eastgate carpark conversion plan re: street 89, 114, 106 DMTS/ DMBSP/ activation, awnings and cladding DMSTP Liaise Eastgate re: restricting hours for loading 22 DMTS/ DMBSP vehicles using Spring Liaise TfNSW re: surface treatments and visual/ 24 TfNSW/ DMTS audible alerts at interchange entry/ Liaise TfNSW re: awnings at interchange 44 TfNSW/ DMTS/ DMSTP/ DMEBD Gray St - Formalise as a shared zone 10km/ 124 DMTS Annual pop up events N/A - various DMEBD/ DMSTP streets Prepare Urban Street Standards 65 DMSTP Update and simplify Public Domain Technical 50 DMSTP/ DMCRS Manual Bondi Junction Centre Reduced/ free street parking after 6pm 22 DMPS Prepare public art 55 Under Investigation Prepare Active Frontage Strategy 42 DMSTP Lobby TfNSW re: bus stop upgrades 26 GMU/ DPES Prepare Bike Parking Policy 30 DMES

Prepare Signage and Wayfinding Strategy 32 DMSTP/ DMEBD Negotiate footpath maintenance agreement with 51 DMSTP/ DMEBD service Encourage footpath restaurant seating in strategic 52 DMSTP/ DMEBD areas and investigate incentives

Medium Term 2015 - 2017 Capital Works Action Complete Implementation Streets Responsibility Report Page

Page 15 263 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

Reference Oxford St (Syd Einfeld Drv - Hollywood Ave) - road 67 DMSTP/ DMTS reserve widening and street design as per Complete Streets (Timing subject to redevelopment of adjoining land) Denison St (Spring St - Ebley St) - street design as 99 DMTS/ DMSTP/ per Complete Streets DMES/DMCRS Spring St (Newland St - Denison St) - street design 93 DMTS/ DMSTP/ as per Complete Streets DMES/DMCRS Ebley St (Denison St - Newland St) Stage 1 - street 110 DMTS/ DMSTP/ design as per Complete Streets DMES/DMCRS Ebley St (Newland St - Bronte Rd) Stage 1 - street 106 DMTS/ DMSTP/ design as per Complete Streets DMES/DMCRS Ebley St (Newland St - Bronte Rd) Stage 1 - street 106 DMTS/ DMSTP/ design as per Complete Streets DMES/DMCRS Ebley St (Bronte Rd - Hollywood Ave) Stage 1 - 103 DMTS/ DMSTP/ street design as per Complete Streets DMES/DMCRS Hollywood Ave (Oxford St - Ebley St) - street design 112 as per Complete Streets DMTS/ DMSTP/ DMES/DMCRS Newland St (Ebley St - Oxford St) - street design as 114 DMTS/ DMSTP/ per Complete Streets DMES/DMCRS Grafton St - street design as per Complete Streets 122 DMTS/ DMSTP/ DMES/DMCRS Bronte Rd (Ebley St - Birrell St) Stage 1 - street 120 DM TS/ DMSLRP/ design as per Complete Streets DMCRS/ DMES Norman Lee Place - upgrades as per Complete 40 DMTS/ DMES/ Streets DMCRS Clementson Park - upgrades as per Complete 41 DMTS/ DMES/ Streets DMCRS Waverley Library forecourt upgrades 40 DMTS/ DMES/ DMCRS Waverley Mall - upgrades as per Complete Streets 39 DMTS/ DMES/ DMCRS

Operational Action Complete Implementation Streets Responsibility Report Page Reference Prepare Creative Lighting Strategy 54 DMEBD/ DMES/ DMTS/ DMSTP Prepare Laneway and Arcade Strategy 32 DMSTP Provide real-time parking information on periphery 22 DMTS/ DMPS/ DCTS Undertake walking and cycling behavioural change/ 28,32 DMES marketing program Undertake a Recreational Needs Study 37 DMSTP/ DMES/ DMCRS

Page 16

264 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

Lobby Randwick Council re: York Rd shared path 28 DMES Consult Meriton to encourage enhanced public use 38 DMSTP of Tiffany Mall Add bike networks, facilities and parking information 30 DMES to Council website

Long Term 2017+ Capital Works Action Complete Implementation Streets Responsibility Report Page Reference Gray St - street design as per Complete Streets 124 DMTS/ DMSTP/ DMES/DMCRS Ebley St (Denison St - Newland St) Stage 2 - street 110 DMTS/ DMSTP/ design as per Complete Streets DMES/DMCRS Ebley St (Newland St - Bronte Rd) Stage 2 - street 106 DMTS/ DMSTP/ design as per Complete Streets DMES/DMCRS Ebley St (Bronte Rd - Hollywood Ave) Stage 2 - 103 DMTS/ DMSTP/ street design as per Complete Streets DMES/DMCRS Bronte Road (Ebley St - Birrell St) Stage 2 - street 120 DMTS/ DMSTP/ design as per Complete Streets DMCRS/ DMES Eora Park - upgrades as per Complete Streets 41 DMTS/ DMES/ DMCRS Fingleton Reserve - upgrades as per Complete 41 DMCRS Streets Brisbane St Plaza - upgrade as per Complete 40 DMTS/ DMES/ Streets DMCRS Syd Einfeld Drive express cycle lane 126 DMTS/ DMES

Operational Action Complete Implementation Streets Responsibility Report Page Reference Waverley St - Commission a landscape design 125 DMSTP Implement town square proposal (Timing subject to 38 GMU/ DPES redevelopment of adjoining land) Abbreviations: DMTS Divisional Manager Technical Services DMSTP Divisional Manager Strategic Land Use Planning DMEBD Divisional Manager Place Management (Commercial Centres) DMPS Divisional Manager Parking Services DMES Divisional Manager Environmental Services DMBSP Divisional Manager Business Services & Property DMCRS Divisional Manager Recreation Community Planning & Partnerships DPES Director Planning and Environmental Services GMU General Managers Unit TfNSW Transport for New South Whales

Page 17 265 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

Officers’ Report Requiring Determination No. OCRD.4/14

Subject: Nib Waverley Library Award for Literature Update Trim File No.: A13/0639 Author: Linda Bathur, Divisional Manager Library & Customer Services Sam Weir, Public Programs Coordinator

Recommendation

That Operations Committee: 1. Notes the successes for the Nib Waverley Library Award for Literature in 2013 and the benefits to Council and the Waverley community,

2. Agrees to the proposed next steps outlined in this report,

3. Notes that a report on the 2014 Nib Award will be received in February 2015.

1. Executive Summary

The 2013 Nib Award was the most successful to date. It attracted increased interest from the literary world and increased support from the local community and promoted Council locally and nationally as a leading supporter of the Arts. This report provides Council with an update on the 2013 Award and proposed next steps for future management and administration of the Nib Award.

2. Introduction/Background

The Nib Waverley Library Award for Literature was established by Waverley Library in 2002 with the support of Waverley Council and the Friends of Waverley Library. The main Award criteria continue to be excellence in literary research, literary merit, readability and value to the community.

There is one overall winner's prize of $20,000 and six shortlisted prizes of $1,000 each. In 2013, a new award category was introduced - the $500 People's Choice Award - to encourage greater community participation in and support of The Nib Waverley Library Award for Literature overall.

In its 13-year history, the Nib Award has been won by some of Australia's finest writers including Barry Hill, Helen Garner, Andrew Tink and Delia Falconer. The 2013 Nib Award saw Gideon Haigh win the outright prize for a second time, the only writer to have done so since its inception.

The Nib Award is unique in that it is the only national literary award that is run and supported by a local council for the benefit of authors from across Australia, a fact that in 2013 was more widely recognised and lauded outside Council than it has been in previous years.

The Nib Award is launched in May each year at the prestigious Sydney Writers' Festival and entries close in July. A 'long list' of 15 entries is announced in August, and these are whittled down to a shortlist of six in September, with the outright winner announced at a gala event in November.

Page 1 266 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

Objectives of the Award The overall objectives of the Award are to:  Foster intellectual growth and participation in national literature through rewarding vigorous research and literary merit.  Position Waverley Council as a significant supporter and patron of artistic and cultural endeavor, with the Nib Award playing a key part in Council's cultural calendar.  support Council's strategic objectives of providing "arts and cultural activities that foster an involved community and a creative environment", and that "enrich the cultural life of the community by providing and supporting a variety of cultural events and activities for residents and visitors".

Benefits of the Award to Council:  The Nib Waverley Library Award for Literature Award is a prestigious national literary prize that cements Waverley Council's reputation as a leader in cultural and literary events.  Waverley Council has pioneered the way as the only local council in Australia to sponsor and deliver such a prestigious national literary award.  The Nib Award's continuing focus on excellence is a reflection of Council's commitment to positioning itself as a local council that prides itself on delivering programs and events of excellence and distinction.  The Nib Waverley Library Award for Literature is one of only a few national literary awards that offer a 'People's Choice' category, where the community is encouraged to participate in the award process by voting on their favourite shortlisted authors.  Conceived and initially executed by Waverley Library's Friends of Waverley Library group, the Nib Award enjoys genuine local community ties and fervent support.  Waverley Library and the Waverley community directly benefit from the Nib Award - of the five copies of each title submitted each year, at least one is given to the Library. To date, the total value of submitted books is estimated to exceed $200,000 with around $40,000 worth given to the Library.

3. Discussion

Highlights of the 2013 Nib Award

Number of entries: 139 entries were received in 2013, compared to 145 nominations in 2012. Given the challenging circumstances faced by the publishing and writing industries over the past 12 months, this is an excellent result. At least three previous Nib winners nominated again this year.

Type of entries: In 2013 there was a more even split between fiction and non-fiction books, with 73 non-fiction entries, 63 fiction and three young adult/children's nominations. There was a greater number of self-published/online nominations than in previous years, reflecting changes in publishing overall.

Nib Award judges:

Page 2 267 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

Fiona Harari was appointed to the judging panel. Fiona has been a journalist and television producer for 30 years and writes for Good Weekend and The Monthly. Her first book A Tragedy in Two Acts was shortlisted for the 2012 Nib Award and she was one of the 'Nib ambassadors' at this year's Sydney Writers' Festival launch in May. Fiona joins existing judges Jamie Grant and Ursula Dubosarky.

New Nib Award Committee member: Jane Turner was appointed to the Literary Award Committee. Jane is Director of Gertrude & Alice Bookstore and Cafe at Bondi Beach and is well known and respected within the local community. Jane has worked closely with the Library previously and was an Award sponsor in 2012 and supporter in 2013. Jane is also a member of the Bondi Chamber of Commerce.

Sydney Writers' Festival launch: The 2013 Nib Award was officially launched at the Sydney Writers’ Festival in May at a session entitled Research & Writing. This free session was booked out and attended by around 120 people. As a featured event (at no cost to Council), the Nib Award was promoted to a broad group via 10,000 day programs, 60,000 full programs, and listed in the online guide to events, which received over 145,000 visits. This broad reach generated an increased number of enquiries and resulted in the Nib Award being mentioned in many literary blogs and online sites.

Rebranding the Award: In 2013 the Nib Award was rebranded to give it a more professional, contemporary and elegant look and feel that could be applied to all publicity and promotional material for 2013. (See appendices for new branding.)

The new branding is sharp and assured, still linking to the original design of the pen 'nib' but tying more strongly with both the Library and Council style guides. This new branding was applied to all of the Nib Award publicity and promotional material including information flyers, promotional banners, People’s Choice Award information and voting flyers, online platforms, event invitations, award certificates, bookmarks and advertising, creating a far more professional, attractive and polished impression of the Nib Award than in previous years.

People's Choice Award: A new People's Choice Award category was added to this year's Nib Award to increase community participation in and awareness of the Award and to encourage greater media buy-in and support. The People's Choice Award category was given its own look and feel (see appendices) as part of the overall Nib Award branding to help it stand out and make it attractive and eye catching. Voting was open from 25 September to 4 November.

Looking at online page views from the "Have a Say Waverley" Nib Award online voting site, people spent on average three minutes reading and downloading material. Traffic to the site came primarily from Council's website, Facebook and Google.

'Spikes' in interest and online activity/voting often coincided with articles/features about the Nib Award in the Wentworth Courier making it clear that this partnership - and the support of a trusted local media source - was an extremely useful strategy in driving people to the People's Choice Award voting site.

In all, just over 200 people participated in the People's Choice Award, with a total of 121 online votes and 99 hard copy votes received from across Australia. A

Page 3 268 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

grassroots, community campaign by Gertrude & Alice to support the People's Choice Award resulted in strong Waverley participation in this new category. This excellent result will be built on in future years to encourage even greater community support, pride and participation in the Award.

New event format: Where previously there have been two award functions to acknowledge the shortlisted authors (evening function) and announce the overall winner (breakfast event), this year a decision was made to streamline both into one award breakfast function to both save costs and allow resources and publicity to be channeled into one signature event.

The resulting event was widely praised by attendees, Nib Award judges and supporters. The room was polished and beautifully decorated and a pre-arranged seating plan allowed for a more strategic placement of guests, supporters, VIPs and potential sponsors. (See appendices for event images.)

Feedback to this year's Award and event was overwhelmingly positive, with many people commenting on how enjoyable and impressive the event was and many writing later to comment:  James Law, Acting Editor, as published in the 27 November issue of the Wentworth Courier: "It was a great pleasure to be present last week for the announcement of Waverley Library's $20,000 book award The Nib Waverley Library Award for Literature. Waverley Council should be commended for its generous support of literature, an initiative that is rare among local councils."  Suzanne Leal, Nib Literary Committee member and event attendee: "What a great morning - and a wonderful breakfast. Looking at the photos, I wish I'd checked out all the tables instead of just my own!"  Fiona Harari, Nib Literary Award judge: "Just wanted to let you know how lovely today's Nib award function was. It looked absolutely wonderful...You really hit the right tone so that it felt very much like a literary award sponsored by council, rather than a council function for a literary award."

Breakfast vs evening event: This year’s premier function followed the breakfast format of previous years. However, if Council is to raise the profile of the Nib Award, and bring it into line with other national literary events and other significant Council annual events such as the Brightest & Best Business Awards, thought should be given to moving the award ceremony to the evening to add greater importance and significance to the event and the Award itself.

Communications, media and social media presence: As a national Award, publicity was generated across all states via media articles, blog reports and social media. Besides the major national literary publications and blogs, writers' centres featured heavily in the promotion of the Award to their clients, including those in South Australia, Northern Territory, ACT and Western Australia.

A communications and media plan was developed to maximise promotion and publicity of the Nib Award. It was anticipated that the Nib Award would receive significant and ongoing support during the life of the campaign from within Council, with mentions in mayoral columns, via paid Council advertising across a broad range of media, and through Council's social media platforms.

Page 4

269 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

In the event, the Nib Award received mixed levels of support and promotion, dependent as it was on competing with other organisational priorities and strategic imperatives for staff resources and promotional opportunities.

This was a key difficulty of the campaign. For the Nib Award to build on its successes - and for it take its place as a key player in the national literary scene - there will need to be greater organisational emphasis and resources placed on aggressively and strategically promoting the Award on both a local and national stage.

In future, there should also be a strong social media strategy to support the Nib Award, preferably delivered through a specifically tailored, appropriate social media platform such as Twitter to promote the Award and build a community of followers and Award influencers. (For a list of media and publicity coverage, see appendices.)

Proposed next steps:  Develop a detailed strategic plan/direction to govern delivery of the Nib Award within the cycle of the Delivery Program and to further consolidate Council's role as a champion of literary and cultural excellence.  Develop a comprehensive communications, media and social media strategy to aggressively promote and position the Award on a national level and to govern promotion and administration of the 2014 Nib Award and People's Choice Award.  Investigate and build an appropriate social media platform - i.e. Twitter - by which to promote the Nib Award and allow for greater social media interaction and endorsement by key influencers.  Expand and formalise the number and role of current literary Nib Award ambassadors in both the literary arena and the local community.

4. Conclusion

Council has included ongoing support of this Award as part of the Long Term Financial Plan. With Council's support and vision it has grown to become one of Council's most significant and prestigious annual artistic and cultural events.

To recap the key achievements this year:  Rebranding of the Nib Award led to a more professional, elegant and assured look and feel for all branding and promotional material.  The new People's Choice Award - supported and promoted by the Wentworth Courier - provided opportunities for greater community involvement and participation in the Nib Award, particularly through the new online voting channel.  Greater levels of in-kind support by key community influencers helped build commitment and secure promotion of the Nib Award.  Combining two events into one key award event helped channel promotion and publicity and allowed Council to produce a far more prestigious literary event format that can be used to solicit and encourage networking and sponsorship opportunities in future years.

Page 5 270 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

5. Relationship to Waverley Together 3 & Delivery Program 2013-17

The relationship to Waverley Together 3 and Delivery Program 2013-17 is as follows:

Direction: C6 Arts and cultural activities foster an involved community and a creative environment

Strategy: C6a Enrich the community's cultural life and support lifelong learning through a variety of cultural events and activities, balancing the needs of residents and visitors

Deliverable: A diverse and exciting range of arts and cultural events across Waverley.

6. Financial impact statement/Timeframe/Consultation

The total net cost of the 2013 Award to Council was $46,372. The budget for 2013-14 for the Nib Award is $46,950.

Total Council expenditure of $61,035 was offset by income of $14,663 made up from entry fees, and contributions from a local bookstore and the Friends of Waverley Library (FOWL). In addition there was in kind sponsorship valued at approximately $15,200.

In 2013 we were significantly more successful in attracting in- kind sponsors than in previous years as follows:

 Gertrude & Alice Bookstore and Café provided in-kind support by donating all catering for the Nib Award breakfast and refreshments. They also promoted the new People's Choice Award category with an energetic grassroots campaign at their Bondi Beach store. While the monetary value of this support is estimated at about $2000, in terms of gaining the support and loyalty of a key community influencer, it was invaluable.

 The Bondi Icebergs Club provided two luncheon vouchers for the community winners of the People’s Choice Award to a total value of $200.

 In-kind support from media partner the Wentworth Courier included a 'buy one, get one free' advertising offer valued at $1203 as well as five editorial pieces throughout the life of the sponsorship agreement. Calculating the value of the resulting editorial using current Wentworth Courier advertising rates equates to around $13,000. This proved an excellent arrangement and increased the local profile of the Nib Award - and in particular the new People's Choice Award - to the community through a trusted media source.

Savings were made in reducing the number of Award functions in 2013. In 2012 the two Nib Award functions together cost just over $6,000 (including catering, staff, MC fees, photography, decorations), as well as requiring additional staff time to plan and run both events. Combining both events into one, major event was extremely successful in terms of impact and the overall cost was reduced to just over $5,000 for the one event.

During 2013 we also continued to investigate other opportunities to fund the Award for example crowd sourcing. While this is an increasingly popular method of raising funds it works best for one off projects and would be problematic as a method for ongoing financial support of the award

Page 6

271 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

The potential for set up of an Arts Trust, independent of Council to fund the Award was also explored. We were advised that this is legally possible - that the scope of the Award is sufficient as the basis for a trust. However significant challenges would lie in establishing a sufficient pool for initial seed funding and ensuring that we attract sufficient monies on an ongoing annual basis to meet expenditure on the Award. While there are some examples of independent trusts set up by local councils none we investigated had as yet achieved financial sustainability.

The existing annual budget for the Nib award is included in the Long Term Financial Plan.

7. Attachment/s:

Nil.

Page 7 272 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

Officer’s Report Requiring Determination No. OCRD.5/14

Subject: Implications of repealing decision that residents of buildings constructed after 30 June 2002 are not eligible for parking permits Trim File No.: A14/0027 Author: Sharon Cassidy, Technical Services

Recommendation

That Council:

1. Receive and note the contents of this report.

2. Repeal the decision that residents of major residential developments constructed after June 2002 are not eligible for RPS permits.

3. Advise residents affected by the changes.

1. Executive Summary

The purpose of this report is to review the implications of repealing the decision that residents of major residential developments constructed after 30 June 2002 are not eligible for Resident Parking Scheme (RPS) permits, to ensure both on-street and off- street parking is equitably accessed.

This report outlines the background of the need for this review and analyses the impact by comparing the number of off-street parking spaces provided by new major residential developments constructed since July 2002, car ownership from the 2011 census and comparing on-street parking status to RPS permits issued in the most oversubscribed Waverley areas.

In summary this analysis demonstrates the number of off-street parking spaces in new developments exceeds the maximum number of vehicles per dwelling. This analysis would indicate that repealing the 2002 decision would only have a small impact on parking if any. In addition the changes to the Waverley Development Control Plan (DCP) which increase the off-street parking provided in new developments should ensure the new developments will continue to provide adequate off-street parking.

2. Introduction/Background

In October 2001 Council resolved that residents living in major residential developments approved after June 30 2002 are not eligible for RPS permits. This is being documented in the conditions of consent for the developments. This policy combined with reduction in the maximum parking rates in the DCP was intended to assist in reducing car ownership. However car ownership has increased since 2002 and the policy has resulted in difficulties with on-street parking, in areas without RPS, surrounding these developments. The need to review this policy was one of the recommendations in the Outcomes from the Councillor Officer Working Group for the Review of Waverley’s Resident Parking

Page 1 273 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

Scheme (RPS Review) (A12/0276) report that was adopted by Council at its meeting on 22 October 2013.

3. Discussion

In order to assess the impact of repealing this decision we have reviewed residential developments and car ownership in the RPS areas 3, 8, 9, 10 and part of area 2 in Bondi Beach which are the most oversubscribed in the Waverly area. Note this will be the new Area 8 following widening and rationalisation as recommended in the RPS Review report.

On-street parking status

Permits issued (Areas 3,8,9,10) – 1,444 On-street parking – 1,294

It was agreed as part of the RPS Review that full occupancy is when permits issued is 110% of on-street parking, i.e. in this case 1,423 (1,294 + 10%). This allows for people on holidays, shiftwork etc.

Also other changes agreed by the Review that will reduce the number of permits issued or increase on-street parking include:

- Changes to the RMS guidelines mean that resident permits can no longer be issued to boat trailers, box trailers and caravans. - The working group also decided that vehicles over three tonnes (currently 4.5 tonnes) should not be eligible for resident parking permits, as they are clearly used for business purposes. - Signage on boundaries to allow resident parking permit holders in both areas to park, 'floating boundary' within approximately 50m of the boundary on each side ie 2P 8am-6pm, Permit Holders Excepted Areas 21 & 22

The overall impact of these changes will be that the new Area 8 will not be oversubscribed.

Residential Developments

In the new Area 8 there have been 269 new units constructed since July 2002. 328 off- street parking spaces have been provided as part of these developments, equivalent to 1.22 parking spaces per new unit.

Car Ownership in Bondi Beach

We have reviewed the August 2011 census for the suburb of Bondi Beach to calculate the average number of motor vehicles per dwelling. Excluding where people have not responded the average motor vehicles per dwelling is 0.98. If those who respond as “not applicable” are interpreted to have no car this reduces to 0.85 motor vehicles per dwelling.

Waverley Development Control Plan

The revised Waverley Development Control Plan (DCP) came into effect on 8 January 2014. It includes an increase to the minimum and maximum car parking rates for residential developments in Parking Zone B. Parking Zone B would include the residential areas where on-street parking is under most pressure. These proposed

Page 2

274 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014 changes should ensure the new development will continue to provide adequate off-street parking for the average vehicles per dwelling as discussed above.

4. Conclusion

The number of off-street parking spaces in new developments is 1.22 parking spaces per new unit and the maximum number of vehicles per dwelling based on the census is 0.98. In addition the proposed changes to the DCP which will increase the off-street parking provided in new developments should ensure the new developments will continue to provide adequate off-street parking.

This analysis would indicate that repealing the 2002 decision would only have a small impact on parking if any.

5. Relationship to Waverley Together 3 & Delivery Program 2013-17

The relationship to Waverley Together 3 and Delivery Program 2013-17 is as follows:

Direction: L9 - Parking, both on-street and off-street, is equitably accessed and effectively managed. Strategy: L9a - Ensure fair access to parking services through regular review of parking demand, fee structures, enforcement and facilities. Deliverable: Accepted Residential Preferential Parking Scheme recommendations implemented.

6. Financial impact statement/Timeframe/Consultation

The repeal would be introduced following approval by Council. Residents of the relevant developments would be notified in writing of the repeal.

There is no financial implication and consultation is not necessary.

7. Attachment/s:

None

Page 3 275 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

Officer’s Report for Information No. OCFI.1/14

Subject: Investment Portfolio Report – November 2013

Trim File No.: A03/2211

Author: Ian Mead, Divisional Manager – Finance & Information Systems & Services

Recommendation: That Committee:

1. Receive this report.

2. Note that all investments have been made in accordance with the requirements of section 625 of the Local Government Act 1993 and directions from the Minister for Local Government, including Ministerial Investment Orders and Council’s Investment Policy.

1. Executive Summary

For November 2013 Council was budgeting interest receipts of $156,756 however actual receipts for the month are $244,928 representing a $88,172 or 56.2% favourable variance against the November 2013 budget.

On a year to date basis the interest received is $962,377 which is tracking favourably to budget by $77,682 or 8.8%.

It is likely that a Q2 budget adjustment will be made to recognise this positive budget result.

2. Introduction/Background

Clause 212 of the Local Government (General) Regulation requires that Council be provided with a written report setting out details of all money that the Council has invested under section 625 of the Local Government Act 1993 and certifying that these investments have been made in accordance with the Act, regulations, Ministerial Investment Orders and Council’s Investment Policy.

In the budget for 2013/14 interest income from Council’s investment portfolio was set at $2,270,000 compared to the actual for 2012/13 of $2,524,895.

3. Discussion

Interest Income – current month For the month of November 2013 Council’s cash investment portfolio generated interest earnings of $244,928 which, based upon the profile of interest earned over the previous three financial years, is favourable to the monthly budget by $88,172 or 56.2%.

Page 1 276 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

Portfolio Value Council’s investment portfolio, as at 30 November 2013, has a market value of $69,007,048 which represents a premium of $971,204 above the $68,035,844 face value of the portfolio, as illustrated in the investment Asset Group table below.

$ % Asset Group Face Value Market Value Gain/(Loss) Gain/(Loss) Capital Protected Notes $2,000,000 $1,887,200 ($112,800) (5.6%) Corporate Bonds $1,500,000 $1,621,185 $121,185 8.1% Current Account $5,517,457 $5,517,457 $0 0.0% Floating Rate Notes $5,000,000 $5,013,246 $13,246 0.3% Managed Cash Funds $6,118,386 $6,118,386 $0 0.0% Term Investments $47,900,000 $48,849,573 $949,573 2.0% $68,035,844 $69,007,048 $971,204 1.4%

With regards to Council’s one remaining Capital Protected Note while this investment presently has a market value below the face value, at maturity in October 2015, we will receive the $2,000,000 face value of the investment.

Analysis Attached to this report is the Waverley Council – Summary of Investment Portfolio, as prepared by Council’s independent financial advisor, for the period ending 30 November 2013.

4. Conclusion

Council’s investment portfolio is performing favourably to budget and a Q2 budget adjustment is likely to reflect this improved performance.

5. Relationship to Waverley Together 3 & Delivery Program 2013-17

The relationship to Waverley Together 3 and Delivery Program 2013-17 is as follows:

Direction: G5 - Waverley is financially sustainable with the revenue and resources required to support implementation of the community’s plans and to provide the infrastructure performance and services our community needs.

Strategy: G5a - Promote and advocate the provision of financial reporting systems in an accurate, timely, transparent and honest manner to ensure sustainability of public assets and resources.

Deliverable: Financial advice and coordination to ensure Council meets overall budget performance targets provided including achievement of the stated benchmark measure “Rate of return on cash exceeds UBS Warburg AUD Bank Bill Index” as illustrated in the table below.

Page 2

277 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

Portfolio Benchmark Return - Return - last 12 last 12 Month Periods Periods Variance Dec-12 5.35% 3.97% 1.38% Jan-13 5.33% 3.84% 1.49% Feb-13 5.22% 3.73% 1.49% Mar-13 5.20% 3.58% 1.62% Apr-13 5.10% 3.46% 1.64% May-13 5.35% 3.33% 2.02% Jun-13 5.22% 3.28% 1.94% Jul-13 5.21% 3.24% 1.97% Aug-13 5.12% 3.17% 1.95% Sep-13 4.92% 3.06% 1.86% Oct-13 4.70% 2.98% 1.72% Nov-13 4.59% 2.94% 1.65%

Average 5.11% 3.38% 1.73%

6. Financial Impact Statement/Timeframe/Consultation

In the budget for 2013/14 interest income from Council’s investment portfolio was set at $2,270,000 compared to the actual for 2012/13 of $2,524,895. It is anticipated that this revenue budget will be increased by approximately $100,000 as part of the Q2 budget review process subject to portfolio performance in December 2013.

This report has been prepared in consultation with Council’s Financial Services Manager, Revenue Accountant and independent financial advisers, Prudential Investment Services Corp.

7. Attachment/s:

Waverley Council Investment Portfolio Report 30 November 2013.pdf

Page 3 278 Waverley Council

Summary of Investment Portfolio Prepared by Oakvale Capital Limited

As at 30 November 2013

Printed: 3 December 2013 9:13 pm

279 Waverley Council

Investment Summary AUD Investment Summary

Asset Group Face Value Purchase Avg Purchase Current Value Price Yield

Alternative Investment Group 2,000,000.00 2,000,000.00 0.0000 1,887,200.00

Corporate Bond Investment Group 1,500,000.00 1,483,470.00 6.2601 1,621,185.00

Current Account Investment Group 5,517,457.37 - 2.7461 5,517,457.37

Floating Rate Note Investment Group 5,000,000.00 5,007,950.27 3.8143 5,013,245.65

Pooled Managed Investment Group 6,118,386.23 - 2.6627 6,118,386.23

Term Investment Group 37,900,000.00 37,900,000.00 3.8773 38,316,135.85

Term Investment Periodic Int Group 10,000,000.00 10,000,000.00 5.1060 10,533,437.58

Total 68,035,843.60 56,391,420.27 3.7909 69,007,047.68

As at 30 November 2013

Printed: 3 December 2013 9:13 pm

280 Waverley Council

Investment Summary

Dealing Bank Distribution

Dealing Bank Investment Percentage

ANZ Banking Group Limited 2,000,000.00 2.94 Bank of Queensland 4,000,000.00 5.88 Commonwealth Bank of Australia 5,517,457.37 8.11 Credit Union Australia 1,000,000.00 1.47 Fixed Income and Investment Group 2,000,000.00 2.94 ING Bank (Australia) Limited 4,400,000.00 6.47 Members Equity Bank Melbourne 4,000,000.00 5.88 National Australia Bank Limited 14,500,000.00 21.31 National Australia Bank Ltd - Govt Business 3,000,000.00 4.41 New South Wales T-Corp Cash Facility 6,118,386.23 8.99 Westpac Banking Corporation - Local Govt 7,000,000.00 10.29 Westpac Banking Corporation, STLB 14,500,000.00 21.31

Total Investment 68,035,843.60 100.00

Current values reflected in your Investment Summary represent a “fair value” valuation of your holdings and is based on a buy and hold methodology for clients. These valuations may differ significantly to potential sale prices during illiquid conditions in financial markets

As at 30 November 2013

Printed: 3 December 2013 9:13 pm

281 Waverley Council

Investment Summary Maturity Summary

Maturity Profile Face Value % Portfolio

Less than 30 Days 17,635,844 25.92

Between 30 Days and 60 Days 8,000,000 11.76 17,635,844 Between 60 Days and 90 Days 14,900,000 21.90 9,500,000 Between 90 Days and 180 Days 8,000,000 11.76 6,000,000

Between 180 Days and 365 Days 4,000,000 5.88 30 Days 25.9% Between 365 Days and 2 Years 6,000,000 8.82 60 Days 11.8% 90 Days 21.9% Between 2 Years and 5 Years 9,500,000 13.96 180 Days 11.8% 365 Days 5.9% 2 Years 8.8% 5 Years 14.0% Total: 100.0%

8,000,000 4,000,000 14,900,000 8,000,000

Current Maximum Maturity 3.46 years Policy Maximum Maturity 10 years

Total Portfolio 68,035,844 100.00

As at 30 November 2013

Printed: 3 December 2013 9:13 pm

282 Waverley Council

Investment Summary

Alternative Investment Group

Reset/Coupon Face Value Last Borrower Rating Maturity Purchase Purchase Current Deal Annualised Dealing Reference Date Coupon Date Price Date Value Number Mthly Return Bank

2,000,000.00 - Octagon Limited Series 2005-3 AAA 30-Oct-15 2,000,000.00 25-Oct-05 1,887,200.00 218055 2.8807 FIGS EMU Totals 2,000,000.00 - 2,000,000.00 1,887,200.00

Corporate Bond Investment Group

Reset/Coupon Face Value Purchase Borrower Rating Maturity Purchase Purchase Current Deal Accrued Dealing Reference Date Yield Date Price Date Value Number Interest Bank

15-Feb-14 1,500,000.00 6.2601 National Australia Bank Limited AA- 15-Feb-17 1,483,470.00 15-Feb-12 1,621,185.00 336188 26,413.04 NABS

Totals 1,500,000.00 6.2601 1,483,470.00 1,621,185.00 26,413.04

Current Account Investment Group

As at Current Borrower Rating Current Deal Dealing Reference Date Yield Value Number Bank

30-Nov-13 3.0000 Commonwealth Bank of Australia A-1+ 2,970,000.00 120789 CBAS Waverley-24hr Call 30-Nov-13 2.4500 Commonwealth Bank of Australia A-1+ 1,273,713.40 120794 CBAS General Funds 30-Nov-13 2.4500 Commonwealth Bank of Australia A-1+ 35,053.99 120795 CBAS Trust Fund 30-Nov-13 2.4500 Commonwealth Bank of Australia A-1+ 566,147.11 120796 CBAS Cemetery Funds 30-Nov-13 2.4500 Commonwealth Bank of Australia A-1+ 426,579.00 120797 CBAS Depositor Fund 30-Nov-13 2.4500 Commonwealth Bank of Australia A-1+ 53,536.51 120798 CBAS Bondi Beach Car P 30-Nov-13 2.4500 Commonwealth Bank of Australia A-1+ 7,859.28 120799 CBAS Denison St Car P 30-Nov-13 2.4500 Commonwealth Bank of Australia A-1+ 90,418.01 120800 CBAS Eastgate Car P 30-Nov-13 2.4500 Commonwealth Bank of Australia A-1+ 5,845.60 120801 CBAS Hollywood Ave Car P 30-Nov-13 2.4500 Commonwealth Bank of Australia A-1+ 88,304.47 370151 CBAS Library Gift

Totals 5,517,457.37

As at 30 November 2013

Printed: 3 December 2013 9:13 pm

283 Waverley Council

Investment Summary

Floating Rate Note Investment Group

Reset/Coupon Face Value Current Borrower Rating Maturity Purchase Purchase Current Deal Accrued Dealing Reference Date Coupon Date Price Date Value Number Interest Bank

28-Feb-14 2,000,000.00 3.8633 Members Equity Bank Pty Ltd BBB+ 28-Nov-16 2,000,000.00 28-Nov-13 2,000,660.00 402974 635.06 ANZS 17-Feb-14 3,000,000.00 3.7817 Bendigo and Adelaide Bank Limited A- 17-May-17 3,007,950.27 17-Sep-13 3,012,585.65 398449 4,040.72 NABS

Totals 5,000,000.00 3.8143 5,007,950.27 5,013,245.65 4,675.78

Pooled Managed Investment Group

As at Current Borrower Rating Current Deal Dealing Reference Date Yield Value Number Bank

30-Nov-13 2.6627 New South Wales T-Corp Cash Facility AAA 1,856,356.43 375208 NSWTCF Builder Deposits 30-Nov-13 2.6627 New South Wales T-Corp Cash Facility AAA 2,727,292.94 385047 NSWTCF New Depot. 30-Nov-13 2.6627 New South Wales T-Corp Cash Facility AAA 1,024,996.39 388058 NSWTCF Tamarama Facilities 30-Nov-13 2.6627 New South Wales T-Corp Cash Facility AAA 509,740.47 388059 NSWTCF Waverley Pavilion

Totals 6,118,386.23

As at 30 November 2013

Printed: 3 December 2013 9:13 pm

284 Waverley Council

Investment Summary

Term Investment Group

Rollover Face Value Purchase Borrower Rating Purchase Purchase Current Deal Accrued Dealing Reference Date Yield Price Date Value Number Interest Bank

10-Dec-13 2,000,000.00 3.8000 National Australia Bank Limited A-1+ 2,000,000.00 12-Sep-13 2,017,142.81 398304 16,657.54 NABS 10-Dec-13 2,000,000.00 3.6000 Members Equity Bank Melbourne A-2 2,000,000.00 30-Sep-13 2,012,612.03 399661 12,230.14 MECUE 18-Dec-13 2,000,000.00 3.3500 Members Equity Bank Melbourne A-2 2,000,000.00 18-Nov-13 2,002,983.83 402334 2,386.30 MECUE 7-Jan-14 2,500,000.00 4.0500 Westpac Banking Corporation, A-1+ 2,500,000.00 26-Aug-13 2,530,456.37 397117 26,907.53 WBCSB STLB 21-Jan-14 2,500,000.00 4.0200 Westpac Banking Corporation, A-1+ 2,500,000.00 29-Aug-13 2,530,710.57 397365 25,882.19 WBCSB STLB 21-Jan-14 1,000,000.00 3.7300 National Australia Bank Limited A-1+ 1,000,000.00 21-Oct-13 1,005,739.83 400818 4,189.86 NABS 28-Jan-14 2,000,000.00 3.7300 National Australia Bank Limited A-1+ 2,000,000.00 25-Oct-13 2,011,097.50 401214 7,562.19 NABS 4-Feb-14 2,500,000.00 3.9000 Bank of Queensland A-2 2,500,000.00 4-Sep-13 2,528,852.57 397742 23,506.85 BOQB 5-Feb-14 3,500,000.00 3.8000 National Australia Bank Limited A-1+ 3,500,000.00 5-Sep-13 3,539,070.70 397855 31,701.37 NABS 13-Feb-14 2,400,000.00 3.9400 ING Bank (Australia) Limited A-1 2,400,000.00 13-Aug-13 2,434,698.71 396356 28,497.53 INGAB 19-Feb-14 1,500,000.00 3.9500 Westpac Banking Corporation, A-1+ 1,500,000.00 17-Oct-13 1,511,618.59 400717 7,304.80 WBCSB STLB 26-Feb-14 2,000,000.00 4.0000 Westpac Banking Corporation, A-1+ 2,000,000.00 11-Sep-13 2,024,161.95 398217 17,753.43 WBCSB STLB 12-Mar-14 2,000,000.00 3.9000 ING Bank (Australia) Limited A-1 2,000,000.00 5-Sep-13 2,025,368.71 397853 18,591.78 INGAB 26-Mar-14 1,500,000.00 3.9000 Bank of Queensland A-2 1,500,000.00 5-Sep-13 1,519,504.43 397854 13,943.83 BOQB 26-Mar-14 1,000,000.00 3.8000 Credit Union Australia A-2 1,000,000.00 26-Nov-13 1,003,988.90 402984 520.55 CUAB 9-Apr-14 2,000,000.00 3.9000 Westpac Banking Corporation, A-1+ 2,000,000.00 20-Nov-13 2,011,328.17 402642 2,350.69 WBCSB STLB 20-May-14 1,500,000.00 4.0700 National Australia Bank Limited A-1+ 1,500,000.00 20-May-13 1,542,204.54 389491 32,615.75 NABS 18-Jun-14 2,000,000.00 4.0000 Westpac Banking Corporation, A-1+ 2,000,000.00 7-Nov-13 2,019,932.95 401839 5,260.27 WBCSB STLB 28-Aug-14 2,000,000.00 4.1500 Westpac Banking Corporation, A-1+ 2,000,000.00 22-Aug-13 2,044,662.69 396959 22,967.12 WBCSB STLB Totals 37,900,000.00 3.8773 37,900,000.00 38,316,135.85 300,829.72

As at 30 November 2013

Printed: 3 December 2013 9:13 pm

285 Waverley Council

Investment Summary

Term Investment Periodic Int Group

Rollover Face Value Purchase Borrower Rating Maturity Purchase Purchase Current Deal Accrued Dealing Reference Date Yield Date Price Date Value Number Interest Bank

21-Feb-14 3,000,000.00 6.6700 National Australia Bank Ltd - Govt A-1+ 21-Feb-14 3,000,000.00 22-Feb-11 3,180,761.77 291360 154,597.81 NABLGS Business 21-May-15 4,000,000.00 4.3500 Westpac Banking Corporation - AA- 21-May-15 4,000,000.00 21-May-13 4,179,324.87 389615 92,482.19 WBCLGP Local Govt 23-May-16 3,000,000.00 4.5500 Westpac Banking Corporation - AA- 23-May-16 3,000,000.00 23-May-13 3,173,350.94 389922 71,802.74 WBCLGP Local Govt Totals 10,000,000.00 5.1060 10,000,000.00 10,533,437.58 318,882.74

As at 30 November 2013

Printed: 3 December 2013 9:13 pm

286 Waverley Council AUD Historical Investment Performance

Investment Performance Summary Annualised Monthly Returns Basis: Combined Portfolio

Performance period 31 October 13 to 30 November 13 12.00%

Portfolio 10.00% Portfolio return for period 0.26 Portfolio return annualised 3.22 Current portfolio yield 3.81 8.00% Duration 0.42 Modified duration 0.41 6.00% Benchmark Benchmark return for period 0.21 Benchmark return annualised 2.63 4.00% Duration 0.13 Modified duration 0.13 Benchmark UBS Warburg AUD Bank Bill Index 2.00%

Policy 0.00% Minimum duration n/a Maximum duration n/a @annualised index @annualised return

Historical Summaries Benchmark Portfolio 31/12/2011 31/01/2012 29/02/2012 31/03/2012 30/04/2012 31/05/2012 30/06/2012 31/07/2012 31/08/2012 30/09/2012 31/10/2012 30/11/2012 31/12/2012 31/01/2013 28/02/2013 31/03/2013 30/04/2013 31/05/2013 30/06/2013 31/07/2013 31/08/2013 30/09/2013 31/10/2013 30/11/2013 Last 3 periods 0.64 0.87 Last 6 periods 1.36 1.79 Last 12 periods 2.94 4.59 Financial YTD 1.13 1.65 Financial YTD period 01 July 13 to 30 June 14

As at 30 November 2013

Printed: 3 December 2013 9:13 pm

287 Waverley Council

Approved Borrowers

Borrower Short Term Long Term Total Total Short Term Short Term Short Term Long Term Long Term Long Term Rating Rating Usage Available Limit Utilised Available Limit Utilised Available

Bank of Queensland Ltd Group A-2 A- 4,000,000 6,205,377 10,205,377 4,000,000 6,205,377 0 0 0 Bendigo and Adelaide Bank Limited Group A-2 A- 3,000,000 7,205,377 10,205,377 0 10,205,377 10,205,377 3,000,000 7,205,377 Commonwealth Bank of Australia Group A-1+ AA- 5,517,457 18,295,088 23,812,545 5,517,457 18,295,088 0 0 0 Credit Union Australia A-2 BBB+ 1,000,000 9,205,377 10,205,377 1,000,000 9,205,377 0 0 0 ING Bank (Australia) Limited A-1 A 4,400,000 12,608,961 17,008,961 4,400,000 12,608,961 0 0 0 Members Equity Bank Pty Ltd A-2 BBB+ 2,000,000 8,205,377 10,205,377 0 10,205,377 6,803,584 2,000,000 4,803,584 Members Equity Bank Melbourne A-2 BBB+ 4,000,000 6,205,377 10,205,377 4,000,000 6,205,377 0 0 0 NAB Group A-1+ AA- 14,500,000 9,312,545 23,812,545 13,000,000 10,812,545 17,008,961 1,500,000 15,508,961 New South Wales T-Corp Cash Facility AAA AAA 6,118,386 27,899,536 34,017,922 6,118,386 27,899,536 0 0 0 Octagon Limited Series 2005-3 EMU AAA AAA 2,000,000 15,008,961 17,008,961 0 17,008,961 23,812,545 2,000,000 21,812,545 Westpac Group A-1+ AA- 21,500,000 2,312,545 23,812,545 14,500,000 9,312,545 17,008,961 7,000,000 10,008,961

Totals 68,035,844 52,535,844 15,500,000

As at 30 November 2013

Printed: 4 December 2013 10:01 am

288 Waverley Council

Investment Summary

Global Credit Exposure Utilised % Portfolio % Policy Max

Short Term 3,000,000 2,000,000 4,400,000 Category A-1+ 33,017,457 48.53% 100% 8,118,386 Category A-1 4,400,000 6.47% 100% 8,500,000 Category A-2 9,000,000 13.23% 30% Category Unrated 0 0.00% 20% Category AAA 6,118,386 8.99% 100%

Long Term AAA Securities Exposure 2,000,000 2.94% Category AAA 2,000,000 2.94% 100%

AA- Securities Exposure 8,500,000 12.49% Category AA 8,500,000 12.49% 100%

A+ Securities Exposure 0 0.00% 33,017,457 9,000,000 A Securities Exposure 0 0.00% A- Securities Exposure 3,000,000 4.41% Category A 3,000,000 4.41% 30% Category A 4.4% BBB+ Securities Exposure 2,000,000 2.94% Category A-1 6.5% BBB Securities Exposure 0 0.00% Category A-1+ 48.5% Category A-2 13.2% Category BBB 2,000,000 2.94% 20% Category AA 12.5% NR Securities Exposure 0 0.00% Category AAA 11.9% Category Unrated 0 0.00% 20% Category BBB 2.9% Category Unrated 0.0% Total: 100.0%

Total Portfolio 68,035,844 100.00

As at 4 December 2013

Printed: 4 December 2013 11:24 am

289 Waverley Council

Transaction Cashflows

For 01-Nov-2013 to 30-Nov-2013

AUD Investment Transaction Cashflows

Date Deal Type Action Face Value Cashflow Deal No Borrower Dealing Bank

07-Nov-2013 Term Investment Interest Payment 2,000,000.00 20,416.44 396009 Members Equity Bank Melbourne MECUE 07-Nov-2013 Term Investment Maturity 2,000,000.00 2,000,000.00 396009 Members Equity Bank Melbourne MECUE 07-Nov-2013 Term Investment Purchase 2,000,000.00 -2,000,000.00 401839 Westpac Banking Corporation, STLB WBCSB 18-Nov-2013 Term Investment Interest Payment 2,000,000.00 21,082.19 396486 Westpac Banking Corporation, STLB WBCSB 18-Nov-2013 Term Investment Maturity 2,000,000.00 2,000,000.00 396486 Westpac Banking Corporation, STLB WBCSB 18-Nov-2013 Floating Rate Note Coupon Payment 3,000,000.00 28,272.33 398449 Bendigo and Adelaide Bank Limited NABS Investment 18-Nov-2013 Term Investment Interest Payment 1,500,000.00 4,405.48 400721 Bank of Western Australia BWAS 18-Nov-2013 Term Investment Maturity 1,500,000.00 1,500,000.00 400721 Bank of Western Australia BWAS 18-Nov-2013 Term Investment Purchase 2,000,000.00 -2,000,000.00 402334 Members Equity Bank Melbourne MECUE 20-Nov-2013 Term Investment Purchase 2,000,000.00 -2,000,000.00 402642 Westpac Banking Corporation, STLB WBCSB 26-Nov-2013 Term Investment Purchase 1,000,000.00 -1,000,000.00 402984 Credit Union Australia CUAB 28-Nov-2013 Floating Rate Note Purchase 2,000,000.00 -2,000,000.00 402974 Members Equity Bank Pty Ltd ANZS Investment 29-Nov-2013 Term Investment Interest Payment 2,000,000.00 42,816.99 390455 ING Bank (Australia) Limited INGAB 29-Nov-2013 Term Investment Maturity 2,000,000.00 2,000,000.00 390455 ING Bank (Australia) Limited INGAB

As at 3 December 2013

Printed: 3 December 2013 9:18 pm

290 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

Officer’s Report for Information No. OCFI.2/14

Subject: Flag Protocol Trim File No: A13/0280 Author: Carly Tremble, Recreation and Community Planning

Recommendation:

That the Committee receive and note this report.

1. Executive Summary

An investigation into the Australian Flag protocol has found that Council can decide to lower the flag to half mast on the death of a local citizen, or on days of significance as a sign of respect or remembrance.

2. Introduction/Background

At its meeting on 22 October, 2013, Council resolved that:

"1. Council investigate the Flag Protocols that would allow Council to lower its flags to half mast as a sign of respect and remembrance marking both Aboriginal deaths in police custody and the deaths of Police Officers who have died in the line of duty, as well as any other additional occasions on which it is appropriate to lower flags to half mast in remembrance and respect.

2. Report outlining actions to achieve this result, such as any changes to the Australian Flag Protocols, be brought back to the Community, Housing, Environmental Services and Public Works Committee in November."

3. Discussion

According to the booklet released by the Australian Government, Department of Prime Minister and Cabinet, Australian flags – Part 2: The protocols for the appropriate use and the flying of the flag, the Australian Government can give direction to lower flags to half mast on days of national commemoration such as Anzac Day and Remembrance Day, or when someone of national significance passes away. Local governments can decide to lower the flag to half-mast on the death of a local citizen or on the day, or part of the day, of their funeral.

A conversation with the Awards and Culture branch of the Department of Prime Minister and Cabinet clarified that Councils can also decide to lower the flag as a sign of respect or remembrance, for example, in remembrance of Aboriginal deaths in police and prison custody and the deaths of Police Officers who have died in the line of duty.

No changes to the Flag Protocol would be required.

Council does not currently mark particular days to commemorate deaths of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people in police custody, nor of the deaths of Police Officers. Council could choose to do so via further Council resolution, subject to appropriate consultation with relevant communities.

Page 1 291 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

4. Conclusion

According to the Australian Government protocol for flying the Australian flag, Council can decide to lower the flag to half mast on the death of a local citizen, or on days of significance as a sign of respect or remembrance.

5. Relationship to Waverley Together 3 & Delivery Program 2013-17

The relationship to Waverley Together 3 and Delivery Program 2013-17 is as follows:

Direction: C1 Waverley’s cultural heritage and diversity is recognised, protected and respected.

Strategy: C1a Support programs that celebrate and strengthen our multiculturalism and indigenous culture and cultivate a sense of community appreciation of our cultural heritage and diversity.

Deliverable: Planning for a Diverse and Tolerant Community

6. Financial impact statement/Timeframe/Consultation

The Awards and Culture Branch of the Department of Prime Minister and Cabinet was consulted as part of this investigation into the Australian flag protocol.

As the investigation has not resulted in further recommended action, there is no financial impact.

7. Attachment/s:

Australian flags – Part 2: The protocols for the appropriate use and the flying of the flag

Page 2

292

Excerpt from the booklet Australian flags – Part 2: The protocols for the appropriate use and the flying of the flag

Australian flags describes the history and significance of the Australian National Flag and other flags of Australia, and explains the protocol for flying and displaying flags within Australia.

The 3rd edition of Australian flags has a new structure to make the book easier to read and new illustrations to describe flag protocol: • Part I outlines the elements of the Australian National Flag; • Part II explains the protocols for the appropriate use and the flying of the Australian National Flag; • Part III details other official flags of Australia; and • Part IV outlines the history of the Australian National Flag.

Australian flags can be used as an educational resource and a source of general information about the history and proper use of the Australian National Flag and other flags of Australia by the Australian community, flag marshals and visitors to Australia.

Australian flags can be obtained free of charge through the Constituents’ Request Programme by contacting the electorate office of your local Senator or Member of the House of Representatives.

This excerpt and further information on Australian national symbols can be obtained at www.itsanhonour.gov.au

PUBLICATION DETAILS ISBN 0 642 47134 7 © Commonwealth of Australia 2006 This work is copyright. Apart from any use as permitted under the Copyright Act 1968, no part may be reproduced by any process without prior written permission from the Commonwealth, available from the Department of the Prime Minister and Cabinet. Requests and inquiries concerning reproduction and rights should be addressed to: Awards and Culture Branch Department of the Prime Minister and Cabinet National Circuit BARTON ACT 2600 Telephone: (02) 6271 5601 Facsimile: (02) 6271 5662

293 PART 2: THE PROTOCOLS FOR THE APPROPRIATE USE AND THE FLYING OF THE FLAG

294 FLYING AND USE OF THE AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL FLAG

The Australian National Flag may be flown on every day of the year. When the flag is raised or lowered, or It is important to observe correct flag protocol when flying the when it is carried in a parade or review, flag. The following guidelines apply to the Australian National all present should face the flag and Flag and to flags generally. remain silent. Those in uniform should salute. The flag should be raised no earlier than Who can fly the Australian Flying and handling first light and should be lowered no later National Flag? When flown in Australia or on Australian than dusk. Any person may fly the Australian territory the Australian National Flag The flag may only be flown at night when National Flag. However, the flag should takes precedence over all other flags illuminated. be treated with the respect and dignity it with the exception of the United Nations Two flags should not be flown from the deserves as the nation’s most important Flag on United Nations Day (refer to same flagpole. national symbol. page 35). See the order of precedence (page 25) when flying the Australian The flag should not be flown upside Flag protocol is based on longstanding National Flag in company with down, even as a signal of distress. international and national practice. other flags. Disposal of flags Dignity of the flag The flag should not be flown in a position inferior to that of any other flag or When a flag becomes dilapidated and The flag should not be allowed to fall or ensign. The superior position is based on no longer suitable for use, it should be lie on the ground. the formation of the flagpoles in the set, destroyed privately and in a dignified way. The flag should not be used to cover not the height of the flag on the flagpole. For example, it may be cut into small a statue, monument or plaque for an unrecognisable pieces then disposed of The flag should not be smaller than that unveiling ceremony; to cover a table or with the normal rubbish collection. of any other flag or ensign. seat; or to mask boxes, barriers or the space between the floor and the ground The flag should be raised briskly and level on a dais or platform. lowered with dignity. The flag should never be flown when The flag should always be flown aloft and in damaged, faded or dilapidated free as close as possible to the top of the condition. When the material of the flag mast, with the rope tightly secured. flag deteriorates to a point where it is Unless all the flags can be raised and no longer suitable for use, it should be lowered simultaneously, the Australian destroyed privately, in a dignified way. National Flag should be raised first and lowered last when flown with other flags.

295

Displaying the Even when the flag is displayed vertically, When displayed on a flag rope (a Australian National Flag this rule must be followed, although to ‘halyard’), the flag should be as close the casual observer the flag appears to as possible to the top, with the flag rope Whether the flag is displayed flat be back to front. The reason for this is tight. against a surface (either horizontally that the canton is the position of honour or vertically), on a staff, on a flag rope, If the national flag is vertically suspended on the flag. or suspended vertically in the middle in an east-west street, the canton should of a street, the canton should be in the When the Australian National Flag is be towards the north. In a north-south uppermost left quarter as viewed by a displayed alone on a speaker’s platform, street the canton should be towards the person facing the flag. it should be flat against the wall or on a east. 3 staff on the right of the speaker as he or In the case of the Australian National she faces the audience. 2 Flag, the Union Jack should be seen in the top left quarter of the flag.1

1 2 3 296 FLYING AND USE OF THE AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL FLAG

Use of flags on Flying the Australian When flown alone on top of or in front of conference tables National Flag alone a building with more than two flagpoles, the Australian National Flag should be Should it be decided to place the flags of When the Australian National Flag is flown in the centre or as near as possible nations on a conference table, a single flown alone on top of or in front of a to it. 6 flag representative of each nation present building with two flagpoles, it should should be placed in front of the leader of be flown on the flagpole to the left of a that country’s delegation. 4 person facing the building. 5

4 5 6 297 8

7 298 FLYING AND USE OF THE AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL FLAG

Flying the Australian National If there is an even number of flags and Flag with other national flags only one Australian National Flag is available, the Australian National Flag When the Australian National Flag is should be flown on the far left of a person flown with the flags of other nations, facing the building. 9 all the flags should, if possible, be the same size and flown on flagpoles of the If there is an even number of flags same height. According to international and two Australian National Flags are practice, no national flag should fly above available, one should be flown at each another in peacetime. end of the line. The flagpoles must be of uniform height. 10 The Australian National Flag must, however, take the position of honour. When crossed with another national flag, the Australian National Flag should be on When flying with only one other national the left of a person facing the flags and flag, the Australian National Flag should its staff should cross in front of the staff fly on the left of a person facing the of the other flag. 11 building. 7 In a semi-circle of flags, the Australian When flying the Australian National Flag National Flag should be in the centre. 12 along with several other national flags, the flags should follow the Australian In an enclosed circle of flags, the National Flag in alphabetical order. Australian National Flag should be flown on the flagpole immediately opposite the The Australian Government’s policy in main entrance to the building or arena. 13 relation to the flying of other nations’ flags is to fly only the official flags of nations recognised by Australia. In a line of several national flags, and where there is an odd number of flags and only one Australian National Flag is available, the Australian National Flag should be flown in the centre.8

8 299 10

9 11

10 12

300 FLYING AND USE OF THE AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL FLAG

13 301 12

Flying the Australian National In a single or double row of flagpoles, Flag with State and other flags arranged at right angles from a structure, such as a building or memorial, the When flying the Australian National Flag Australian National Flag should be flown with state flags and/or other flags (such on the far left flagpole nearest the as local government flags, house flags, kerb. 16 If two Australian National Flags club pennants, corporate and company are available the second flag should be flags) in a line of flagpoles, the order flown on the flagpole on the right nearest of the flags should follow the rules of the kerb. precedence. The Australian National Flag should always be flown on the far In a double row of flagpoles, where left of a person facing the building. 14 there is no formal focal point, such as With the exception of a flagpole fitted with a building or memorial, the Australian a gaff (see page 17), a house flag or club National Flag should be flown on the pennant should never be flown above a diagonal corners of the arrangement, national flag. with all other flags being arranged according to precedence as for a For example, if the Australian National single row. 17 Flag was being flown with a state flag and a local government flag, the Australian National Flag would be flown on the far left (the position of honour), the state flag to the right of it and the local government flag to the right of the state flag. If there are two Australian National Flags, one can be flown at each end of a line of flags. 15

302 FLYING AND USE OF THE AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL FLAG

14 303 4

15 304 FLYING AND USE OF the Australian National Flag

16 17

305 16 17

Flying the Australian If the Australian National Flag is being National Flag on a yardarm displayed from a flagpole fitted with a yardarm and is flying with a state flag and When the Australian National Flag is a house flag or pennant, the Australian being displayed from a flagpole fitted National Flag should be flown from the with a yardarm and is flying with another top of the flagpole, the State flag on the national flag, the Australian National left of the yardarm, and the house flag or Flag should be flown on the left of the pennant on the right of the yardarm, as yardarm and the flag of the other nation viewed from the front of the flagpole/gaff should be flown on the right of the combination. 19 yardarm, as viewed from the front of the flagpole/gaff combination.18

18 19 306 FLYING AND USE OF THE AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL FLAG

16 17

FLYING THE AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL FLYING THE AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL The rules for fl ying fl ags on non-defence FLAG ON A FLAGPOLE WITH A GAFF FLAG AND RED ENSIGN ON SHIPS ships are set out in sections 29 and 30 of the Shipping Registration Act 1981 and If the fl agpole is fi tted with a gaff, the The Australian red ensign is the fl ag to be regulation 22 of the Shipping Registration Australian National Flag should be fl own fl own by Australian-registered merchant Regulations. Foreign vessels may, as from the peak of the gaff, which is the ships. Either the Australian National a courtesy, fl y from the foremast either position of honour, even though the Flag or the Australian red ensign can the Australian National Flag or the Australian National Flag is then lower be fl own by government ships, fi shing Australian red ensign when berthed in than the fl ag fl ying from the top of the vessels, pleasure craft, small craft and an Australian port. fl agpole. This international tradition commercial vessels under 24 metres in originates from the days of sailing ships, tonnage length, but not both ensigns at when it was necessary to keep the fl ag the same time. 21 free of the ship’s rigging. 20 The next position of prominence is the peak of the fl agpole, then the left-hand side of the yardarm, then the right-hand side, as viewed from the front of the fl agpole/gaff combination.

FLAGS FLOWN AT SOUTH HEAD SIGNAL STATION, NSW 20 21 PHOTO COURTESY OF JOHN VAUGHAN, VEXILLOGRAPHER21 307 18

Carrying the Australian If, however, only one Australian National > If there is an even number of flags, National Flag in a procession Flag is available, the following applies: the Australian National Flag should be carried on the right-hand end In a line of flags carried in single file, > If there is an odd number of flags, the of the line facing the direction of the Australian National Flag should Australian National Flag should be movement (that is, the left end of the always lead. Flags are carried so that the carried in the centre of the line. line as viewed by a person facing the right hand of the carrier is above the left > The flag next highest in order of flags). 25 hand. 22 precedence should be flown to the In a line of flags carried abreast, it is left of the Australian National Flag Lowering the Australian preferable to have an Australian National (as seen by a viewer facing the flag National Flag in a procession Flag carried at each end of the line. 23 bearers), the next ranking flag to the right of the Australian National Flag The Australian National Flag should and so on. 24 not be lowered as a form of salute, even when it is appropriate for other flags or ensigns being carried in a procession to be lowered as a form of salute.

22 23 24 308 FLYING AND USE OF THE AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL FLAG

25 309 20 21

Flying the Australian National There are occasions when direction will Flag at half-mast be given by the Australian Government for all flags to be flown at half-mast. Flags are flown in the half-mast position Some examples of these occasions are: as a sign of mourning. 26 > On the death of the Sovereign (King To bring the flag to the half-mast or Queen) – the flag should be flown position, the flag must first be raised from the time of announcement of to the top of the mast (the ‘peak’), then the death up to and including the immediately lowered slowly to the half- funeral. On the day the accession of mast position. (This position is estimated the new Sovereign is proclaimed, it by imagining another flag flying above is customary to raise the flag to the the half-masted flag – in European top of the mast from 11 a.m. until the mythology, the flag flying above is the flag usual time for closure of business of death.) The flag must be lowered to a position recognisably half-mast so that > On the death of a member of the royal it does not simply appear to have slipped family – by special command of the down from the top of the flagpole. An Sovereign and/or by direction of the acceptable position would be when the Australian Government top of the flag is a third of the distance > On the death of the Governor-General down from the top of the flagpole. or a former Governor-General When lowering the flag from a half-mast > On the death of a distinguished position, it should first be raised briefly to Australian citizen, in accordance with the peak, then lowered ceremoniously. protocol > On the death of the head of state of Under no circumstances should a flag be another country with which Australia flown at half-mast at night, whether or has diplomatic relations – the flag not the flag is illuminated. would be flown at half-mast on the When flying the Australian National day of the funeral or as directed Flag with other flags, all flags in the > On days of national commemoration set should be flown at half-mast. The such as Anzac Day and Remembrance Australian National Flag should be raised Day. first and lowered last. Flags in any locality may be flown at half-mast on the death of a local citizen or on the day, or part of the day, of their funeral.

26 310 20 21

Draping a coffin Flying the Australian National Commercial use of The Australian National Flag may be Flag on public holidays the flag or flag image used to cover the coffin of any deceased All organisations and individuals are The Australian National Flag, or Australian citizen at their funeral. The encouraged to fly the Australian National representation of the flag, may be used canton should be draped over the ‘left Flag on public holidays. for commercial or advertising purposes shoulder’ of the coffin, representing the without formal permission, subject to the heart. The flag should be removed before Display at polling places following guidelines: the coffin is lowered into the grave or, at Where possible, the Australian National > The flag should be used in a dignified a crematorium, after the service. The Flag should be displayed in or near manner and reproduced completely deceased’s service headdress, sword every polling place on days when votes and accurately or baton, awards or medals if any and are being cast in a national election or family flowers may be placed on the flag > The flag should not be defaced by referendum. covering the coffin. Care should be taken overprinting with words or illustration during the interment to maintain the > The flag should not be covered by dignity of the flag. 27 Flying the Australian National other objects in displays Flag on Australian Government > All symbolic parts of the flag should buildings be identifiable. The Australian Government has directed It is not necessary to seek formal that the Australian National Flag be permission to use the Australian flown on its buildings during normal National Flag for commercial purposes. working hours on normal working days. However, the Awards and Culture Branch This will vary on days of mourning, when is available to provide advice on the the flag is flown at half-mast, and on appropriate use or representation of the days of national commemoration. Australian National Flag for commercial If more than one flagpole is available at purposes. an Australian Government building, other In regard to the importation of items flags, such as house flags, may be flown bearing an image of the Australian from the additional flagpole, with the National Flag, importers consult the Australian National Flag in the Department of the Prime Minister and pre-eminent position. Cabinet for approval of the item before applying for an import permit through the Australian Customs Service.

27 311 22 23

Flag folding The following diagrams show how to fold the flag properly: A Start like this B Fold lengthwise bottomside to topside once and then once again C Bring the ends together A D Now concertina by folding backwards and forwards towards the hoist edge E keep the flag bundled by winding the halyard around and under itself.

312 FLYING AND USE OF THE AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL FLAG

22 23

313 24 25

Special days for flying flags The Australian Aboriginal Flag and the If there is only one flagpole available, The follow list shows days of Torres Strait Islander Flag should be the Australian Aboriginal Flag and the commemoration on which the flying of flown on additional flagpoles, where Torres Strait Islander Flag should not the Australian National Flag and, where available, next to or near the Australian replace the Australian National Flag. If appropriate, other flags, is particularly National Flag on Australian Government there are two flagpoles available, it is at encouraged. Unless noted otherwise, buildings and establishments. the discretion of the authority concerned to determine which flag should be flown these days are celebrated nationally. If there is only one flagpole available, with the Australian National Flag. 1 January – Anniversary of the the Australian Aboriginal Flag and the establishment of the Commonwealth of Torres Strait Islander Flag should not 3 September Australia replace the Australian National Flag. If – Australian National Flag Day there are two flagpoles available, it is at 17 September – Citizenship Day 26 January – Australia Day the discretion of the authority concerned – Citizenship Day was introduced in 2001 to determine which flag should be flown March, second Monday and is an opportunity for all Australians with the Australian National Flag. – Commonwealth Day to take pride in our citizenship and reflect 21 March – Harmony Day – Harmony Day June, second Monday – Celebrated as on the meaning and importance of being began in 1999 and celebrates Australia’s the Queen’s birthday, except in Western Australian. Australia, where it is observed in October. success as a diverse society united as 24 October – United Nations Day – The one family by a common set of values. July, nominated week – NAIDOC Week United Nations Flag, if available, should 25 April – Anzac Day – Flags are flown (originally an acronym for National be flown all day. If only one flagpole is at half-mast until noon then at the Aboriginal and Islanders’ Day Observance available, the United Nations Flag should peak until the usual time for closure of Committee, the acronym has since be flown, even if that flagpole is ordinarily business. become the name of the week) – NAIDOC reserved for the Australian National Flag. Week is held every year to celebrate If two flagpoles are available, the United 9 May – Anniversary of the inauguration and promote a greater understanding Nations Flag should be flown in the of Canberra as the seat of government of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander pre-eminent position. (Australian Capital Territory only) peoples and culture. 11 November – Remembrance Day 27 May to 3 June – National The Australian Aboriginal Flag and the – Flags are flown at the peak from 8 a.m., Reconciliation Week – In recognition Torres Strait Islander Flag should be at half-mast from 10.30 a.m. to of 27 May as the anniversary of the flown on additional flagpoles, where 11.02 a.m., and at the peak again from 1967 Referendum which successfully available, next to or near the Australian 11.02 a.m. until the usual time for removed from the Constitution clauses National Flag on Australian Government closure of business. that discriminated against indigenous buildings and establishments. Australians and 3 June as the anniversary of the High Court decision in the Eddie Mabo land rights case of 1992. 314 FLYING AND USE OF THE AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL FLAG

24 25

Order of Precedence The order of precedence may be varied in The order of the State flags is New South The Australian National Flag takes the following circumstances: Wales, Victoria, Queensland, South Australia, Western Australia, Tasmania precedence in Australia over all other > On military occasions or flags when it is flown in company with establishments, the Australian (the order in with the State badges other flags. National Flag may be followed in the appear on the Commonwealth Coat of order of precedence by the prescribed Arms) with flags of the Australian Capital Thereafter when flown in the community Territory and the Northern Territory the order of precedence of flags is: Defence ensigns and military pennants ahead of other flags, following in alphabetical order. 2: National Flag of other nations ensigns and pennants. In the absence of a flag or flags higher 3: State and Territory Flags > On Commonwealth occasions and in the order, a flag shall follow the flag 4: other flags prescribed by theFlags Aboriginal or Torres Strait Island being flown that is higher in the order. Act 1953 including: occasions for their peoples, the The order of precedence does not require > the Australian Aboriginal Flag and the Australian Aboriginal Flag or the that a flag listed in the order must be Torres Strait Islander Flag in either Torres Strait Islander Flag may follow flown in company with other flags in the order; and the Australian National Flag ahead order. > the Defence ensigns which should be of other flags prescribed under the flown in the following order: Flags Act 1953, state and territory flags and other ensigns and pennants. - the Australian Defence Force Ensign - the Australian White Ensign - the Royal Australian Air Force Ensign. 5: ensigns and pennants – local government; Commonwealth, state and territory agencies; non-government organisations.

315 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

Officers’ Report for Information No. OCFI.3/14

Subject: 2013 Annual Customer Service Report Trim File No.: D08/46133 Author: Linda Bathur, Divisional Manager Library and Customer Service Ra Clarke, Customer Service Manager

Recommendation: That the Committee receive and note this report.

1. Executive Summary

This report provides Council with the following:

. An annual update on the Customer Service Centre’s business levels and performance against agreed service standards. Including a comparison to the same period last in 2012 and 2011.

. An outline of the proportion of business being redirected to an external call centre agency.

. The number of online service requests lodged in Council’s Customer Request System “Service Desk

. An update on our complaints management process and statistics on the number of complaints and compliments in Council’s customer request system “Service Desk”, and

. An update on Council’s Customer Service Strategy.

2. Introduction/Background

In 2013 all key performance targets were met or exceeded by Customer Service staff. This was despite a high staff turnover, many new staff in training and a renewed focus on first point resolution of customer enquires which extended the average time of calls.

Delays to customers were minimised with an increase in usage of our external call centre agency during some periods.

An increased pick up of online payment options has led to a reduction in face to face transactions and improved processes for customers.

Other improvements for customers during 2013 included the introduction of new and more accessible payment options including B Point facilities at the Customer Service Centre, launch of a Council's more customer friendly website, improvements to online planning options and development of processes for the issue of online permits.

Page 1 316 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

This report outlines Customer Service performance in 2013 against service standards, outlines key improvements implemented in 2013 and challenges for customer service during the next 12 months.

3. Discussion

1. Annual Customer Service business levels

During January – December 2013 Council’s Customer Service Centre (CSC) had 127,266 enquiries. 41,500 (excluding abandoned visits) customers visited the CSC with staff processing 42,556 enquiries/transactions, and handling 85,766 telephone enquiries (excluding abandoned calls). The receptionist in Chambers dealt with 2846 external customer enquiries.

Graph 1: Annual Business Levels Comparison

There was a decrease in visits to the Customer Service Centre (CSC) during 2013 compared to the previous years although the number of customers contacting Council’s Call Centre remained consistent with 2011 and 2012. Council implemented a direct debit for rates payments in 2013 and this can be attributed to the decrease in visits to the CSC.

Although there was a decrease in visits to the CSC the average service time has increased as customer enquiries have become significantly more complex and procedural changes require officers to explain the changes in legislation. E.g. Parking in Waverley

Page 2

317 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

The most popular reasons for contacting our Customer Service Centre either by visiting or calling are:

a) Applying/enquiring about parking permits for the beach and residential parking

b) Enquiries about waste services, and

c) Enquiries about rates (there has been an increase of enquiries in the Call Centre although a decrease in visits)

The Customer Service Centre service standards have been built around timely response to our customers when they contact us by phone, or visit the CSC. Our measures are reflected in Council’s Customer Service Charter.

The CSC service standards include the following:

. 75% of calls are answered within 60 seconds when contacting us by phone

. 98% of customers wait no more than 5 minutes when contacting us by phone or visit our Customer Service Centre

. Less than 15% of calls are transferred to other parts of the Organisation focusing on first point resolution, and

. An abandonment rate of less than 5% when contacting or visiting the CSC

Page 3 318 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

Graph 2: Annual Call Centre Comparison against Service Standards

120%

98% 98% 100% 89% Percentage of Calls Abandoned (Target less than 5%) 79% 79% 80% Percentage of calls answered 65% within 60 seconds (Target 75% 60% or more) Maximum Wait Time (Target 98% of calls wait no more than 40% 5 mins) Percentage of Calls Transferred (Target 15% or less) 20% 17% 16% 15% 8% 4% 4.9% 0% 2011 2012 2013

The Call Centre has met its key performance measures this year although our abandonment rate which reflects customers who disconnected before speaking to an operator was higher than last year and only marginally within the service target.

The percentage of calls answered within 60 seconds is directly related to our commitment in Council’s Customer Service Charter. The majority of customers contacting us wait less than a minute to be answered and the Centre exceeded this measure in 2012 and 2013.

The maximum wait time measures how long customers wait before getting through to an operator or being served at the front counter.

In 2013 the Centre met the standard of ensuring that customers waited no more than 5 minutes to be served. This is consistent with our performance in 2012 and a significant improvement on 2011 when we did not meet this standard.

Our first call resolution rate captures all the enquiries resolved within the Call Centre and is reflected by the amount of calls transferred from the Call Centre.

The Centre met this standard in 2013 as staffs have become more proficient at answering or resolving queries over the phone at the first point of contact.

Page 4

319 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

2. Use of the Overflow Service in 2013

The overflow service is an external Call Centre managed by Well Done Pty Ltd. Call are redirected when staff numbers are reduced in the CSC by unplanned leave (illness) or attendance at mandatory training/information sessions. This strategy was implemented in 2011 to reduce customer wait times when contacting Council’s Call Centre.

During 2013 Council redirected 6345 calls to the overflow service; this figure represents 20% of the total number of calls coming into the Call Centre. In 2012 only 4% of calls were redirected to the overflow service. The significant increase in 2013 is a result of a high staff turnover in February, July and September 2013 where new staff were trained taking operational staff out of the operations to assist with training.

There has been a minimal impact on our customers being redirected to the overflow service as the operators have access to Council’s Customer Request System “Service Desk” and customers requests are lodged directly into our system or transferred to Waverley staff in Council to offer in house advice.

3. Online Service Request Statistics

Service Desk is Council’s current Customer Request System. In 2013 there were 1249 requests lodged by customers using the online service (excluding requests lodged by the overflow operators). This figure represents only 5% of the total number requests received during 2013.

In December Council endorsed the purchase of a new Customer Request Management System, it is anticipated that the online request process will be much more user friendly and these numbers will increase in 2014.

4. Complaints- Annual Overview

Council’s Complaint Management Policy defines a complaint under three categories:

. Quality of Service – quality of a finished job . Behaviour of Staff – dissatisfaction with the behaviour of a Council employee . Policy and Procedure – dissatisfaction with service charges, policy decisions or agreed practice covered by policy or procedure.

Page 5 320 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

Graph: Complaints lodged in Service Desk 2013

50 45 45 38 40 36 35 29 30 25 19 19 20 15 10 7 66 4 4 5 2 0 0 1 0 CTS PES CRS PWS GMU

Behaviour of Staff Quality of Service Policy and Procedure

During January – December 2013 Council received a total of 216 complaints lodged in Service Desk compared 111 registered in 2012.

The increase in complaints this year is generally related to charging for East gate Car park or parking infringement notices.

Note that:

There are currently 13 open complaints that were lodged during 2013.

As part of the preparation of this report divisional managers have been reminded that these matters are still open in Service Desk and that Service Desk access restrictions may impede on a matter being investigated if transferred to another department or staff member without the appropriate delegation.

Page 6

321 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

Comments

Service desk access restrictions have impeded on matters being investigated by the department/division in an appropriate time frame as a number of complaints have been transferred to council officers who do not have the appropriate access to view these complaints.

It should also be noted that not all complaints are lodged in Service Desk in line with Council’s Complaints Management Policy as some complaints are also registered in Trim. The complaints registered in Trim are not contained within this report. This year Council’s new Customer Request Management System (CRM) will be implemented in May 2014 and the integration between Trim and the new CRM will enable all complaints to be reflected within this report.

Compliments

Although we receive a number of complaints we also receive a number of compliments registered in Service Desk, there were 101 compliments lodged in 2013 all relating to Council staff doing a great job or providing a fantastic service.

5. Customer Service Strategy Update

Council's Customer Service Strategy 2010-2014 outlines key directions for customer service in line with Waverley Together 2 and Council's Delivery Program. An organisation-wide steering group co-ordinate and drive actions under the strategy.

Achievements 2013: Service Culture  Good performance against service standards for the Customer Service Centre.  Updates on the Customer Service Induction module.  Customer Service e news: monthly updates to all staff on changes to business, Customer Service business statistics, staffing changes. Service Tools & Support  New Council website with an improved customer focus, more logical pathways and more 'findable' information.  Purchase of new Customer Relationship Management System to replace the current unsupported Service desk system  Progress on track for the new online permit system  Launch of the Electronic Housing Code project, part of Council's e-Planning strategy which allows local professionals in the planning/building industry or property owners themselves, to determine whether specified development uses on their site/s can be carried out as exempt or complying development under the SEPP (Exempt and Complying Development Codes) 2008.  Improvements to DA lodgement and electronic assessment  Introduction of B-point to the Customer Service Centre

Page 7 322 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

Customer Insight  Good performance in a Mystery Shopper Program for outdoor teams conducted February to April. Overall performance was on par with the previous study in 2010- 11, with the total score at 93 out of 100 (previously 94). The total score across the divisions was either improved or equal to previous performance. 4. Conclusion Future Actions for 2014 The introduction of online beach parking permits in February 2014 and online residential parking permits later in the year will result in quicker and more efficient processes and significant improvements for customers and staff.

Key improvements during this year will result from the implementation of the new Customer Relationship Management system (CRM) to replace Service desk. The new system, Merit, is an Integrated Customer Relationship Management solution which manages requests from time of receipt until resolution.

As part of this project we will also be investigating a mobile App for the use of our external customers and which will provide easy access to information on Council's services and payment options

The Customer Services Manager in conjunction with a number of staff from key areas of Council will be managing the implementation of the new system with a go live scheduled for the end of May 2014.

Key features of the new system include:

. All the information to create or complete a request is easily accessible.

. The ability to customise the features and functionality is available to staff

. Merit Traveller: a mobile and external service provider solution which enables officers in the field and providers to create requests, complete action, search for requests add notes and attachments to requests and view map of location.

. Integration with land information system, email and Council’s Records system which will enable more accurate reporting and improved complaints management.

. Centralised reporting module with a number of real time and historical reports available

. Multiple levels of escalation per action

. Searching and reporting on overdue and escalated actions and requests

The Customer Service Strategy is also due for review in 2014. The development of new strategic directions for customer service will need to reflect the changes to business, notably the increased focus on online business options

Page 8

323 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

5. Relationship to Waverley Together 3 & Delivery Program 2013-17

The relationship to Waverley Together 3 and Delivery Program 2013-17 is as follows:

Direction: G3 Services are accessible and provided in a professional, friendly and timely manner. Strategy: G3a Promote and advocate systems and procedures that support efficient and effective service delivery which meets or exceeds customer satisfaction goals G3b Monitor and report regularly against the service standards for customer service. Deliverable: G3b Performance against standards for customer requests and complaints recorded in Council’s Customer Request Management System (CRMS) monitored and reported

6. Financial impact statement

Funding has been identified where required for all projects included in the Customer Service Strategy.

Budget for the new Customer Service App has been identified from the CRM project funding.

Timeframe

The next annual report on Customer Service business levels and project progress will be submitted in February 2015.

The Customer Service Strategy is due for review in June 2014.

Consultation

Customer service initiatives are driven by customer service data, including direct community feedback via surveys, complaints, feedback, plus mystery shopper results and other service data.

7. Attachment/s: Nil

Page 9 324 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

Officer’s Report for Information No. OCFI.4/14

Subject: Waverley Pavilion (Margaret Whitlam Recreation Centre): Report on the Centre's First Year of Operation 2012- 2013 Trim File No.: A12/0159 Author: Maree Girdler, Divisional Manager, Recreation and Community Planning

Recommendation:

That the Committee receive and note the information provided about the Annual Report for 2012-13 for the Waverley Pavilion (Margaret Whitlam Recreation Centre).

1. Executive Summary

The attached report describes progress in the first year of operation of the recreation centre, particularly in relation to program development and access for the community. The sports court has been an outstanding success reflecting the documented demand in the Recreation Needs Study for this type of facility. In addition the report provides feedback on successful treatment of issues raised by Council prior to the development of the centre.

2. Introduction/Background

The centre was officially opened in June 2012 and opened its doors to the public after a short period of set up. The Phil O'Sullivan - Bob Horsell Stand was officially named and opened in October 2012.

Since the opening of the centre it has gone from strength to strength with high levels of access for all groups and positive feedback from both licensed clubs and casual users. The sports court is open from 7am until 9pm each night throughout the year and has achieved 81% utilization across those hours.

Users are diverse and include people of all ages and backgrounds. The opportunity to participate in a wider range of sports has been introduced into the local area. School holiday programs are provided throughout each holiday period and these have extended the range of activities available to local children.

The community room is increasingly being booked with sporting, civic and private functions.

The cafe has been very successful and the combination of playground, cafe and sports court has led to the development of a vibrant community hub in the park with families and children particularly enjoying the space around the centre.

Page 1 325 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

3. Discussion

While access to the site has improved and a range of new recreation programs have been developed, a number of issues raised by Council during project development have been successfully addressed. These issues were having an impact on the site and on local amenity and have now been successfully addressed. These are outlined further below:

Vandalism and ongoing security issues: The old Pavilion, just prior to demolition was unsafe, heavily graffitied, frequently damaged and generally looked uncared for. The poorly lit site was hidden from Bondi Road and felt unsafe. There were initial concerns that the new building would quickly become a target for vandals.

The initial planning and the subsequent operational plan for the new building included the development of a safety strategy for the site which allows increased natural surveillance, a staffed building with those staff working across a good spread of hours including on weekends, rapid response to damage at the site, an interactive monitoring system with 22 infrared cameras, audio messages and additional call out of security guards.

A Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED)approach led to a building which looks light and open, is positioned closer to Bondi Road, has good sight lines throughout and is tough and relatively vandal proof. Most importantly the intention was to attract people to the building, to create a community hub which gives the building a feeling of being owned and cared for.

These strategies have contributed to a significant reduction of issues at the site with only two to three incidents of vandalism occurring since the opening. At the same time there were over 30 call outs in the first year as a result of activity late at night picked up by the cameras. Many of these were due to groups of young people congregating near the playground behind the building. During the current holidays onsite guards have been increased and they have moved a number of groups from the site. Most of these move on happily and there has been very little need to involve police.

Non compliant parking and driving within the park: Prior to the new development sports groups in particular were driving into and parking in the park. Damage to the park and safety for park users were an issue. The Waverley Park Traffic Management Plan was developed to manage access to the site in a sustainable way. This incorporated restrictions on vehicle access with off street loading zones and trolleys to move deliveries, promotion to encourage use of sustainable transport (with the assistance of Environmental Services), increased visitation by Parking Patrol Officers and Rangers on peak days, inclusion of bollards and gates and stricter management of the key register. The development of long term licenses for clubs with clauses which make reference to these issues has fostered an improved climate of cooperation and responsibility with licensees.

Further unresolved issues: Unresolved issues at the building include the need to collect, monitor and report satisfactorily on sustainability issues including water and electricity consumption. An improved Environmental Data Management System is being implemented and further actions will occur particularly to control water usage at the site. These are being investigated by Environmental Services.

Page 2

326 Operations Committee Meeting 4 February 2014

Defects in the building are being progressively addressed and it is hoped that remaining leaks in the building around the community room and sport court can be remedied early this year.

4. Conclusion

The Centre has contributed enormously to Councils capacity to address the health, recreation and leisure needs of the Waverley and wider community. Active and passive recreation needs are both catered for in and around the building. Clubs and community groups as well as individual members of the community have been provided for. Feedback from all users is very positive.

5. Relationship to Waverley Together 3 & Delivery Program 2013-17

The relationship to Waverley Together 3 and Delivery Program 2013-17 is as follows:

Direction: C2 The community is welcoming and inclusive and people feel they are connected and belong.

Strategy: C2a Provide a broad range of relevant, affordable and accessible facilities, spaces, programs and activities that promote harmony, respect and togetherness

Deliverable: A coordinated program of social, recreational and cultural events targeting diverse groups.

Direction: C7 Health and quality of life are improved through a range of recreation and leisure opportunities.

Strategy: C7a Retain, protect and improve the quality, flexibility and usability of parks, reserves and other green spaces to meet recreational needs whilst ameliorating any negative environmental impacts.

Deliverable: Sustainable well maintained and well used recreation facilities.

6. Financial impact statement

Expenditure for the centre for 2012-13 was $437,713, with income of $204,656, giving a net cost to Council of $233,057.

Better than expected income for the sports court has reduced expected net costs for Council from initial predictions. The court alone is expected to generate nearly $100,000 of income in 2014-15. Maintenance costs remain reasonably low while defects have been covered by a sum of money retained from the contract with National Buildplan Group.

7. Attachment:

Margaret Whitlam Recreation Centre, Report on the centre's first year of operation 2012- 2013

Page 3 327

MARGARET WHITLAM RECREATION CENTRE

Report on the centre’s first year of operation

2012-13

Recreation and Community Planning

Community and Recreation Services

January 2014

328

Contents

I. Executive summary II. Mission and goals III. The year in review IV. Progress measured against Key Performance Indicators V. Strategic plan. Appendix

I. Executive summary

Waverley Council plays an important role in caring for the health and well-being of its communities through the planning, provision, funding and coordination of recreation facilities and services. The provision of recreation facilities and services can significantly enhance quality of life. Activities held within recreation facilities can encourage participation, promote health and wellbeing and foster a sense of community.

The Margaret Whitlam Recreation Centre (MWRC) opened its doors on June 5, 2012 and recently completed its first full year of operation. It has been a successful first year with the centre quickly establishing itself as a recreational hub for Waverley. A summary of achievements in the first year include:

 A timetable of sporting activities programmed in the indoor sports court. This attracted over 30,000 participation visits in the first year.  Public programs for specific groups created, with over 2,000 participation visits to these programs.  Licensed sports clubs utilising the full suite of rooms and facilities including club and change rooms, first aid, storage, kiosk and grandstand.  A lively active hub around the facility incorporating the café, sports court and community room.  The centre returned higher than anticipated income in the first financial year of operation due mainly to the high demand for the indoor sports court.

This report provides an account of how the centre has performed against some Key Performance Indicators developed for the facility. It also identifies challenges facing the centre and areas where improvements in service can be made in future years.

329

II. Mission and goals

The Recreation Centre provides high quality community recreation facilities and services. It significantly contributes to the present and future recreation needs of local and regional communities and is accessible to a wide range of users from the Waverley community and visitors. It is managed efficiently and effectively in a safe and environmentally sustainable way.

The three key objectives for the Margaret Whitlam Recreation Centre are:

1. To provide high quality community recreation facilities and services effectively and efficiently.

Strategies  Plan, provide and promote opportunities for increasing participation in recreation through a range of active and low impact activities.  Provide fair, equitable and affordable access to the facilities and services.  Develop additional public programs to ensure the facility is available and meets the needs of all groups.  Ensure professional relationships with all sports providers to deliver good outcomes to the community.  Support sports clubs through ongoing relationships, provision of a fit for purpose facility, information and timely response to enquiries.  Provide for the needs of park users, including walkers, playground users and people enjoying the park through an attractive café, a pleasant environment and appropriate information when needed.  Provide balanced staff rosters to ensure availability at key times during opening hours.  Provide excellence in customer service.  Ensure the facility is managed and maintained to a high quality standard.  Ensure the building and surrounds are clean and well maintained throughout the year.  Equipment provided is functional, fit for purpose and meets the desired standard.

2. To provide safe facilities and services and a safe workplace

Strategies  Security at the facility will minimise opportunities for theft, vandalism and any other potential for harm or loss.  Ongoing hazard identification, risk assessment and risk control will be applied to all aspects of managing the facility.  The facility and equipment will be well maintained and the asset managed as per the developed asset management plan.  Insurance issues will be well managed.  The facility management will follow the risk management model that eliminates risks, or if this is not reasonably practical, controls the risk to the fullest extent possible.  Risk assessments and control measures will be reviewed periodically and as needed.

330  Staff managing the facility will be provided with appropriate instruction, training and information.  First aid, emergency response and evacuation equipment and procedures will be in place.  The facility will be compliant with all obligations and regulations under the Work Health and Safety Act 2011; the Work Health and Safety Regulation 2011, and Waverley Council’s WH&S Policy.

3. To operate the facilities and services in an environmentally sustainable way

Strategies:  Design features and initiatives which support environmental sustainability will be maintained and serviced to maximise their performance.  Best practice in environmental sustainability will be incorporated where possible as per Council policy in the selection and use of products and services.  The use of sustainable transport will be promoted to users of the facility.  The facility will where possible demonstrate, educate and engage the community in principles and practices which support environmental sustainability.

331

III. The year in review

The centre employs 2 full time staff (a Facility Co-ordinator and a Recreation Officer) to manage bookings, day to day relationships with clubs, development of programs, marketing of the centre and programs and to manage the facility. A pool of casuals is available to assist in the delivery of programs and to back up full time staff. Facility staff moved to the centre in April 2012 with Parks operational staff moving in earlier in the year.

With the construction phase completed additional fit out for the sports court, equipment and furnishing purchases for the centre were finalised by mid-2012. The café operator also finalised fit out during this period.

Additional works in the building included the installation of acoustic panelling in the roof space to reduce a significant echo in the hall and the installation of protective cages over the emergency and strip lighting to protect them from damage from the impact of balls. In addition there was the need to install protective sports netting to protect the ceiling lights and the spectator viewing area. Finally a scoreboard, mechanical winches to the basketball hoops and adjustable backboards were also installed.

These works were completed over the first few months of operation with minimal impact on customers wishing to use the facility.

“Park Life” a stunning piece of Public Art by artist Graham Chalcroft was installed at the entrance to the centre in time for the opening. The local community were engaged in a series of workshops to design a meaningful art work for the facility about the place and their park.

Official launch event

A function to mark the official opening of the centre was held on 5 June 2012. With Senator Matt Thistlethwaite and then Mayor of Waverley, Cr John Wakefield performing the official duties. The event was attended by family members of the late Margaret Whitlam, Councillors and staff, representatives of sporting clubs including the Eastern Suburbs Cricket Club along with a number of other prominent community figures and dignitaries.

332

Cricket Memorial Fountain Dedication

Soon after the official launch the relocated and restored Cricket Memorial Fountain was rededicated in a moving ceremony that included the cricket community and family members from the United States and around Australia.

The old fountain had been badly vandalised and broken. Parts were located and taken off site for careful restoration by a specialist company.

The cricketer’s families told stories about their days living in the area and talked about the special meaning that this part of Waverley holds for them.

Opening of the Phil O'Sullivan - Bob Horsell Grandstand

At a well attended ceremony on October 14th 2012 the Phil O'Sullivan-Bob Horsell Grandstand was officially launched along with the opening of the cricket season by Waverley Mayor, Sally Betts. The Grandstand was named after these two local cricket identities in tribute to their contribution to both cricket and the community.

Phil O’Sullivan is a recognized "local hero" with much input over the years to the local community particularly through Rotary. His outstanding involvement with cricket has stretched back over six decades. Bob Horsell has been involved with local cricket for almost 50 years and was the Eastern Suburb’s Cricket Club’s President for 19 of them as well as serving as a valuable asset to the sport Australia-wide.

The first year in operation

Since commencing operations the centre has provided a lively active hub in the heart of Waverley Park, a place to visit and enjoy for many different members of the community. Recreation and sporting services and facilities are provided to the Waverley community across four broad areas:

1. Through the provision of high quality facilities to sporting clubs and groups including a suite of rooms, kiosk and storage available to clubs utilising the Waverley Oval and Waverley sporting fields 2 and 3.

2. Through a weekly timetable of sporting activities in the multipurpose indoor sports court. The balanced program offered has increased access to recreational facilities for a range of people from the Waverley community. 6

333

3. Through the provision of targeted public programs, which provide recreational activities for specific groups with reduced access to recreational activities and traditionally lower participation rates. These programs help to deliver balance to the externally run programs which small business operators and sports groups provide.

4. The delivery of a venue to host a variety of civic/recreation and private functions as well as low impact recreational activities in the community room.

5. Through a café provided by a commercial operator which facilitates the park experience for people enjoying all types of recreation as well as people passing by and those enjoying the playground.

The report will now look at the Centres acomplishments in each of these areas in more detail.

334 1. Provision of facilities to sporting clubs and groups

The centre has provided local sporting clubs and groups with access to excellent sporting facilities. The local clubs utilising the facilities for match days and training include Waverley Rugby Football Club , UTS Bats AFL Club, Sydney Roosters Rugby League Club (Bondi United) and Maccabi NSW Rugby club. The centre is also home to the Eastern Suburbs Cricket Club during the summer season.

The winter clubs have enjoyed a first season of use of the facilities the centre offers. These facilities include home and visitors changing rooms, a kiosk, first aid room and referees room. The clubs have reported higher player registrations and spectator numbers, along with increased revenue generated from match day sales from the kiosk.

Eastern Suburbs Cricket club has utilised the southern club room as its club house and it is expected that Bondi United will move to the northern club room in the coming winter season. Licensed clubs have also been allocated storage rooms as part of their licenses.

2. Provision of a varied program of activities in the indoor sports court

Soon after opening an Expression of Interest process was undertaken calling for applications for regular hirers for the indoor sports court up to the end of 2012. As predicted there was a high demand with many local sporting groups, clubs, businesses and schools submitting applications. The annual process was carried out again in November 2012 for applications to use the court for the period from 1 January 2013 to 31 December 2013. Applications were assessed in accordance with the access guidelines created for the centre, to ensure that Council’s stated outcomes for the centre were met.

The sports court timetable has been programmed to provide as wide a range of sports as possible. At present the regular activities include, netball, futsal, volleyball, basketball, indoor hockey, table tennis and multi sports programs for children.

335

3. Public programs for specific groups

The centre has introduced a number of public programs throughout the year, aimed at ensuring services are balanced and meet the needs of all groups in the community.

The Soccerjoeys New Start program helps build the capacity of children with additional needs by providing them with gross motor, language and soccer skills to allow them to better integrate into more mainstream soccer programs. The program has been very popular and has exposed a high demand for such services in the Eastern suburbs with an additional class being added to meet this demand. The New Start program has been successful in progressing three children through into Soccerjoeys New Start program main stream football programs.

School holiday program The provides a number of active Soccerjoeys New Start Program recreation and sports workshops to develop children’s interest in sports. The activities cater for children from 3– 16 years. All activities increase self confidence, social skills and assist personal development, while improving fitness and encouraging a healthy lifestyle. The activities are designed to be fun and nurturing, delivered in a safe and supportive environment. Activities include popular four sports Friday, basketball, netball, floorball, volleyball, cricket and basic skill development for younger children. The program has proven to be hugely popular with local parents and children. Over 2000 children attended the program in the first year. Waverley Council school holiday program

The centre also provides a number of recreation activities for seniors. Table Tennis sessions were introduced as a response to a request from a small local Table Tennis group who were looking for a new home. The sessions are facilitated by Recreation centre staff and the fees subsidised by Waverley Council. Since its inception the program has grown with more tables being purchased to meet demand. The sessions now attract an average of 20 players each session. A coach is provided once a month to help improve player’s skill levels.

Seniors Tai Chi / Yoga sessions run weekly in the community room. These low impact classes provide great Seniors Table Tennis in the indoor sports court health benefits for older people as well as ensuring older people engage with and utilise the centre and its facilities.

336 4. Provision of facilities to accommodate civic and community functions

The centre has hosted a number of civic and community functions and events in the community room in its first year. These included the Waverley Council Nib Literary awards and Local Heroes awards. The centre has also provided the community with a high quality venue for hire for a variety of recreational functions such as the Waverley Rugby Club’s Presidents dinner and the Eastern Suburbs Cricket Club AGM.

In addition the room has been utilised for yoga conferences, Sports NSW recreation courses, NSW Health seminars and it was used as a polling station and returning office for the 2012 Local Government elections.

The community room was developed primarily as a civic and recreational space and was intended to be used for sporting group functions like Annual General Meetings, community events and civic activities as described above. The room was not publicised for private use in the first six months of operation. Following a review it was felt that the number of civic and recreations would not be affected by providing the room to private hirers. Broadening the access has allowed a wider range of community groups to utilise and enjoy the facilities. The number of functions will continue to be monitored to ensure priority is given to civic and recreation activities.

The Community room also plays host to a number of low impact activities such as baby ballet, seniors yoga and tai chi classes.

337 5. Provision of café, activation of surrounding areas

A commercial operator manages the Café under a lease agreement developed by Business, Services and Property. The café has proven very popular with the local community and has helped in activating the upper level of the site. It attracts visitors from a broad cross section of the community from mothers groups, workers, and people visiting the centre to participate in recreational activities along with spectators of the various sports being played on the Oval throughout the year.

The centre has also established itself within the local community as a place for informal gatherings on the grassed areas surrounding the building. The beautiful landscaping around the new facility is highly valued and has lead to an increase in the number of people visiting the park to hold family picnics or BBQ’s, or to just relax with friends. There has been an increase in visitations to the children’s playground since the building opened.

“Park Life” Public Artwork by Graham Chalcroft. The Café also known as “Waverley Park Kiosk”.

338

IV. Progress measured against Key Performance Indicators (KPI)

The MWRC Operational Manual outlines 6 KPI areas to be used to measure performance against the 3 key objective areas outlined earlier in section (ii) of this report. Performance in these areas will impact on levels of community participation, financial performance and deliver a best practice facility and service. KPI’s were set at a lower level in the first year to allow for an extended set up and implementation time frame and to establish a baseline.

The key performance indicators for the centre for the first year are:

Key objective 1: Access and participation TARGET

K01 Participation  % Occupancy of sports court 50% and  % Occupancy of community room 50% satisfaction  75% rates % Capacity of school holiday program places filled  % Users satisfied with content of public programs 90%  % Users satisfied with the facilities 90%  % Users satisfied with the level of customer service 90%

K02 Access for all  % Children under 5 utilising the facility 5% groups to the  % Children 6-8 utilising the facility 10% facilities.  15% Barriers to % Young people 9-13 utilising the activity participation  % Youth 14-19 utilising the facility 20% removed.  % Adult +19 utilising the facility 35%  % Seniors + 50 utilising the facility 15%

 % People with disability utilising the facility 5%  % Multi cultural groups utilising the facility 10%

 % Male 60%  % Female 40%

Key objective 2: Safe workplace facility and services TARGET

K03 A safe facility and  Number of health and safety incidents < base year workplace will be reported and actioned (customers and 2012-13 achieved through a staff) performance based approach to risk  % of health and safety hazard < base year management notifications actioned within 14 days 2012-13

339

K04 Security of the facility will  Number of incidents of vandalism or < base year minimise opportunities for graffiti reported. 2012-13 theft, vandalism and any other potential for harm Nil or loss  Number of incidents of theft reported

Key objective 3: Environmental and sustainable TARGET

K05 Environmental  Target for grid energy consumption KWh sustainability per annum. (Electric and Gas) < base year 2012-13

 Target for potable water consumption per Kl annum < base year 2012-13

K06 The centre is  Actual revenue as % of revenue estimate, + or-10% managed in a indoor sports court financially sustainable way  Actual revenue as % of revenue estimate, + or-10% community room

The centre’s performance in its first year of operation will now be measured against each of these key performance indicators.

340

K01: Participation and satisfaction rates

Graph 1: Occupancy and customer satisfaction rates measured against KPI 2012-13

KPI Target % 2012-13 survey results % 100%

90%

80%

70%

60%

50%

40%

30%

20%

10%

0% % Occupancy % Occupancy % Capacity of % Users % Regular % Regular of sports of community school satisfied with hirers hirers court room holiday content of satisfied with satisfied with program public facilities customer places filled programs service

Summary of results

Sports court - The results in graph 1 show that the occupancy of the sports court exceeded the target utilisation for the first year. Many sports groups utilise the court meeting the large community demand for a multipurpose indoor facility in Waverley. It should be noted that this result has occurred despite the set up and implementation work that needed to be carried out in the first few months.

Community room - The community room was unavailable for bookings in its first 3-4 months due to the Electoral Commission using the space as a polling station and sorting office for the 2012 Local 14

341 Government elections. It was anticipated that demand for the primary use for civic and recreational programs would build slowly as the centre’s marketing plan took effect. Utilisation rose towards the later part of the year as greater knowledge of the availability of the room spread through the local community.

School holiday program - The centre has provided a program of sporting activities as part of each of Waverley Council’s school holiday programs since September 2012. The programs have proven hugely popular with around 2,000 children taking part in the program in the first year. The survey responses show that parents and children have been largely satisfied with the program in all areas with 3-12 year olds forming the core group of attendees.

The 9-13 year age group have typically proven to be more challenging to bring back to the programs, which may mean that more thought needs to be given to the style of the program being offered for this age group. Although attendance for this group was quite high as a % of total numbers they gave less positive responses to the question of whether they would participate in the Centre’s holiday program in the future. It should be noted that “maybe” responses were not included as a positive response.

More needs to be done to engage with 13-16 year olds as they are of an age where structured sport and recreation can become less attractive.

Customer satisfaction - Regular hirers were surveyed after 6 and 12 months of operation. Users were largely satisfied with both the facilities and the level of customer service being offered. Regular hirers in the court identified a need for the centre to be more proactive in promoting their activities and helping so that they could establish themselves in the new facility. In response to this staff have:

 Introduced a regular activities page on the Centre’s webpage promoting the activities and linking it to hirer’s websites.  Introduced a Sports and Recreation in Waverley digital newsletter where in each edition a different sports group or club is profiled.  Installed two large external notice boards at the centre where the groups can display flyers and posters promoting their activities to the general public.

Since the introduction of these measures both licensed sports clubs and regular hirers have reported increased levels of participation in their activities.

342 K02: Access for the whole community to the facilities. Barriers to participation removed.

Graph 2.1 Participating rates measured against KPI 2012-13

KPI Target Participation rate % Participation rate % after 6 months operation Participation rate % after 12 months operation 40%

35%

30%

25%

20%

15%

10%

0% % Children % Children 6- %young % Youth 14-19 % Adult +19 % Seniors + under 5 8 utilising the people 9-13 utilising the utilising the 50 utilising utilising the facility utilising the facility facility the facility facility facility

Summary of results

The first year has seen the centre meet its participation rate targets for most demographics. The demographic for which participation rates were identified as being significantly below targets in the 6 month survey was the over 50’s group. In response to these findings targeted programs were introduced to help engage active older people and increase the participation rates for this demographic. Programs for Table Tennis and Tai Chi sessions were introduced which assisted in raising the number of 50+ participants as demonstrated in the results of the 12 month survey.

Participation rates were also under target for the 14 to 19 year age group. The decline in the percentage of users in this age group in the later part of the year was primarily due to the cancellation of a Futsal league that catered to this age group. Negotiations are underway for another provider to operate the very popular Futsal program.

343 Graph 2.2 Participating rates measured against KPI 2012-13 12%

10%

8% KPI Target Participation rate % 6% Participation rate % after 6 months operation 4% Participation rate % after 12 months operation 2%

0% % people with disability % Multi cultural groups utilising the facility utilising the facility

Graph 2.2 indicates that number of people with disabilities using the centre has increased due to the expansion of the Soccerjoeys New Start program for children with additional needs. An extra session was added to cater for the demand.

The increase in the number of multi cultural users after 12 months can be attributed to the way in which the question about background was asked. In the 12 month survey this included “Participants that were born overseas, or speak a second language at home”. The original question in the six month survey was unclear and did not capture the true number of multi cultural users. The KPI is an underestimate. This measure is a difficult figure to collect due to the way groups are organised and surveyed at the centre.

Graph 2.3 Participating rates measured against KPI 2012-13 70%

60%

50% KPI Target Participation rate % 40% Participation rate % after 6 30% months operation Participation rate % after 12 20% months operation

10%

0% Male participants Female Participants

344

Graph 2.3 shows the targets for the ratio of male to female participants were set to reflect the expected higher participation rates of males. It is a positive sign that the centre has been able to attract so many females to participate in its activities with the number increasing in the second half of the year.

K03: A safe facility and workplace will be achieved through a performance based approach to risk management

 Number of health and safety incidents reported and actioned (customers and staff).

Two health and safety incidents were reported during the year. Both incidents were addressed with modification to the centre and the risk was removed.

 % of health and safety hazard notifications actioned within 14 days.

75% of hazard notifications were actioned within 14 days. One hazard that took longer to action was the installation of glass panels under the railing in the grandstand which due to the scale of works required a longer installation timeframe.

K04: Security of the facility will minimise opportunities for theft, vandalism and any other potential for harm or loss

 Number of incidents of vandalism or graffiti reported.

There have been only a small number of minor incidents of graffiti since the centre opened. This represents a significant improvement on the situation with the previous building on the site. The presence of park and facility staff on site, as well as a large number of people taking part in activities, watching sport or enjoying a coffee has ensured good natural surveillance of the site. In addition “ownership” of the building is high with many local people reporting positive views about it. The interactive video monitoring security system and the routine presence of security guards to lock the building down has also assisted in keeping the number of incidents at a low level.

 Number of incidents of theft reported.

There have been no incidents of theft reported to centre staff in during the year.

There were 30 alarm response call outs in the first year of operation. These occur when the monitoring control centre for the facility has identified through the security cameras possible risks to the security of the building after hours and have contacted Council’s security services provider to provide an alarm response and to send a guard. The majority of these instances relate to groups of youths gathering around the BBQ area, at the rear of the building. In the majority of instances these groups move on and exit the site when requested to do so by the security guard.

345

K05: Environmental sustainability

Some difficulty has occurred in monitoring KPI's in relation to Environmental Sustainability largely because of lack of systems suitable for good monitoring and reporting. Improved transparency, measurement and reporting should be achieved in future years through implementation of the Environmental Data Management System being managed by Environmental Services. This should allow more meaningful data on relevant KPI's in the future.

 Target for grid energy consumption per annum (electric and gas).

The centre has a 10KW solar Photovoltaic system installed on the roof of the grandstand. During the 12 month period from April 2012 - March 2013 the system generated 13,901KWh of electricity. The overwhelming majority of this electricity was used onsite and not exported. This electricity is generated at both shoulder and peak periods and resulted in Council avoiding $3,683 in electricity charges. The total electricity usage for 2012-13 was 109,682 KWh this will be used as the base energy consumption for the building. Future years will be measured against this base with a view to reducing usage.

The oven in the community room kitchen is the only gas appliance in the building. There has been minimal use of the oven in the first year.

 Target for potable water consumption per annum

The water usage for the centre in the first year of operation was 1907 Kl. This will be used as the base figure and measured against in 2013-14 with the aim of reducing use. It should be noted that the water used to irrigate the parklands immediately surrounding the building is included in this figure. It Is not possible to split the figures for building and park irrigation use at present.

The rainwater tank at the centre has been out of operation for a significant part of the year. It is anticipated that water usage for 2013-14 will be significantly reduced due to the increased use of recycled rainwater.

K06: The centre is managed in financially sustainable way

 Actual revenue as % of revenue estimate sports court

Income for the year was $204,656 with the sports court returning $86,404 of this with an estimate of $30,000.This reflects the high demand for an indoor sports facility in Waverley from the local community. Turnover during the first year was $437,713 with a cost to Council of $233,057.

 Actual revenue as % of revenue estimate community room

The revenue target estimate for the community room for 2012-13 was $5,000. Actual revenue was $26,759, which represents revenue at approximately 500% of estimate. This very high figure was largely due to the fee paid by the Electoral Commission for its booking of the room for the

346 2012 Local Government Elections. These figures are not particularly meaningful and a better understanding of potential targets for the community room are still to be developed. Income in 13-14 for the community room is expected to be approximately $30,000 however utilisation can be increased significantly.

Other operational issues:

During the development stage of the facility, traffic management and building security and safety were identified as areas that would require careful management to ensure there were no negative outcomes following the opening of the centre. The following section provides information on how these issues have been managed in the first year of operation.

Traffic management

It was anticipated that due to the upgrade of the buildings facilities and other improvements being made to the Park that non compliant parking might be an issue. There have historically been problems caused by the impact of club participants and visitors during busy periods, reports included people parking on the grass at the back of the old building and near the oval. Local residents also reported non-compliant parking across driveways in local streets. The planning process and subsequent decisions endorsed the view that there was to be limited access for vehicles and that parking in various areas of the park would be prevented. The Traffic Management Plan for the building outlined a number of strategies and actions which have resulted in the following activities:

Drop off zones for deliveries were created in Bondi Road and at the back of Chambers (time limited in the morning). Fixed bollards were installed around the perimeter of the park to prevent park users driving into the park and parking within its boundaries. Removable bollards were installed on the entry paths on the northern Bondi Road side of the facility. These can be removed to provide access for larger contactors vehicles or emergency vehicles as necessary. Similarly access to the park from Paul Street is restricted by a locked gate. Keys to these bollards and gate are held by a small number of Council officers keys are logged and strictly limited. Licensed sports clubs have had clauses inserted into their licenses relating to the issue of vehicular access to the park and building.

Only limited street parking is available on surrounding streets. A strategic approach has been taken to encourage park users to journey to the park using sustainable transport options. The busy start to the winter season included engagement with sports clubs in a promotion to encourage the use of public transport and when using cars to park responsibly. Rangers and Parking Officers have further assisted through higher levels of monitoring at the start of season.

Improvements made to walking and cycle paths through the park have made these options more attractive to visitors. Bike racks have been installed around the centre for users to keep bikes locked and safe. Information notices will continue to be used to promote the use of walking, cycling and using public transport as means of getting to the park.

A drop off zone has been created on Birrell Street to allow parents to drop off children safely at the park. This was in response to reports of previous use of Park Parade as an illegal drop off area, which demonstrated a clear safety risk.

347 A parking information and transport brochure has been created and distributed to local sporting clubs and park users. The intent of the brochure was to help minimise the impact of park users on local residents.

Recreation Centre staff have been monitoring parking issues on weekends during the busy winter season. Minor issues have occurred more recently and these were occurring largely due to gates being left open.

Security / safety

The Waverley Council Community Safety Plan 2009-2012 includes a relevant situational analysis of the Local Government Area. It identifies parks and reserves such as Waverley Park as hotspots and notes issues of relevance to the operation of the centre, including underage drinking in parks and reserves with consequent outcomes including assault or malicious damage such as graffiti and vandalism.

The centre has been designed to have a high level of interface, interaction and connection with the surrounding park. Users often use other Waverley Park facilities such as the children’s playground and vice versa. The centre is located within the park so actual and perceived safety in the park is important to peoples’ experiences of the building itself.

The building was designed in such a way that natural surveillance would be increased. The increase in regular activity occasioned by the café, sports court and community room is important. In addition the facilities are used more readily by park users and by occasional users who are passing by.

The building has a stronger presentation to Bondi Road with redesigned paths and much higher visibility from the street.

Park staff are present at the site from 6 am each week day morning and facility staff are available on flexible shifts into the evening on occasions. The presence of these staff provides a valuable monitoring role and increases the public’s perception of the building being a supervised venue.

Centre staff are rostered across 7 days when required and are an ongoing presence. The sport court is open from 7am to 9.30pm each day, this means people are coming and going in small groups from morning till night. This consistent regular visitation enhances natural surveillance

The operation of the café contributes to natural surveillance with an early morning through till afternoon opening. The café is visited by families with toddlers, people having breakfast and lunch, early morning walkers, people walking to transport destinations via the park and sports users who are training.

Views are possible through and around the building and from the spaces at the back of the building. The formation of a ”social hub” around the centre greatly contributes to security and safety.

Through the installation of security video and monitoring systems, aligned with the establishment of a set of protocols to respond to security threats, the centre has been able to maintain security incidents at a very low level.

348 V. STRATEGIC PLAN

Opportunities

After a successful first year of operation the centre is well positioned to consolidate and build on performance. Some specific additional actions for improving the community and recreational outcomes for the centre in the coming year are listed here.

 Further increase the participation rates of seniors at the facility it is proposed to introduce an Active over 50 Club. The club will allow older people to participate for free in any of the Active over 50 activities for free on payment of a monthly membership fee. Additional activities will be added through the coming year.  Increase participation rates for 14 to 19 year olds. It is intended to work with Councils Community Work staff to introduce programs that are less structured and marketed specifically for this group.  Continue support for effective well managed use of the centre by clubs.  Work with the South Eastern Sydney Local Health district to introduce a free healthy living program for kids who are above their ideal weight and their parents. The intent of the program is to promote healthy food choices and physical activity to assist weight management.  Work with Bondi Untied Rugby League club to facilitate a smooth transition from the clubhouse at Hugh Bamford into the Club room at the centre. The club is expected to make the move in time for the start of the 2014 winter season.  Develop potential to increase the utilisation of the community room by sports groups. It is intended to approach Sports NSW and other peak bodies to use the community room as a regular venue for training courses and programs for sporting clubs and groups.  To continue to further increase the utilisation rate in the indoor sports court by seeking out groups and programs that could be attracted to hiring the court in off peak times such as Friday, Saturday and Sunday evenings.  To continue to assist in the capacity building of local sporting organisations and clubs.

Challenges

Maintenance of a secure and safe environment will continue to require focus as will improvement to customer satisfaction levels. Establishment of innovative programs accessible to all ages continues to be a priority for the centre.

A further challenge facing the centre in the year ahead is to rectify remaining building defects in the building. Some of these have been addressed while others are ongoing and these will be followed up in the year ahead.

Conclusion

The Recreation Centre has added significant benefit to the site in its first year of operation and has established itself as a highly valued recreational and social hub for the people of Waverley.

Authors: Andrew Best, Maree Girdler Date: January 2014

22 349